FG

TECHNICAL SUBMITTAL
TRANE CLCF / CCTB AIR HANDLING UNITS
Origin: Italy
Project : Souq Al Najada Redevelopment – B10 Building

Main Contractor : UrbaCon Trading & Contracting LLC
AC Contractor : UCC MEP Division
Supervision Consultant : Dar Al Handasah
Design Consultant : James Cubitt & Partner - Qatar
Revision : 0
Date : 28th February 2016
TRANE QATAR L.L.C

P O Box 200845, Doha, Qatar
Tel: (+974) 44309000
Fax: (+974) 44377415
www.trane.com
1 of 412
PROJECT DETAILS (SCHEDULE OF EQUIPMENT & SPECIFICATIONS) 1
P. O. Box 200845, PRODUCT CATALOGUE (A) CLCF AHU CATALOGUE, (B) CCTB AHU CATALOGUE,
Al Emadi Financial Square Building, (C ) FAN, (D) MOTOR, (E ) FILTER, (F) CLCF IOM MANUAL, (G) CCTB IOM 2
Building 1, Ist Floor, C Ring Road, MANUAL, (H) ADDITIONAL DETAILS, (I) HEAT WHEEL, (J) HEAT PIPE
Al Muntazah Signal,
Doha, Qatar COUNTRY OF ORIGIN CERTIFICATE (SAMPLE COO) 3
Phone:+974-4430 9000
Fax : +974-4437 7415
(A) COMPLIANCE STATEMENT, (B) PERFORMANCE COMPARISON SCHEDULE, (C)
4
DATA SHEETS
SOUQ AL NAJADA REDEVELOPMENT - BUILDING
PREVIOUS PROJECT APPROVALS (PARTIAL COPIES) 5

TRANE CLCF-CCTB AIR HANDLING UNITS
PROJECT REFERENCE LIST (PARTIAL) 6
COMPANY PROFILE 7
CERTIFICATES 8
SUBMITTAL
DRAFT WARRANTY CERTIFICATE 9

B10
LIST OF RECOMMENDED SPARES (2 YEARS) 10
DRAWINGS / SKETCH / DIAGRAMS (GA DRAWINGS) 11
2 of 412
SECTION 1.0
PROJECT DETAILS
1.A AHU AND FAHU SCHEDULE

1.B PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS
3 of 412
SECTION 1.A
AHU / FAHU PROJECT SCHEDULE
4 of 412
5 of 412
6 of 412
SECTION 1.B
AHU / FAHU PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS
7 of 412
JAMES CUBITT & PARTNER –QATAR SOUQ AL NAJADAH REDEVELOPMENT
TECHNICAL DEPARTMENT
SECION 15600 - AIR HANDLING UNIT
PART 1 -GENERAL
1. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.1 Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of air handling units with
characteristics, sizes and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar
service for not less than 5 years
1.2 Manufacturers of air handling units shall have ISO 9001 certification
1.3 Units should be supplied from manufacturers own factory. Third party manufactured units will not be
permitted.
1.4 Codes and Standard
a) EUROVENT Compliance: Design, Rate & Test and rate air handling units in accordance with Eurovent
Standard EN1886 & EN13053, display certification symbol on units of certified models.
b) The Units should meet as a minimum the Below Mechanical Characteristics as per Eurovent
Mechanical Characteristics Eurovent Class

Casing Strength Class D1M
Casing Air Leakage -400 Pa Class L3
Casing Air Leakage +700 Pa Class L3
Filter By Pass Leakage Class F9
Thermal Transmittance (U) Class T2
Thermal bridging factor (Kb) Class TB2
c) Classification of Filters as per EN 779
d) AHU Fans performance shall be Tested and Rated in Accordance with AMCA 210
e) The AHU Fan Noise data should be in accordance to AMCA 300
f) The AHU insulation should have Class 1 Fire reaction as per BS476:Part 6:1989.Test Reports to be
submitted for review
g) The Fan Motors offered should be Designed and rated as per BS EN 60034
Tenderer’s Stamp and Initials ............................................................... Date: ....................... ….
1/8
8 of 412
2.0 SUBMITTALS
2.1 Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s technical product data for air handling units showing dimensions,
weights, capacities, ratings fan performance with operating point clearly indicated, motor electrical
characteristics, gages and finishes of materials, and installation instruction
2.2 Shop Drawings: Submit assembly-type shop drawings showing unit dimensions, weight loadings,
required clearances, construction details, and field connection details
2.3 Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance instructions, including instructions for lubrication, filter
replacement, motor and drive replacement, and spare parts lists. Include this data, product data, shop
drawings, and wiring diagrams in maintenance manuals
2.4 Submit external static pressure calculations based on actual shop drawings for approval by Consultant
before final selection of units.
3.0 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
3.1 All of AHU’s sections must be fitted with a perimeter base so that they can be handled or lifted using a
crane -if necessary – as well as for their final positioning. The base must be equipped with suitable holes,
drilled into each corner in order to facilitate handling an ensure aeration for bottom panels
3.2 Prior to dispatch each section will be wrapped, using heavy gauge polythene sheet to provide
protection both during shipment and the erection period.
3.3 Handle air handling units carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosures, and finish. Do not
install damaged components; replace and return damaged components to air handling unit manufacturer
3.4 Store air handling units in clean dry place and protect from weather and construction traffic.
3.5 Comply with manufacturer’s rigging and installation instructions for unloading air handling units and
moving them to final location.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
4.0 Approved Manufacturers
Refer to project vendor list.
5.0 CONSTRUCTION
5.1 PROFILES
a) The frame work should be made from natural anodized extruded aluminium channel together by 3D
injection molded Nylon corner pieces.
2/8
9 of 412
b) For the best minimization of heat lost through AHU, thermal break aluminium profile should be
provided
5.2 CASING
a) The unit casings should be of double skinned with 50 mm thick hot-injected polyurethane without CFC
sandwiched between Pre painted Steel Outer skin and Galvanized steel inner skin
b) The polyurethane foam insulation should have a density of 40 kg/m³ and Thermal conductivity of 0.017
W/m°k
c) The casing panel shall be attached to the frame through a self-locking mechanism represented by a
wedge and frame, exerting pressure evenly on to the panel and seal/ gasket attached to the frame and
hence a better air tight cabinet construction
d) The sound absorption through the panel shall be according to Eurovent. The sound reduction through
the panel shall conform to the below values
Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
13 11 12 12 12 32 40
e) The Casing when exposed to 2500 Pa Positive and Negative pressure should not cause any permanent
deflection.
f) Access door or service panel shall be supplied with a hinged access door with latch. Door shall swing out
ward for unit sections under negative pressure
6.0 MIXING BOX
a) The Mixing Box should be fitted with opposed action dampers on all Fresh Air, Exhaust Air and Re
circulated air inlets.
b) The damper blades should be fabricated of aluminium and continuous Thermoplastic Elastomer
(TPE) seals should be inserted in to every damper Blade. The blades should be with airfoil profile
c) The rotated rod of handle should be made of brass and handle should be fabricated of aluminium
casting
d) Damper drive shall be square shaft and linkage suitable for manual fixing or mounting of damper
actuator
7.0 FILTER SECTION
3/8
10 of 412
a) Filter cells shall be of standard sizes and shall be easily obtainable from standard suppliers. The filters
shall be sealed against the filter frame using a permanently elastic gasket to a standard compatible with
the filter efficiency
b) Pressure drop tapings shall be integrated into the frame to allow a manometer or filter monitor to be
fitted.
c) Filter materials shall be flame-retardant, incombustible, non-odorous and offer no sustenance to

vermin.
d) Filters offered should be UL certified
e) The Prefilter material shall be synthetic and shall be supported by a wire mesh and frame. The filter cells
shall be suitable for side withdrawal on the inspection Side. The filter class should be G3 as per EN 779.
f) Bag Filters, shall be of standard readily available sizes. The filter class should be EU-7 as per EN 779.
8.0 COOLING COIL
a) Chilled water cooling coils of capacities as indicated on schedules shall be fabricated from heavy
gauge copper tubing of ½” dia expanded into aluminum fins to give a mechanical bond. Headers shall
be made of steel with connection by male pitch thread. Fittings shall include plugged vent and drain
taps.
b) The Aluminum fins offered should be coated with spray Type Herasite coating at the AHU factory
c) The Standard working pressure for the Cooling coil’s offered should be 17 bar and leak tested at 24
bar.
d) The Coil frame must be built in pressed galvanised steel with a minimum Thickness of 1.5 mm
e) The Coil Face Velocity should not exceed 2.54 m/s. If the coil Face Velocity exceeds 2.54 m/s moisture
eliminators to be provided downstream of the Cooling coil section.
f) The Drain pan offered should be fabricated of galvanized steel sheet protected with powder coating
paint. Beneath the drain pan, it should be covered with 10mm PE insulation to prevent any occurrence
of condensation
9.0 FAN SECTION
a) Fans shall be double inlet double width centrifugal fan with casing made of galvanized sheet metal. Fans
shall be with either Backward Curved inclined type blades or Backward Curved aerofoil shaped blades
depending on duty and application. The Fan bearing should be provided with a minimum L50 life of
200,000 hours
b) The Fans should be statically and dynamically balanced in accordance to DIN ISO 1940-1.
4/8
11 of 412
c) The Fan Performance and noise data should be in accordance AMCA Standard 210 & 300
d) The Fan should be AMCA certified.
e) All fans shall be selected for maximum efficiency and in no case less than 70 percent
f) The Fan motor assembly should be mounted on a sturdy base with suitable high efficiency, spring
isolators so that no vibrations are transmitted to the AHU frame
g) The Fan Motor offered should confirm to the below
1 Three-phase, Squirrel Cage Induction Motor

2 Totally enclosed, externally fan–cooled (method of cooling IC 411)
3 Rating and Performance as per IEC 60034
4 IP55 Protection with Class-F insulation
5 Designed to work at continuous running duty (S1) at rated voltage and Frequency
I) The fan section must be easily accessible through a wide, hinged access door. The Fan section should be
provided with a view port and Bulk Head lamp with external switch.
j) Drive screens or Belt Guard should be provided as a standard fitting
10.0 ROOF
a) All AHU’s mounted externally should be provided with a Weather Proof Canopy
11.0 Horse Shoe (Wrap Around) Heat Pipes
Heat pipes shall be included within the AHU (if indicated) and wrapped around the main cooling coil.
The external fins shall be of aluminium with a minimum thickness of 0.14mm. Fins shall be of the
continuous plate type.
Tubes shall be of refrigeration standard seamless copper C106 for heat exchanger use. Tube diameter shall
be 12mm with a grooved inner surface and minimum root thickness of the tube shall be 0.35mm.
Casings shall be from galvanized sheet steel with a minimum thickness of 1.4mm. The casing shall
incorporate tube plates and top and bottom plates around both the precool and reheat heat pipe blocks.
The working fluid shall be refrigerant type classified as ASHRAE safety group A1. The refrigerant shall be
either R22 or R134A. The heat pipe circuits shall be factory charged and hermetically sealed with the
calculated weight of refrigerant.
There shall be a multitude of loops in the height of the heat pipe and each loop shall be individually
charged. Heat pipes with header assemblies containing a single circuit are not suitable as a single leak will
5/8
12 of 412
render the entire heat pipe inoperative.
Heat pipe performance shall be independently type tested and certified in line with the requirements of
British Standards BS 5141 pt1 / European Standards EN 305 & 306 / American Standards ARI 410 for
testing and rating of heat exchangers. All software used to predict the performance of heat pipes shall be
based upon the results of these independent tests.
The heat pipe should have a third party independent test report conducted by a certified laboratory from
CETIAT (FRANCE) / BSRIA (UK).
The heat pipe manufacturer shall have minimum 15 years experience in manufacturing of heat pipes and
must have heat pipes commissioned for a minimum period of 10 years in the Middle East market.
12.0 Rotating Matrix Heat Exchanger (thermal wheel)

1. Rotary heat recovery unit shall be a complete factory assembled unit consisting of wheel, casing,
purge sector, motor drive and etc.
2. The unit shall enable both sensible and latent heat transfer between two air streams.
3. The unit shall be tested and rated to ASHRAE Standard 84.
4. Filter shall be provided at the intake side of the unit.
5. Two layers of neoprene pads shall be provided at the base of the unit for vibration isolation.
6. Wheel:
a. The wheel shall be made of layers of corrugated and intervening flat aluminium foil
of uniform width to ensure smooth surface.
b. The wheel material shall be bonded together to form a rigid transfer medium
forming a multitude of narrow channels in the axial direction, thus ensuring a
laminar flow.
c. The material shall be of hygroscotic type for transfer of both sensible and latent
heat.
d. The whole motor shall be chemically treated to prevent corrosion and ensure high
affinity to moisture.
7. The wheel shall be cleanable by compressed air, low temperature steam or vacuum
cleaning without affecting its latent heat recovery properties.
8. The transfer media shall be provided in an individually segmented arrangement and

assembled into a rigid supporting spoke system to allow replacement of the media on a
6/8
13 of 412
segment by segment basis.
9. Casing
a. Motor shall be mounted in a sturdy hot-dipped galvanised steel casing with

air-tight access door and sealed against casing by means of wear resistant
and adjustable seal.
b. The seal shall minimize carry-over to a maximum 0.2%.
c. The casing shall be equipped with purging sector.
d. The casing shall be of corrosion resistant materials suitable for intended use,
and factory finished with epoxy or other approved corrosion resistant
coatings.
e. Wheels and casings shall be relieved of residual stresses produced in the

forming process.
f. Provide gasketed access doors to permit routine maintenance and

inspection of motor and internal components. Equip housing with drain
holes and plug.
10. Drive
a. The wheel shall be belt driven along its perimeter by a constant

speed weatherproof motor.
b. The motor shall be mounted on a self-adjusting base to provide

correct belt tension.
c. For motors in the air stream, provide TEFC type motors.
d. The motor shall always be rotating when the system is in operation.

Speed detector shall be provided to raise an alarm in the event when the
motor stops running.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install as shown on the drawings, as detailed, and according to AHU manufacturer's installation
instructions.
B. Mount units at appropriate height above floor to insure proper condensate trap depth and
7/8
14 of 412
condensate drainage.
C. Install air handling unit to provide for adequate service access. Coordinate location to ensure air
handling unit does not infringe upon access or service clearances of other equipment.
D. Upon completion of installation of air handling units, start-up and operate equipment to demonstrate
capability and compliance with requirements. Field correct malfunctioning components, then re-test to
demonstrate compliance
3.2 PRE-OPERATION MAINTENANCE
A. Rotate impeller by hand and check for shifting during shipment and check all bolts, collars, and other
parts for tightness.
3.3 START-UP AND INSTRUCTIONS
A. Check vibration and correct as necessary for air balance work.
B. After air balancing is complete and permanent sheaves are in place, perform necessary field mechanical
balancing to meet vibration tolerance in Section 15070, Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic Control.
3.4 TESTING, BALANCING AND COMMISSIONING
A. Testing, Balancing and Commissioning shall be as referred to throughout this Section, and in accordance
with Section 15950 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing.
B. The test rig and all necessary blanks for the purpose of sealing the ductwork under test shall be
provided, blanks shall be removed after the test has been approved for each section of the ductwork.
END OF SECTION 15600
8/8
15 of 412
SECTION 2.0
PRODUCT CATALOGUES & IOM

MANUALS
2.A CLCF AHU CATALOGUE
2.B CCTB AHU CATALOGUE
2.C FAN CATALOGUE
2.D MOTOR CATALOGUE
2.E FILTERS CATALOGUE
2.F CLCF IOM MANUAL
2.G CCTB IOM MANUAL
2.H ADDITIONAL DETAILS
2.I ROTARY HEAT WHEEL CATALOGUE
2.J HEAT PIPE CATALOGUE
16 of 412
SECTION 2.A
CLCF AHU CATALOGUE
17 of 412
CLCF Climate Changer™
for comfort applications
Next generation air handling performance from Trane
18 of 412
Customized performance and
maximum comfort at minimum cost
For many years Trane has been a global leader in air handling innovation and solutions.
Now after our significant investment in air handling technology, design, innovation,
development and new manufacturing facilities throughout the Middle East, Africa, India,
and Europe, Trane introduces the next generation CLCF Climate Changer™ for comfort
applications.
Superior performance The CLCF Climate Changer for comfort

Designed and developed through full applications combines the best characteristics
understanding of customer insights and of a standardized, packaged air handling
Trane’s worldwide professional expertise, each system with the flexibility and features of a
component of the Trane CLCF Climate Changer custom line.
has been chosen for superior performance in
office, retail, hotel and other commercial Trane’s advanced design selection software
comfort applications. is Eurovent Certified and helps determine the
correct machine design and component mix, to
- 12 sizes for inline units achieve Eurovent best in Energy Class A
- 7 sizes optimized for stacked heat recovery (EN 1886/EN 13053).
- Airflow ranges from 1,000 m /h to 3
45,000 m3/h.
- Wide array of fan and coil options
- Trane experts pre-select and install optimal
combination of control components to
ensure system reliability and consistency.
Eurovent-certified casing mechanical characteristics Values Eurovent Class*

Casing Air Leakage 0.15 l/s/m² under -400 Pa L1
0.22 l/s/m² under +700 Pa
Casing Strength 4 mm/m D1
Filter Bypass Leakage 0.5% under 400 Pa F9
Thermal Transmittance 1 w/m .K

3 T2
Thermal Bridging Factor 0.6 factor TB2
* Pending validation
2 CLCF Climate Changer™ 19 of 412

Lower installed costs - Quick, unique and reliable tool-less
The Trane CLCF Climate Changer air handler mechanical connection system is built
includes many features designed to reduce into the unit when the machine is delivered
installation time and costs: on-site in multiple pieces. Together with the
- Lifting lugs are integrated on the robust integrated gasket, this unique tool-less
base frame and all units ship with a skid connection ensures best in class air-tightness
designed for forklift transport. integrity.
The Climate Changer for comfort

applications offers:
- Superior performance
- Lower installed costs
- High energy efficiency
- Reliable indoor air quality
Built-in removable lifting lugs Quick and reliable connection system
20 of 412 3
Designed to promote operating
efficiency and energy conservation
High energy efficiency Factory-installed controls for optimized

- Fans are responsible for significant operating performance
costs in a machine. Trane’s expansive The CLCF Climate Changer™ is equipped with
fan options (different sizes, types and fully integrated, factory-installed Trane
technologies: forward, backward, plug controls, optimized to maintain peak
fan) provide the best fan assembly based on performance and secure lower costs of
application requirements. ownership. These control options have been
- Additional energy recovery options designed specifically by Trane for the CLCF
exist such as heat recovery wheels, plate Climate Changer.
Heat recovery wheel heat exchangers and coil loops, which can
increase the energy efficiency performance Manufactured, tested and installed in a
of the machine by up to 90%. regulated environment, controls offer improved
- A high-strength casing design offers reliability by minimizing external factors that
better insulation and minimizes can impair performance.
leakage rates.
- Innovative EPDM seamless gasket seals When controls are factory-installed:
integrated into the door panels, result in - Trane pre-selects and installs the optimal
industry leading low leakage rates, and combination of control components to
sustains machine air tightness. ensure system reliability and consistency.
- Unitized structured panel design - No additional case drilling is necessary and
EPDM seamless gasket minimizes the number of seams that could casing integrity is maintained, leakage rate
introduce air leak paths. potential is minimized and less time is spent
by the installer to get the machine running.
Reliable indoor air quality - Segregated cable channel (main power and
- 4-point inclined floor serves as an controls) is integrated into the top panel of
integrated drain pan. the machine, providing easy service access
- Vertical and natural drainage inhibits and a protected, clean, and reliable cabling
bacterial growth. system.
4-point inclined floor

- Quick connect cabling and wiring is done - Open protocol
in-factory which minimizes installation - Factory-engineered, mounted, and tested
costs and provides wiring integrity between controls ensure that sensors and sequences
sections without having to identify or check deliver optimal operating efficiencies and
continuity. that casing openings have been properly
- All machine main power components (fan sealed.
motors, electric heaters, etc.) are connected - Air handler commissioning guarantees
to the main control box, creating a single the air handler performance and expected Segregated cable channel
power source. integrity. Trane technicians provide full and factory-installed
- Connectivity to a Building Management commissioning of the Climate Changer control panel
System is smoother and therefore service when equipped with factory-mounted

and maintenance are simplified. controls.
Intuitive control dashboard
22 of 412 5
Climate Changer for comfort
applications features:
1 Frameless casing (available in galvanized

steel, painted galvanized steel, aluminium,
or stainless steel 304 or 316) has no block-
off, and dimensions are based on universal
filter dimensions, which reduce pressure 11
drops up to 50%.
2 Unit is versatile for outdoor applications,

with roof and rain hood options.
3 50 mm polyurethane foam-injected
13
panels ensure less energy leakage and a
sustainable thermal class over time (PU λ
= 0,022 W/m.K, which is up to two times
better than mineral wool). Homogenous,
inert/non-fibered polyurethane insulation
is not affected by water or humidity, which
minimizes sweating and bacterial growth 9
within the machine.
4 Internal thermal breaks and standard 7 High density rockwool insulation, 80

thermal break access doors. The no-through kg/m3 with 2.0 mm double skinned panel
metal design delivers thermal performance thickness provides high quality sound
that helps ensure condensation will not attenuation, estimated to exceed 40dB for
form on the casing exterior, even with 12°C acoustically sensitive applications.
supply air temperature and unit external
conditions of 35°C DB/40% HR, ensuring 8 Lifting lugs are integrated on the base
increased maintenance safety. frame.
5 4-point inclined floor serves as an 9 Full perimeter integrated base frame.

integrated drain pan.
10 Reliable tool-less mechanical
6 Centralized vertical drain. connection system.

2
15
14
7
3
1
12
6
5
10
11 High casing strength value, best in class 14 All machine main power components (fan
reflection maximum of 4 mm/meter. motors, electric heaters, etc.) are connected
to the main control box, creating a single
12 EPDM seamless gasket seals integrated power source (integrated controls only).
into the door panels (photo page 4).
15 Unitized structured panel design
13 Quick connect wiring: cabling and minimizes the number of seams that could
wiring is done in-factory which minimizes introduce air leak paths.
installation costs and provides wiring
integrity between sections without having
to identify or check continuity (integrated
controls only).
24 of 412 7
Trane global presence
Europe-Middle East-India-Africa region:
- 3 Trane-owned air handling
manufacturing facilities
- 109 business and service locations
- Over 1,000 sales engineers and service Once the project has been fulfilled, it is easy to
technicians get assistance from Trane experts and manage
- Over 3,000 start-ups conducted per year system fluctuations and fine tuning. This is
- Local support: engineering expertise, possible by working in sync with the Trane
application assistance, service, parts and teams that originally developed the units,
financial solutions controls and systems. This ensures service
- Trane local offices provide knowledge of continuity as well as efficiency in answering
business practices, building codes, and any request for system improvement or
country regulations. adaptation throughout the life of the machine.
The single source for building needs Trane expertise

Trane understands customer needs and Trane is a pioneer in the HVAC industry and
provides performance sustainability in: has consistently led the industry in providing
- Equipment selection and manufacturing solutions for ever changing needs. With a
- Controls integration portfolio of proven equipment and controls,
- Full commissioning-Trane assumes system-focused solutions, leading industry
responsibility for equipment performance experts and highly trained sales engineers,
certifications and results Trane has the experience and expertise to
- Service and maintenance design, manufacture, install and service an
- Continued monitoring and system HVAC system that will meet environmental,
optimization business and building performance goals.
Ingersoll Rand (NYSE:IR) is a world leader in creating and sustaining safe, comfortable and efficient environments in commercial, residential
and industrial markets. Our people and our family of brands—including Club Car®, Ingersoll Rand®, Schlage®, Thermo King® and Trane®—work
together to enhance the quality and comfort of air in homes and buildings, transport and protect food and perishables, secure homes and
commercial properties, and increase industrial productivity and efficiency. We are a $14 billion global business committed to sustainable business
practices within our company and for our customers.
Trane has a policy of continuous product and product data improvement and reserves the right to change design and specifications without notice.
Trane bvba, Lenneke Marelaan 6, 1932 Sint-Stevens-Woluwe, Belgium, ON 0888.048.262 - RPR Brussels
© 2012 Trane All rights reserved Produced on recyclable paper, using environmentally trane.com
AH-SLB010-E4 January 10, 2012 friendly print practices that reduce waste. ingersollrand.com
25 of 412
Climate changer™ for comfort applications
Climate changer™ air handlers must be rigged, lifted, and installed in strict accordance with the
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance manual for CLCF Climate Changer air handlers. The units are also
to be installed in strict accordance with this document’s specifications.
Units may be shipped fully assembled or disassembled to the minimum functional section size in accordance
with shipping and jobsite requirements. Units shall be shipped on an integral base frame (100 mm) for the
purpose of mounting units to a housekeeping pad and they should be sized to provide additional height to
properly trap condensate from the unit. The integral base frame may be used for ceiling suspension,
external isolation, or as a housekeeping pad.
The characteristics for each air handling unit shall consist of the following components:
♦ Certifications:
Certifications:
The air handling units shall be designed and manufactured in accordance to ISO 9001 quality assurance
standards and all units shall be compliant with applicable European regulations. Air-handling performance
data shall be Eurovent certified, based on EN 1886 performance which assures the mechanical performance
of the machine, and EN 13053 certification, which assures that the interior of the machine is easily
cleanable to provide highest air quality. Unit sound performance data shall be provided using Eurovent
Standard test methods and reported as sound power.
Unit shall conform with classification standards:

• Casing strength – Class D1*
For each 1 metre of casing, unit will not have more than 4mm deflection (at maximum pressure
generated by the fan)
• Air leakage— Class L1*
Not to exceed 0,15 liters per second per square meter of panel under –400 Pa Pressure
• Air leakage— Class L1*
Not to exceed 0,22 liters per second per square meter of panel under +700 Pa Pressure
• Filter Bypass— Class F9*
Not to exceed 0,5% leakage for 400 Pa differential pressure
• Thermal Transmittance— Class T2*
Maximum 1 watt per (meter cubed of K)
• Thermal Bridge— Class TB2*
Casing surface delta temperature between the outside and the inside of the machine should exceed
0,6 factor difference for the most critical thermal bridge point
• Acoustical Performance for standard units-- polyurethane panel solution shall exceed 25dB
attenuation
• Acoustical Performance for sound-sensitive units rock wool panel solution shall exceed 40dB
attenuation
*According to EN 1886 and Eurovent Test Methodology
Machine performance calculations shall be conducted using a Eurovent certified software program.
Depending on conditions, a machine selection is capable of achieving the highest energy class standard:
Class A, according to Eurovent energy efficiency calculations.
1
26 of 412
The air handling units shall be guaranteed for 10 years** by the machine’s manufacturer under the
condition that: the unit contains factory mounted controls as well as a service and maintenance contract
held from the machine’s manufacturer.
**Conditions may apply: Warranty shall begin at commissioning of the machine and controls. Exclusions
may apply: warranty guarantee shall not include machine corrosion, general machine-wear, and normal
internal and external climate condition. See maintenance contract for terms and conditions.
The air handler panels shall be compliant to the EN10169 standard, which guarantees against panel
corrosion for 10 years.
♦ Casing Construction
Between the ambient air surrounding the machine and the supply air, the machine’s delta dew point shall
not exceed 6 grams per kilogram of dry air, in order to avoid condensation under the unit.
Dimensions
The interior dimensions of the machine shall be based on worldwide industry standard filter sizes (595 mm x
595 mm). All interior components (coils, filters, fans, etc.) shall be sized using these international standards.
The machine shall have no block off to ensure a sanitary machine interior.
Panels
All unit panels shall be dismountable; 50 mm thick with double-wall construction to facilitate the cleaning of
the unit interior.
All six outer panels (floor, roof, sides, drain pans, etc.) of the interior and exterior walls of the machine shall
be made standard from galvanized steel with a quality level of sendzimir 300 gr/m² of zinc. The outer-skin
shall be pre-painted with Polyester as standard RAL9001 (white). The minimum paint thickness shall be 25
µm. The inner-skin shall be made of galvanized steel.
The casing shall consist of self-supporting panels. The isolation shall be tightly secured and entirely
surrounded by the panels on all six sides. There shall be no thermal conduction between the inner and outer
skin of the panels. The panels shall be capable of 2500 Pa of mechanical resistance.
No screws, nuts, and bolts shall be exposed to the airstream. All integrated support materials shall be
composed of galvanized steel.
External skin casing shall be 20guage thick and inner skin casing shall be 20guage thick.
All drilling shall be done in the factory and cable glands, pressure nipples, sensors, actuators, etc. shall be
fully pre-integrated into the machine. There shall be no drilling to be done on-site in order to guarantee
tightness and performance of the machine (with factory-mounted controls).
Gaskets
Between fixed panel:

Gaskets shall be present between all fixed paneling.
Access Door:
The EPDM gaskets shall be integrated (through permanent insertion) into the door frame, to avoid gasket
damage during maintenance and repair. The hollow gasket body ensures maximized air-tightness when the
door is closed.
2
27 of 412
Between Junctions:
The EPDM gaskets shall be integrated (through permanent insertion) into the door frame, to avoid gasket
damage during maintenance and repair. The hollow gasket body, ensures maximized air-tightness when
the door is closed.
Junction Assembly
If the machine is delivered in several pieces, the junction assembly device shall connect the two unit sections
with ease, and shall not require any extra tooling, while still providing a mechanical resistance of 300
daNewton.
Unit Flooring
The unit floor shall be of sufficient strength to support a 120-kilogram load during maintenance activities
and shall deflect no more than 2mm per meter.
Insulation
50mm insulation shall be offered in two forms:
Injected Polyurethane, which assures optimal thermal performance throughout the full life of the machine.
• B - s2, d0 (EN 13501-1)
• 40 kg/m3 injected polyurethane foam (non-fiber, inert to all environments and humid conditions)
• Thermal conductivity: 0.022 Watts/m°K
• 0.6 mm metal sheet thickness
4-way Inclined Floor, Integrated Drainage
All machine sections that generate condensate shall be provided with an insulated, double-wall galvanized
or stainless steel drain pain. The drain pan shall not be added as a separate component to the base floor of
the machine. The drain pan shall be fully-integrated into the machine’s panels using an inclined floor design.
The inclined floor shall be designed to collect all condensation produced by the machine’s components. The
inclined floor shall be standard, fully insulated (50mm thick) and made of galvanized steel or stainless steel
as option, for polluted environments. The floor shall be angled on 4 points and shall be attached to a
centralized vertical water evacuation tube through a threaded connection that shall be easily accessed and
visible externally from the unit, promoting positive drainage to eliminate any stagnant water conditions. If
application requires, the option of an inclined floor shall be applied throughout the entire air handling unit.
Base Frame
The entire unit casing shall be fixed on the base frame shall expand the entire perimeter of the machine. The
base frame also consists of interior galvanized supports with a thickness between 2 mm and 2.5 mm. The
base frame shall stand at 100mm high. The base frame profile shall be fully closed externally, and shall not
permit any stagnant water or dust traps, avoiding bacterial or corrosion risk.
The eye-bolt shall be integrated into the base frame for the loading, unloading, and manipulation of the
machine on-site. There shall be no need to drill holes on-site for handling purposes.
Access Doors
Access to maintenance areas shall be marked with a door with hinges and a ¼ turn progressive handle (15
centimeters long), to ensure gasket tightness. Depending on the section of the unit (potential for danger or
not), a key-lock is provided for safety precautions in conformity with EN292.2. Depending on the size of the
3
28 of 412
machine, hinges and handles may be added to the doors. There shall be a maximum space of 1m between
each door fixture. Progressive handle closure ensures the security of the door. Doors located in pressurized
sections shall be equipped with a removable safety chain for security purposes.
Outdoor Applications
For outdoor applications, a flat roof shall come factory installed, and pre-painted with Polyester paint as standard
RAL9001 (white). The minimum paint thickness shall be 25 µm. The colour will match that of the other outer panels.
There shall also be the option of a protective rain grill or rain hood which will come pre-installed using the same
material as the roof and panels. An anti-bird screen will come standard with all rain grill or rain hoods.
♦ Machine Components
Flexible Connection
Flexible connections shall be factory-mounted on a rigid casing. No on-site attachment shall be required.
The flexible connection shall not be directly connected to the machine casing, instead it shall be connected
to a metal flange which acts as a support to provide maximized air tightness. The flexible connection
material shall conform with the European standard A2 Euroclass EN 13501-1 for fire prevention. The
minimum thickness shall be 100mm.
Damper :
Dampers shall be factory installed. They shall modulate the volume of outdoor, return, or exhaust air.
Dampers shall have airfoil blades with extruded edge seals.
Class 1 dampers, used primarily for mixing boxes, smoke dampers, etc. shall have a maximum leakage rate
of 200 liters per second per square meter under 100 Pa pressure (standard EN 1751). As standard (class 3),
the dampers will be motorized on wheels by a shaft and motor. All components controlling the dampers
shall be outside the airstream to ensure the integrity of the machine.
Maximum damper torque requirement shall be 20Nm per square meter.
Filtration
Pre-filtration, efficiency class G4 according to EN 779
The filter cassette shall be 50mm thick, consisting of pleated synthetic material. The filter frames shall be
composed of galvanized steel. If the application requires only a flat filter (G4), the filter shall be accessed
through side access filter rails/guides. If the flat filter and bag filter are combined as one filter section, the
two filters shall be fixed at all 4 corners to a frontal holding frame. An access section shall be created,
allowing for ample space (500 mm minimum) to change the filters on the contaminated side. The fire
prevention certificate shall conform to the A3 Euroclass EN 13501-1.
Pressure nipples shall be supplied before and after the filter and come pre-integrated into the machine, no
drilling shall be performed on site.
The machines quotation shall be made under the assumption that filters are half clogged. The value of a
completely clogged filter is 1.5 times the value of the clean filter.
Bag Filter efficiency class F7 according to EN 779
The bag filters shall consist of a polypropylene frame, and shall be composed of fiberglass materials.
Filters F7 shall be accessed through adjustable side access filter guides.
4
29 of 412
The fire prevention certificate shall conform to the A3 Euroclass EN 13501-1.
Pressure nipples shall be supplied before and after the filter and come pre-integrated into the machine, and
no drilling shall be performed on site.
The machines quotation shall be made under the assumption that filters are half clogged. The value of a
completely clogged filter shall be 1.5 times the value of the clean filter.
Recovery Wheel
The recovery wheel is a standard condensation heat exchanger for transfer of sensible energy. The wheel
shall be Eurovent certified. It shall be composed of aluminum undulated fins. Depending on the location or
application of the machine, the aluminum pieces may be coated with Epoxy, anti-corrosion paint. The rotor
hub shall require no maintenance and is equipped with life-time lubricated ball bearings or roller bearings,
installed in a protected position within the hub.
The wheels thickness shall be 200mm. Fin oil thickness shall be 60µ.
The speed of the heat exchanger (and its efficiency) shall be controlled by the frequency inverter. A magnet
shall be installed as a detection device to monitor the movement of the wheel. An alarm is activated if the
wheel stops turning.
The recovery wheel shall obtain gross energy efficiencies of up to 90%. Calculations shall be based only on
the performance of the recovery wheel, based on temperature of outdoor and return air (without adding
other variables such as fan reheat).
The maximum air pressure drop on the recovery wheel shall be 250 Pa.
Depending on the size and positioning of the machine, the wheel shall have the option of being delivered in
several pieces to the job site. In order to guarantee the unit, a dedicated factory-expert must be present for
the re-assembly of the wheel.
Depending on the application, the exchanger may be calculated using partial airflows: however, it shall be
always sized to be capable of handling 100% of the total air flow.
Coils :
Chilled water & Direct Expansion Cooling Coil
The manufacturer shall be certified by the Air Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (A.H.R.I.),
and all coil calculations shall conform to ARI 410 & Eurovent standards. The cooling coil shall consist of 5/8”
O.D. copper tubes (0.4mm thick), aluminum fins (0.12mm thick), 1.5mm thick galvanized steel frame, and
copper headers. Depending on the location or application, the aluminum fins of the coil can be coated with
Epoxy, anti-corrosion paint.
The refrigerant distributor shall be integrated to fit the inside of the coil casing and outside of the
airstream.
The fin spacing shall be provided between 2.0 and 3.0mm depending on the rate of dehumidification.
5
30 of 412
The coils shall be factory-tested at 30 bars. The service pressure shall not exceed 16 bars.
The coil shall be accessible on both sides of the machine, through side-access rails.
For all air speeds exceeding 2.50 m/s over the fin area or dehumidification exceeding 2gr/kg, there shall be
a drop eliminator with PVC blades 110 mm thick including four changes of flow direction, and two combined
lips.
An inclined floor shall serve as the integrated drain pan. For more information (see above: 4-way Inclined
Floor, Integrated Drainage).
Very important requirements regarding high-humidity climates/applications (dehumidifying up to 6gr/kg):

• Air speed shall not exceed 2.5 m/s over the fin area.
• Fin spacing shall be fixed at 3mm
• Drop eliminator shall consist of poly-propylene blades 200 mm thick with five curved drop
deflectors, and two beaks.
Antifrost thermostat frame
The antifrost thermostat frame shall be provided on all machines taking in outdoor air. It shall be placed
after the first water coil without glycol added. The antifrost thermostat frame shall be mounted on side rails
and accessed by a dedicated removable panel. It shall fit securely inside the entire surface space of the
internal casing. Sensor and module shall be integrated inside the casing (to avoid external disturb
measurement).
Fans Motor Group
ECM driven multi-plug fans (fan-wall)
Backward Blade Fans for high pressure applications/high efficiency
The centrifugal fan shall have inclined backward blades. The wheel shall be epoxy painted.
The fan type shall be provided as required for stable operation and optimal energy efficiency. The fan shall
be statically and dynamically balanced at the factory and shall conform to a G5 class further ISO 1940-1
standard. The fan shall not exceed 75 percent of its first critical speed at any cataloged speed. Fan wheels
shall be keyed to the fan shaft to prevent slipping. The fan shafts shall be made of solid steel. The fan
section shall be provided with an access door on the drive side of the fan.
Fans shall be mounted on a galvanized steel motor base frame, fully insulated from vibrations, using rubber
insulation (high frequency) or springs under the base frame (low frequency). To further reduce vibrations,
there shall be a flexible connection between the fan discharge and the outlet panel. Vibrations shall be
treated under the fan using spring or rubber insulators. The unit shall have a built-in rubber pad to the base
frame of the entire unit (unit manufacturer not to supply).
The fitting type shall be selected so that the transmission provides a minimum theoretical life of 40 000
hours for the unit’s bearings.
The minimum fan efficiency shall be compliant with EU regulation 327/2011/EU.

In order to reduce the sound level, the dynamic pressure shall not exceed 120 Pa.
Forward Curve Blade Fans for low pressure applications/sensitive acoustical needs
The centrifugal fan shall have inclined forward curve blades.
6
31 of 412
The fan type shall be provided as required for stable operation and optimal energy efficiency. The fan shall
be statically and dynamically balanced at the factory and shall conform to a G4 class further ISO 1940-1
standard. The fan shall not exceed 75 percent of its first critical speed at any cataloged speed. Fan wheels
shall be keyed to the fan shaft to prevent slipping. The fan shafts shall be made of solid steel. The fan
section shall be provided with an access door on the drive side of the fan.
Fans shall be mounted on a galvanized steel motor base frame, fully insulated from vibrations, using rubber
insulation (high frequency) or springs under the base frame (low frequency). To further reduce vibrations,
there shall be a flexible connection between the fan discharge and the outlet panel. Vibrations will be
treated under the fan using spring or rubber insulators. The unit shall have a built-in rubber pad to the base
frame of the entire unit (unit manufacturer not to supply).
The fitting type shall be selected so that the transmission provides a minimum theoretical life of 40 000
hours for the fan’s bearings.
The minimum fan efficiency shall be compliant with EU regulation 327/2011/EU.

In order to reduce the sound level, the dynamic pressure shall not exceed 120 Pa.
Motors
Motors shall be integrally mounted to an isolated fan assembly furnished by the unit manufacturer. The
motor shall be mounted inside the unit casing on an adjustable base to permit adjustment of drive-belt
tension.
The asynchronous motor shall be housed in aluminum or cast iron depending on sizes, and shall have a
temperature class F (maximum 40°C and an altitude lower than 1000m) and motor tightness of IP55. The
minimum efficiency shall be compliant with the EU regulation 640/2009/EC. The electric motor shall be
equipped with PTC thermal protection, and the motor shall contain a self-cooling capability which allows for
a use of frequency inverter drive.
The nominal motor power is defined with a proper reserve as fan manufacturer prescription, compared with
the absorbed shaft fan power. The number of motor poles shall be selected with a direct relationship to the
fan revolution speed per hour.
Transmission
The transmission shall be created with pulley-technology and a taper lock hub system on a trapezoidal belt.
Accessories
View Windows
An optional shatterproof window for viewing shall be available, capable of withstanding unit operating
pressures. Windows shall have a diameter of 18 centimeters, and shall have double glass windows, one
attached to the exterior wall of the panel and the other attached to the interior wall of the panel.
Lighting
Each section equipped with lighting shall have a factory-mounted light, pre-cabled/wired to a single switch
within a factory-provided service model. The lighting shall be weather-resistant IP55 standard (enclosed
and gasketed to prevent water and dust intrusion). Electrical contractor shall be required to provide a 230 V
wired to the switch terminal strip.
7
32 of 412
Fan Motor Main Switch
The fan motor shall be connected to a pad lockable main switch located outside of the fan section and as
close as possible to the fan access door. The motor wiring shall be compliant with European regulation for
electromagnetic compatibility.
Clogged filter indicators
Differential Pressure Gage with pin indicator is a factory-installed dial type/or inclined differential
pressure gage which shall be piped to both sides of the filter to indicate filter-clogging status. Gage
shall maintain a +/- 5 percent accuracy within operating temperature limits.
Air flexible Connections
Open sections shall have the possibly of factory-mounted flexible connections, mounted on a solid pre-
assembled frame. The flexible connection material shall comply with the European standard A2 Euroclasse
EN 13501-1 for fire prevention. The minimum thickness shall be 100 mm.
Factory-Mounted Controls
Factory-mounted direct-digital control systems shall be engineered, mounted, wired, and tested by the air
handler manufacturers to reduce installed costs, improve reliability, and save time at unit startup. Each
control system shall be fully functional in a stand-alone mode or may be connected with a building
automation system with a single pair of twisted wires. All factory-mounted controls shall be covered by the
air handler manufacturer’s standard warranty.
All wiring shall be fully integrated inside the double skin panel of the machine. Wiring shall not be visible
within the machine; however, shall be accessible for servicing through cabling glands built into the
machine’s casing. The electrical panel shall be fully incorporated into the machine’s casing at the factory.
The electrical panel shall incorporate both power and controls wiring. The air handling unit shall be
compliant with EN 60204-1 standard.
All factory-mounted control devices shall be provided to accommodate integration into existing building
systems. Devices provided shall be wired to standard point locations of a unit-mounted direct digital
controller or terminal block for a remote controller.
Control valves shall be provided by the air-handling unit manufacturer and field-piped by the piping
contractor. Power and signal wiring shall be extended to a factory-installed external junction box to
facilitate field-wiring and to maintain air leakage integrity of the casing.
The communication controls protocol shall be LonTalk or BACnet protocol.
One control screen shall be included. The door shall have surveillance capabilities:
Green: ON
Red: Default
Emergency switch
Acceptable Manufacturers
• Trane Malaysia/EU
• Carrier EU/USA
8
33 of 412
• Flacktwood EU
Air Handling Commissioning
Commissioning shall be provided when control is factory-integrated by the air handling manufacturer.
Manufacturer commissioning shall include:
Settings parameters
Frequency inverter settings
Verification of all electrical connections on each actuator and sensor
Airflow measurement of the machine.
Official technical report of commissioning results
Warranty
The unit material shall be guaranteed for 12 months after commissioning, and a maximum of 18 months
after the delivery. The machine and controls manufacturer shall provide extended warranty opportunities
through service and maintenance contract availability. When the machine is delivered in a disassembled
state, it is imperative that the unit’s manufacturer is present for the reassembly (in order to ensure the
guaranteed machine’s performance).
Delivery/Packaging
Units shall be shipped with a shipping skid designed for forklift transport and the integral base shall be
designed with the necessary number of lifting lugs for safe installation. The lifting lugs shall be designed to
accept standard rigging devices and shall be removable after installation. Units shipped in sections shall
have a minimum of four points of lift.
Following industry regulations, units shall be shipped stretch-wrapped to protect the unit from in-transit
rain and debris. Installing contractors shall be responsible for long-term storage in accordance with the
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance manual.
*Terms and conditions may apply.
9
34 of 412
SECTION 2.B
CCTB AHU CATALOGUE
35 of 412
CCTA and CCTB
Air Handling Units
For customized applications
36 of 412
Air handling solutions tailored to your needs
When you turn to the Trane CCTA range of air handling units you’ll benefit from Trane’s dedication to constant development
in order to deliver the latest state-of-the-art air handling solutions. When it comes to bringing air to your building at the right
temperature, pressure and humidity, with the right sound level and level of cleanliness, Trane units offer a unique combination
of high indoor air quality, energy efficiency and flexibility. It’s a range designed and engineered to meet all project requirements
in air conditioning and to comply to your local regulations.
Versatility comes as standard options and configurations that means you will
Developed by the world’s number one solutions always be able to meet the demands of your
provider, the latest, expanded CCTA air particular building and application exactly.
handling unit range offers the flexibility that And as you’d expect from one of the world’s
allows units to meet application constraints in leading air handling solutions providers, we
terms of thermal, acoustical, dimensional and make it easy to specify the air handling unit
functional aspects, ensuring exactly the right that’s right for you. A highly efficient and
performance at the right price. flexible Trane computer program uses your
application data and project specifications to
Whatever your application, Trane CCTA units select the precise CCTA components that will
always offer a high level of Indoor Air Quality provide you with optimum performance.
(IAQ), ensuring the health and comfort of
building occupants. The CCTA range covers air volumes from 1000 to
140,000 m3/h with total pressure up to 2000 Pa
For applications where hygiene requirements are with more than 100 different unit sizes.
critical, as in hospitals, laboratories and clean
rooms, the CCTB offers an enhanced casing Wide choice of configurations
with completely smooth external walls for easier The modular construction of the CCTA unit
cleaning for improved, together with thermal allows accommodation to site constraints.
performance to class T2/TB2. It can be built with the following configurations:
• Horizontal in line
Unequalled flexibility to match your • Horizontal, L or U shaped
application • Double stacked and side by side
Choice is what sets the Trane CCTA air handling • Vertical, upstream air flow.
unit range apart – an unrivalled range of
10 2 8 4 5 3 7 1
6L
31
&
d
4
te
30
ain
F9
el
ep
ste
G4
to
pr
ls
F5
to
ed
les
ee
ds
nis
G3
x
B)
rs
ain
wh
bo
H1
te
ol
lva
CT
Ho
rs
St
rs
k
fil
wo
al
ing
or
lle
lte
(C
ga
to
in
m
&
s
ng
ew
ro
s
or
x
l fi
ck
ils
ss
ba
er
ss
0
kin
oil
kin
rs
bo
izi
nt
ed
at
m
H1
ne
Co
ls
ne
th
ro
ne
ve
rc
gid
i
rs
Co
fra
nu
rs
ble
ng
co
g
rv
ick
ick
ity
pa
pic
am
lou
d
te
irin
rs
to
te
Cu
te
ils
Ri
te
ixi
un
ed
m
ou
er
th
te
ns
wa
th
–A
ns
co
Ou
tic
te
Ou
co
at
rW
m
er
inu
at
ro
fil
ard
at
de
.d
ss
fa
m
os
an
he
th
d
tW
d
r/
r/
nA
gle
gr
ray
pa
m
we
um
m
ille
riz
un
gr
ain
rw
ug
gh
ea
nt
ne
ea
ne
ft
te
He
Ho
Sin
25
Hy
40
Ho
Ru
Sp
Po
So
Ch
So
Fo
Sy
W
Pl
Al
Hi
In
St
M
In
In
CASING AIR INTAKE FILTRATION HEATING COOL HEAT RECOVERY HUMIDIFIERS OTHERS FANS CONTROLS
Va
Fle
Ev
50
Ac
In
Di
Ve
St
CF
Au
In
In
Se
Fr
Pl
M
Du
60
Ele
An
Se
Ai
Ba
ne
ne
dir
ea
at
re
es
ria
ap
et
tiv
rti
rfo
ns
C
xib
ns
to
od
m
m
ck
ct
m
ct
eh
hA
all
r/
m
r/
ec
ble
ca
fre
or
or
m
at
m
ibl
m
ric
il B
m
wa
ize
le
Ou
ic
ex
Ou
at
sa
at
tG
ge
lm
ed
ys
ea
eP
et
th
ir
th
co
he
Fr
rd
I
d
ive
pa
ic
pa
ne
te
tE
nd
da
te
ec
ick
as
ixi
Ca
he
ick
eq
nn
alu
oly
at
In
Ro
ne
ns
rs
rs
rat
tio
m
ng
xc
rb
ne
bu
rm
er
ac
ue
c
ne
ec
m
ion
ur
l fi
ll fi
kin
pe
k
lin
ha
or
s
ns
on
tu
s
in
rn
al
nc
tio
bo
inu
ss
et
ed
rs
te
ng
lte
at
er
co
in
wh
ga
ha
yd
fil
x
(C
ns
m
rs
or
s
rs
er
ils
te
Pe
lva
ne
CT
ee
riv
f
s
G1
s
rs
r
r
am
B)
nis
ls
es
alu
ed
ew
m
an
or
k
9 6
2 CCTA and CCTB Air Handling Units 37 of 412

State of the art casing concept
CCTA standard casing design:
Panels fixed with a wedge Nice finishing without any screws, easy maintenance
Polyurethane foam insulation Better thermal performances and rigidity
Double gasket Maximum casing air tightness
Smooth internal walls Easy to clean, minimized dust traps
Wide choice of casing options

2
1 1 Wall materials • Galvanized steel
• Pre-painted steel
• Peraluman
• Stainless steel 304 & 316L Certified performance
2 Panel insulation • Standard version: 25 or 50mm Eurovent certification
• Injected polyurethane foam
• Rock wool, 80kg/m3 density for the CCTA range
3 • Aluminum guarantees accurate
Framework
3 • Anodized aluminum performance data and
3 Support/Handling • Peripheral base frame common comparison
• Supporting feet criteria. The unit
• Adjustable feet
performances and the
mechanical casing
Eurovent-certified casing mechanical characteristics
characteristics have
Casing Type CCTA 25 mm PU CCTA 50 mm PU CCTA 50 mm RW CCTB
been tested and
Panel Thickness 25 mm 50 mm 50 mm 40 mm
certified respectively
Insulation Material Polyurethane foam Polyurethane foam Rock Wool Polyurethane foam
according to EN 13053
Casing Strength D1 D1 D1 D1
and EN 1886. ARI
Casing Air Leakage L1 L1 L1 L1
certified heating and
Filter Bypass leakage F9 F9 F9 F9
cooling coils can be
Thermal Transmittance T4 T3 T4 T2 provided upon request.
Thermal Bridging Factor TB4 TB3 TB3 TB2
3 7 2
10
10
2 4 5 6 7 8
9
38 of 412 3
The best choice to successfully complete
your air conditioning projects
Energy savings in mind Integrated comfort systems for

To minimize your HVAC operating costs, Trane optimized operation and faster
CCTA units can be equipped with the latest commissioning
energy saving technologies such as : The factory-mounted control package can be
•High efficiency Eff1 motors tied to other Trane products through Trane
•High efficiency thermal wheels Integrated Comfort System (ICS). ICS is a
•Run around coils powerful system architecture that unifies Trane
•Plate heat exchangers control and building management into a coherent
•Plug fans and variable frequency drives whole, providing a single source of responsibility,
including monitoring and diagnostics, system
Fast, simple installation and maintenance optimization, and open protocol communication
The Trane CCTA units come packaged following for assured high levels of comfort.
the “plug and play” concept. To ensure easy
installation and commissioning, most specified The control package, including dedicated
options are factory-installed and arrive on the Trane controllers, variable frequency drives,
jobsite already mounted, eliminating the need for power wiring, sensors and actuators are fully
time-consuming accessory field installation. Units integrated into the unit for a minimized
can be delivered in one piece, in sections or flat footprint and easier maintenance.
packed for easier on-site assembly. All panels can
be easily removed to maintain, repair or change
components inside the unit, and all sections
requiring regular maintenance are equipped with
properly sized and air-tight hinged doors.

CCTB: the right design for stringent project
requirements and optimum comfort
Wherever hygiene and thermal conditions are critical factors, the Trane CCTB delivers
CCTB standard casing design: Options:

• 40 mm panel thickness (T2/TB2 certified) • 60 mm panel thickness
• Polyurethane foam insulation • Rock wool 80kg/m3 insulation
• A1-fire rated (Euro class)
• Thermal break integrated in panels and
framework
• Smooth easy-to-clean internal walls
T2/TB2 Eurovent-certified
1 2 3
4 5
1 Built to last: Robust and efficient casing 4 Quick installation: Modular construction
design with anodized aluminum framework with quick module-fixing system and
and rigid foamed panels. strong base frame for an easy handling.
2 Easy maintenance: Large hinged doors to 5 Fast commissioning with factory-

access components. engineered controls.
3 Indoor Air Quality: Smooth internal 6 Efficient system: Advanced controllers

walls, filter bypass leakage F9, casing air integrated in a comprehensive Building
tightness L1, inclined drain pans. Management System.
40 of 412 5
The single source for all your building ne
When you specify a Trane Air Handling Unit, you don’t just get a top-class product, you
also get the expertise to optimize your whole HVAC system and keep your total building
operating cost to a minimum while maintaining the utmost level of comfort.
Heating, ventilating and air Building Management Systems

conditioning systems The Tracer Summit™ building management
Depending on your building or process, system provides supervision and control
you may need a chiller, an air handling unit through a single, integrated system. Its user-
or terminals. And here Trane can help as friendly graphical interface, associated with
well. As one of the world’s leading HVAC its pre-engineered functions, and standard
equipment manufacturers we can provide the communication protocols allows you to
exact solution. Moreover, you can be sure efficiently pilot your building performance.
it fits perfectly with your Air Handling Unit, Tracer Summit™ can help you meet your
because they will use the same protocols building’s temperature, humidity, ventilation
and control strategies. Trane chillers, fan and energy management needs, no matter
coils and air handling equipment come with how challenging. High quality, easy-to-use,
factory-mounted controllers for integration integrated and reliable controls are the key to
within a Trane Building Management System. maximizing efficiency and to prolonging the
life of your building comfort system.
Peace of mind from

total accountability
eeds
Peace of mind with service and parts
At Trane, we are committed to providing full service solutions that are
efficient and reliable, just like our equipment.
Elite Start™ Upgrade and Improve

Trane equipment is commissioned by To help you conserve energy while maximizing
Elite Start™
technically competent factory trained cost saving in your building systems and
technicians. Trane commissioning confirms operations, Trane offers: OP
ER AD
E
A
A TE P GR
MA ND U ND
that the system has been not only accurately • Trane Select Contracts tailored to your IN A VE
TA O
IN PR
installed, but also configured and fine-tuned needs, your business, and your application. IM
to operate according to your requirements. They are comprised of several levels of MA E

IN
T OV
AN AIN PR
services, ranging from a 24/7 duty to full OP D IM ND
ER A DE
A
AT GR
Operate and Maintain ‘all parts and labor’ coverage, including life E UP
To keep your Trane equipment operating at cycle management and maintenance. Make certain your
peak efficiency, Trane offers technical expertise • Trane Care Services to offer a wide range HVAC systems are
fully optimized and
to maintain or repair your system. Our full of upgrade products to answer your needs in
integrated – with our
range of HVAC spare parts, both Trane-specific terms of reliability, energy conservation, and
expert services.
and generic, coupled with our advanced respect of the environment.
logistics network ensures a quick and reliable
service. The result? Even in the rare event of
equipment failure, downtime is kept to an
absolute minimum.
42 of 412 7
How do you choose? TRACE 700 software accurately compares the
There are hundreds of possible system designs, impact of building alternatives. You can test
air handling unit or chiller configurations. the effects and consequences of different
How do you possibly narrow the choices and architectural features, HVAC systems, and
definitively determine the right HVAC system building utilization or scheduling scenarios.
design for your building? And you can see the different economic
options for each scenario. This enables you to
Amazingly, it’s quite easy… with Trane’s help. make genuine life-cycle, cost-based system
decisions with absolute confidence.
Our System Analyzer™ helps estimate building
loads and performs preliminary energy and Contact us – we’re here to help
cost analyses of virtually any building, system We can help you plan, install and manage your
and equipment combination. For LEED next HVAC system – so you can concentrate
certification, TRACE™ 700 (Trane Air on your core business. Our experience and
Conditioning Economics) software helps expertise in designing, commissioning and
analyze the energy and economic effects of maintaining HVAC systems not only guarantees
virtually any system configuration. It allows a solution that best answers your needs, it also
you to manipulate a wide range of variables to gives you complete efficiency and peace of
create a detailed energy usage profile for your mind.
specific building. Unlike overly simplified
spreadsheet-based energy analyses, Call us, let’s talk.
Only qualified technicians should perform the installation and servicing of equipment referred to in this publication. For more information, visit www.Trane.com.
Trane bvba: Lenneke Marelaan 6,1932 Sint-Stevens-Woluwe, Belgium

ON 0888.048.262 - RPR Brussels
© 2011 Trane All rights reserved Produced on recyclable paper, using environmentally
friendly print practices that reduce waste.
CCTA-SLB002-E4, December 2011
43 of 412
Guide Specifications
CCTA and CCTB

Air Handling Units
CCTA-PRG001-E4
44 of 412
Introduction
The model TRANE, CCTA Air Handling Units shall be modular construction type.
The model TRANE, CCTB Air Handling Units shall be modular or one piece construction type. The units shall be designed
with a minimum of internal dust traps to facilitate the cleaning inside the units. The panels shall be fitted to the framework in
such a way that internal walls are smooth.
All Trane Air Handling Units shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with standards and regulations:
- CE requirements
- Machinery directive 89/392/ECC
- Quality assurance ISO 9001:2000
- Hygienic certification by VDI
Eurovent certification EN1886-1998 and EN13053-2001

The Air Handling Units shall be Eurovent certified.
The unit performances shall be tested and certified as per the following standard:
• EN 13053-2001
The unit casing shall be high quality built, tested and certified as per the following standard:
• EN 1886-1998
For CCTA, the mechanical performances of the unit casing shall not be less than the following classes:
• Casing strength D1
• Casing air leakage L1
• Filter by-pass up to F9
• Thermal transmittance T3
• Thermal bridge factor TB3
For CCTB, the mechanical performances of the unit casing shall not be less than the following classes:
• Casing strength D1
• Casing air leakage L1
• Filter by-pass up to F9
• Thermal transmittance T2
• Thermal bridge factor TB2
Standard design
When the units are to be provided in several parts, the unit sections shall be assembled on site by using external adjustable
clips made of galvanized steel, and suitable for a maximum traction force of 300 daN. According to the unit size and
composition, stiffened nylon or aluminum angles can also be screwed on the unit framework to connect the sections together.
To avoid air leakage between two sections, a PVC seal shall be applied at the section junction.
Depending of the site / climate conditions, the application and the supply air conditions, the unit framework shall be made with :
- Anticorodal aluminum profiles
- Anticorodal anodized aluminium profiles
- Anticorodal aluminum profiles with PVC thermal break.
- Anticorodal anodized aluminum profiles with PVC thermal break.
The unit framework shall be assembled with specific angles made of reinforced fiber glass.
Casing panels
According to the project requirements, the unit casing shall be made of:
CCTA version
- 25 mm thick double skin panels
-2- CCTA-PRG001-E4
45 of 412
CCTB version
Panel outer skin made of:

- 0.6 mm pre-painted metal sheet
- 0.6 mm galvanized metal sheet
- 0.8 mm peraluman sheet
- Stainless steel sheet 304
- 0.8 mm anodized aluminum sheet.
Panel inner skin made of:

- 0.6 mm pre-painted metal sheet
- 0.6 mm galvanized metal sheet
- 0.8 mm peraluman sheet
- 0.8 mm anodized aluminum sheet
Panel insulation
Panels shall be thermally and acoustically insulated with:
• Polyurethane foam
3
- Minimum foam density: 40Kg/m
- Self-extinguish class: B2 (ISO 3582)
- Thermal conductivity: 0.022 W/m.K
• Mineral wool
- Minimum density: 80 Kg/m 3
- Self-extinguish class: Class A1 (DIN 4102)
- Thermal conductivity: 0.040 W/m.K
Note: Panels insulated with mineral wool shall be made with 1.2 mm double skins.
Acoustical treatment
For applications where acoustic is critical, the units shall be built with enhanced features:
- Standard panels with perforated inner skin.

- Triple skin construction including a perforated inner skin and an additional layer of glass wool protected with a polyethylene
film.
- Standard panels with lead layer inside the insulating material.
CCTA version
Panels shall be fixed to the unit framework with specific locking profiles and a double gasket in order to ensure optimal casing
air tightness even at high positive or negative pressure.
To minimize dust traps and facilitate the interior cleaning, the aluminum profile shall be “double thickness” design, in order to
avoid screw inside of the unit.
The panel to framework assembly shall be perfectly flush.
CCTB version
Panels shall be made with “double thickness” design, fixed the unit framework by external screw passing trough the panel and
fixed on aluminum profile.
High airtight gasket shall be positioned between panel and gasket in order to ensure optimal casing air tightness even at high
positive or negative pressure.
To eliminate dust traps and facilitate the interior cleaning, the aluminum profile shall be “double thickness” design, in order to
avoid screw inside of the unit.
The panel to framework assembly shall be perfectly flush.
-3- CCTA-PRG001-E4
46 of 412
Access doors
Access doors shall be provided on every section where easy access is required for inspection, maintenance or service. Access
doors shall be fitted on stiffened fiber glass hinges and shall open easily with handles. Access doors shall be equipped with
specific gaskets around the full door perimeter to prevent air leakage.
Inspection marine windows

Every access door shall be provided with a Plexiglas and stiffened nylon marine window.
Wired light and switch

Sections having marine windows shall be factory equipped with an internal waterproof light connected to an external waterproof
switch.
Dampers
CCTA version
Dampers shall be manufactured with blades and frames made of extruded anticorodal aluminum.
CCTB version
Dampers shall be manufactured with blades and frames made of:
Extruded anticorodal aluminum
Stainless steel 304
Stainless steel 316
In both CCTA/CCTB versions, the damper blades shall be airfoil-shaped, equipped with PVC edge gaskets. They shall have an
opposed direction rotation by mean of nylon gears, integrated to the damper frame and to avoid contact between gears and
airflow. The damper shall be:
- Suitable for motorization
- Actuated manually
- motorized with a servo-motor.
Flexible connections
When required, flexible connections shall be provided on air inlets and outlets: openings, dampers, fan discharges…
Hygienic features on standard design

Specific applications such as operating theaters in hospitals, clean rooms or food processes require enhanced features of
cleanliness to insure high level of Indoor Air Quality. Some of the following options shall be provided according to each project
requirements:
- Each section shall be equipped with a slopped drain pan to collect and drain cleaning water and condensates. The drain pans
shall be made of:
Stainless steel 430
Stainless steel 304
Stainless steel 316
- Each section, where access is necessary, shall be provided with walkways made of:
Stainless steel 304
Stainless steel 316
- All internal frames shall be made of:

Epoxy painted galvanized steel
Stainless steel 304
Stainless steel 316
- Doors shall be provided with special external airtight locks, to prevent air leakage.
- Every section shall be provided with a factory mounted cleaning system. This cleaning system made of special nozzles shall
be used to clean automatically the interior of the unit. The cleaning nozzles shall be made of stainless steel 304.
- Dampers shall be made with internal gears, integrated to the damper frame, to avoid contact between gears and airflow.
-4- CCTA-PRG001-E4
47 of 412
- Dampers made completely in:
Stainless steel 304
Stainless steel 316
Fan section
The fan section shall be equipped with double-inlet, centrifugal fan type:
- Forward curved blades
- Backward inclined blades
- Airfoil backward inclined blades
For specific cases, the fan sections shall be equipped with:

- Axial fans
- Plug fans
- ECM driven multi-plug fans (fan-wall)
The fan shall be manufactured of:

- Galvanized steel
- Stainless steel 304
The fan wheel shall be statically and dynamically balanced.
When required, the fan shall be epoxy painted to prevent corrosion issues.
The motor shall have tropicalized ground steel shaft fixed on ball bearings.
- IP55 protection,
- Insulation: Class F,
- Voltage: 400/3Ph/50 Hz,
- 2 poles
- 4 poles
- 4/6 poles separate windings
- 4/8 poles (Dahlander)
Motors with nominal power higher than 5.5 kW shall be started with a “Star-Delta“ starting mode.
Fan section shall be provided with safety features in order to prevent possible human contact with running transmission and
shafts:
- Micro switch on the fan section door
- Belt guard
- Second door made of drilled metal sheet.
For hazardous environment, motors and fans shall be made with a spark proof execution and comply with the zone explosion
atmosphere classification.
For application with airflow temperature, motors and transmissions shall be installed outside the air stream.
The motor shall be mounted on a micrometric belt regulation slide system. The fan-motor transmission shall be made with pulleys
and V-type belts. The transmission shall be selected with a safety coefficient of 1.2.
For motors with nominal power less than 2.2 kW, an adjustable pitch pulley shall be fitted on the motor side to adjust the air
volume on site.
The fan-motor group shall be mounted on a common 3 mm thick galvanized steel base-frame fixed on an aluminum rail via
spring shock absorbers dimensioned for maximum vibration attenuation.
The fan discharge shall be connected to the unit casing with a flexible connection made of a neoprene media and a galvanized
flange for an easy and quick removal.
-5- CCTA-PRG001-E4
48 of 412
Variable air volume
For Variable Air Volume (VAV) applications, the fan shall be Backward Inclined or Airfoil type construction. In this case, the fan
shall either be provided with Inlet gate vanes driven with a factory mounted actuator or driven with a variable frequency drive
(VFD).
Disconnecting switch
When required, the fan section shall be provided with a factory mounted disconnecting switch, wired to the motor and located
outside of the fan section.
Power module
When required, the fan section shall be provided with a starter panel made of metal or fiber glass. The starter module shall
include all necessary devices to control the fan motor: main switch, thermal overload protection, fan starting relays, manual-
automatic selection switch, transformer, alarms.
CCTB version
In order to have full access inside the unit in order to clean the fan section, the fan-motor group assembly with its base-frame
and the spring isolators, shall be fitted in such a way it can be easily extracted from the unit.
Coil section
The coil face velocity shall not exceed 2.5 m/s on cooling coils and 3.5 m/s on heating coils.
Coils shall be made with the following materials:
Flat fins in:

- Aluminum
- Copper
- Tinned copper
Tubes in:
- Copper 5/8” O.D.
- Carbon steel (For Steam coils)
Fins shall have collars drawn, belled and firmly bonded - by mechanical expansion- to tubes –
For application with aggressive air, the fins, the tubes and the coil frame shall be epoxy painted.
For an easy coil removal, the coil frame shall be made of 1.2 mm thick galvanized metal sheet. To minimize risks of corrosion,
the bottom part of the coil frame shall be made with stainless steel 430.
The coils shall be inserted in the unit on rails for easy and quick removal.
The coil connections shall be clearly labeled externally and shall have rubber grommets to avoid air leakage.
Drain pans shall be thermally insulated, with one or two slopes and made with:
Drain pans shall be provided with drain pipes located at the lowest point.
Humidification section
The humidification section shall include a drain pain or a water tank and an inspection door.
When necessary, a droplet eliminator shall be fitted at the end of the humidification section to avoid water carry over.
The droplet eliminator shall be made with:
-6- CCTA-PRG001-E4
49 of 412
- Frame in stainless steel 430 and PVC blades.
- Frame and blades in stainless steel 304.
The droplet eliminator holding framework shall be made with stainless steel 430.
Evaporative (Honeycomb) humidifiers

When humidification with adiabatic cooling is required, evaporative humidifiers shall be used. Two types of humidifiers need to
be considered:
- Evaporative humidifiers using wasted water.
- Evaporative humidifier with recirculation pump.
The evaporative honeycomb type humidifier mat shall be made of impregnated cellulose fitted in a frame in:
Recirculating water type humidifiers shall be equipped with an immersion pump, internal tubing in polyethylene and a water level
control float valve fitted into the water tank.
Water spray humidifier

Two types of water spray humidifiers shall be considered:
- Spray humidifiers using wasted water.
- Spray humidifier with recirculating pump.
Spray humidifiers sections shall be equipped with self-cleaning nylon nozzles mounted on polyethylene tubes.
The number of nozzles shall be defined to reach the required humidification efficiency. They shall be arranged in one row or two
opposed rows as needed.
The interior of the water spray humidifier section shall be made with stainless steel 430.
The pump shall be mounted outside of the unit for an easy maintenance.
Steam humidifier
The steam humidifier section shall be equipped with a properly sized steam lance made of stainless steel 304 and mounted on
the lateral side of the section. Every lance shall be provided with a condensate pipe.
Where required, the steam generator shall be on-off or modulating type and supplied:
- Separately
- Mounted on the unit
The number of steam lances shall accommodate the steam generator requirements.
Atomizing humidifier with pressurized water and air

The Air-Water atomizing humidifier section shall be equipped with special nozzles made of stainless steel 304 and fitted on an
internal pipe work made of stainless steel 304.
The humidifier control panel shall be factory mounted on the unit and connected to internal piping.
Atomizing humidifier with pressurized water

The pressurized water humidifier section shall be equipped with special nozzles made of stainless steel 304 and fitted on an
internal pipe work made of stainless steel 304.
The humidifier control panel shall be factory mounted on the unit and connected to internal piping.
Filter section
The filter section shall be equipped with a proper number of filter cells and a proper filtering area.
Folded panel filters shall be mounted on 1.2 mm thick rails for an easy and quick removal. The rails shall be made of:
- Galvanized steel
-7- CCTA-PRG001-E4
50 of 412
The bag filters shall be mounted on holding frames made of:
- Galvanized steel
Holding frames shall be equipped with gasket to avoid air bypass.
The filter section shall be equipped with an access door for maintenance and filter replacement.
The filter section shall be equipped with pressure connection tubes, fitted outside of the casing.
The filter section shall be equipped with a differential pressure switch.
Heat recovery
Cross flow plate heat exchanger
The heat recovery section shall be provided with a cross-flow plate heat exchanger made of aluminum and, if needed, with
acrylic painting protection, added sealing and by-pass damper.
Rotary heat wheel

When high efficiency is required, the heat recovery section shall be provided with a thermal heat wheel, if necessary,
hygroscopic type, including its motor, the drive and the speed control.
Horse-shoe heat pipe

The heat recovery section shall be equipped with a coil loop-type heat exchanger, made of 2 coils having the same features
than standard coils with refrigerant R134a as the working fluid.
The heat recovery component shall be mounted on a 1.2 mm thick galvanized steel.
When condensation can occur, the heat recovery section shall be equipped with a thermally insulated drain pan made of :
Sound attenuator
Low efficiency sound attenuators
If required the unit shall be provided with sound attenuator, made of galvanized steel sheet and a sound absorbing material.
The attenuator baffles shall be 800 mm long and shall bring 20 dB sound attenuation up to 500 Hz.
Medium efficiency sound attenuators

- If required the unit shall be provided with sound attenuator, made of glass wool baffles, protected by polyethylene film and
perforated metal sheet.
The attenuator baffles shall be 900 mm long, 200 mm thick, and shall bring 24 dB sound attenuation up to 500 Hz.
- If required, the unit shall be provided with sound attenuator, made of glass wool baffles, protected with a polyethylene film and
The baffles shall be 1500 mm long, 200 mm thick, and shall bring 38 dB sound attenuation up to 500 Hz.
High efficiency sound attenuators

-8- CCTA-PRG001-E4
51 of 412
CCTB version
In order to have full access inside the unit in order to clean the silencer section, the sound attenuator set shall be fitted in such a
way it can easily be extracted from the unit.
Multizone section
The multizone section shall include the following components:
Coils
Max coil face velocity:
- Heating coil: ……….. m/s
- Cooling coil: ………. m/s.
- Number of zone dampers
The multizone dampers shall be designed and sized to satisfy the air volume of each zone.
Each couple of dampers, serving each zone, shall operate with opposite movement.
One shaft shall be used if the damper area is less than 0.6 m², while two shafts shall be used when damper area is bigger than
0.6 m².
The damper shall be:
- Suitable for motorization
- Motorized with a servo-motor.
Technical cabinet
When required, a technical cabinet shall be attached to the unit to enclose coil valves, pumps or other equipments. The
technical cabinet shall be made with the same panel design as the rest of the unit and its dimensions shall be defined with the
contractor.
Weatherproof execution
Units to be installed outside shall be equipped with a roof. The top panels shall be made with the same panel design as the rest
of the units and the roof material shall be the same as the outer skin of the casing panels.
The roof shall protrude out of the unit by 100 mm as a minimum and shall be made with a proper metal sheet thickness.
Dampers and non ducted air openings on the units shall be protected with a hoods or weather louvers.
Air diffusion
When sections (coils, filters, silencers…) are located on the fan discharge, an air diffuser section shall be fitted between the fan
and the next section to ensure a uniform air stream through the next component. The diffuser section shall be equipped,
provided with an air diffuser plate made of galvanized and perforated metal sheet.
Hydraulic module
If required, the unit shall be provided with a cabinet including an internal hydraulic module. The hydraulic module shall include:
• A galvanized steel tank thermally insulated with 30 mm thick polyurethane foam and covered with an aluminum sheet.
• A safety valve
• A filling valve
• A drain valve
• An expansion tank
• One or several properly selected circulating pumps
-9- CCTA-PRG001-E4
52 of 412
• A modulating valve
• Shut off valves
• Balancing valves
• Manometers
Optionally, the following options shall be provided when required:
• Water strainer
• Antifreeze system including an electric heater, a thermostat and a flow stat.
The hydraulic module shall be provided with a control panel including an electric isolator switch, pump contactors, relays, and
transformer.
Variable frequency drive

For Variable Air Volume applications (VAV), the fan motor shall be connected to a factory mounted and wired Variable
Frequency Drive (VFD) type VarioTrane. For units installed outdoors, the VFD shall be installed in a weatherproof cabinet.
Drawings, technical data sheets, wiring diagrams, certifications

Before the unit construction, the unit drawing, the technical data sheets, the wiring diagram and the technical material data shall
be approved by the customer.
At the delivery, the supplied unit shall include an envelope containing the drawing, the technical sheets, the wiring diagrams, the
Installation, Operation and Maintenance manual, the CE certificate and the following functional certification:
• Eurovent Certification
• ISO 9001:2000
Trane optimizes the performance of homes and buildings around the world. A business of Ingersoll Rand, the
leader in creating and sustaining safe, comfortable and energy efficient environments, Trane offers a broad
portfolio of advanced controls and HVAC systems, comprehensive building services, and parts.
For more information, visit www.Trane.com.
© 2012 Trane All rights reserved

CCTA-PRG001-E4_0912 Supersedes: CCTA-PRG001-E4_0812
- 10 - CCTA-PRG001-E4
53 of 412
SECTION 2.C
FAN CATALOGUE
54 of 412
NTHZ
DOUBLE INLET CENTRIFUGAL FANS WITH
BACKWARD CURVED BLADES
ZWEISEITIGSAUGENDE RADIALVENTILATOREN MIT
RÜCKWÄRTSGEKRÜMMTEN SCHAUFELN
VENTILATEURS CENTRIFUGES DOUBLE ASPIRATION
AVEC AUBES COURBÉES VERS L’ARRIÈRE
VENTILATORI CENTRIFUGHI A DOPPIA ASPIRAZIONE
A PALE ROVESCE
55 of 412
2
COMEFRI SpA factory at Magnano in Riviera (UD) – Italy with 14.500 m workshop.
Production of radial fans for airconditioning and general ventilation.
COMEFRI SpA in Magnano in Riviera, Udine-Italien. Werk I mit 14.500 m2 Produktionsfläche. Herstellung
von Radialventilatoren für Klimageräte und für allgemeine raumlufttechnische Anwendungen
2
Etablissement COMEFRI SpA situé à Magnano in Riviera (UD) Italie, superficie couverte de 14.500 m .
Production de ventilateurs centrifuges pour air conditionné et ventilation générale.
Stabilimento COMEFRI SpA di Magnano in Riviera (UD) Italia, con 14.500 m2 coperti.
Produzione di ventilatori centrifughi per il condizionamento e la ventilazione.
2
COMEFRI SpA factory at Artegna (UD) – Italy with 6.300 m workshop. Production of industrial fans and
special executions. Test facilities: laboratory accredited by AMCA and SINAL.
COMEFRI SpA in Artegna, Udine-Italien. Werk II mit 6.300 m2 Produktionsfläche. Herstellung von
Industrieventilatoren und Ventilatoren in Spezialausführung, Lufttechnisches Labor bei AMCA und SINAL akkreditiert.
Etablissement COMEFRI SpA situé à Artegna (UD) Italie, superficie couverte de 6.300 m2.
Production de ventilateurs industriels et spéciaux. Laboratoire d'essais accrédité AMCA et SINAL.
Stabilimento COMEFRI SpA di Artegna (UD) Italia, con 6.300 m2 coperti. Produzione di ventilatori
industriali e speciali. Laboratorio Prove Aerauliche e Ricerca accreditato AMCA e SINAL.
56 of 412
DOUBLE INLET CENTRIFUGAL FANS WITH BACKWARD CURVED BLADES – NTHZ
ZWEISEITIGSAUGENDE RADIALVENTILATOREN MIT RÜCKWÄRTSGEKRÜMMTEN SCHAUFELN- NTHZ
VENTILATEURS CENTRIFUGES DOUBLE ASPIRATION AVEC AUBES COURBÉES VERS L’ARRIÈRE – NTHZ
VENTILATORI CENTRIFUGHI A DOPPIA ASPIRAZIONE A PALE ROVESCE – NTHZ
C-0077 November 2006
CO.ME.FRI. S.p.A. certifies that the Double Inlet Centrifugal Fans with Backward Curved Blades-NTHZ shown
herein are licensed to bear the AMCA Seal. The ratings shown are based on tests and procedures performed
in accordance with AMCA Publication 211 and comply with the requirements of the AMCA Certified Ratings
Program.
The CO.ME.FRI. S.p.A. Test Laboratory is AMCA Accredited Laboratory of the Air Movement and Control
Association.
CO.ME.FRI. S.p.A. bescheinigt daß die hierin dargestellten Zweiseitigsaugende Radialventilatoren mit
rückwärtsgekrümmten Schaufeln-NTHZ von der AMCA zur Führung ihres Siegels zugelassen sind. Die
dargestellten Einstufungen beruhen auf Prüfungen und Verfahren, die gemäß AMCA-Druckschrift 211
druchgeführt wurden und den Erfordernissen eines von der AMCA zugelassenen Einstufungsprogramms
entsprechen.
Das CO.ME.FRI. S.p.A. Test-Labor ist AMCA Accredited Laboratory of the Air Movement and Control
Association.
CO.ME.FRI. S.p.A. certifie que les Ventilateurs Centrifuges Double Aspiration avec aubes courbées vers
l’arrière -NTHZ montrés ici sont licenciés pour avoir le cachet AMCA. Les résultats sont basés sur des essais
et des procédures préparés selon AMCA Publication 211 et sont en accord avec les demandes de AMCA
Certified Ratings Program.
Le laboratoire d’essais de CO.ME.FRI. S.p.A. est un AMCA Accredited Laboratory of the Air Movement and
Control Association.
La CO.ME.FRI. S.p.A. certifica che i Ventilatori Centrifughi a Doppia Aspirazione a pale rovesce-NTHZ
rappresentati in questo catalogo sono autorizzati a portare il Marchio AMCA. Le prestazioni indicate sono
basate su prove e procedure in accordo con il documento AMCA 211 e soddisfano i requisiti del Programma
AMCA per la Certificazione delle Prestazioni.
Il Laboratorio Prove Aerauliche CO.ME.FRI. S.p.A. è un AMCA Accredited Laboratory of the Air Movement
and Control Association.
Page / Seite
Contents Inhaltsverzeichnis Index Indice Page / Pagina
1. Standard NTHZ Allgemeine Beschreibung Généralités de la série Caratteristiche generali
production range der Baureihe NTHZ NTHZ della serie NTHZ 2
2. Technical details Technische Eigenschaften Caractéristiques Caratteristiche tecniche 2

téchniques
3. Labelling of fan Bezeichnung der Liste des composants Elenco dei componenti 6
components Ventilatorbauteile
4. Fan performances Ventilatorleistungskurven Préstations des ventilateurs Prestazioni dei ventilatori 7
5. Sound levels Schalleistungsangaben Niveau de bruit Rumorosità 12/13
6. Performance charts Leistungskurven Courbes caractéristiques Curve caratteristiche 22
7. Fan dimensions Ventilatorabmessungen Dimensions Dimensioni 35
8. Accessories Zubehörteile Accessoires Accessori 43
9. Specifications Ausschreibungstexte Spécifications Specifiche tecniche 50/51

téchniques
10. Rotation, discharge Drehrichtung, Sens de rotation, Senso di rotazione,

and accessories Gehäusestellung, Position orientation de l’ouie orientamento della bocca
position der Zubehörteile d’aspiration et position premente e posizione
des accessoires degli accessori 56
11. Reference code Typenchlüssel Codification Codifica 57
12. Twin fans Zwillingsventilatoren Ventilateurs doubles Ventilatori binati 58
13. Twin fans selection Ermittlung der technischen Sélection des Selezione dei 60
Daten Zwillingsventilatoren ventilateurs doubles ventilatori binati
14. Twin fans dimensions Ventilatorabmessungen Dimensions Dimensioni dei

Zwillingsventilatoren ventilateurs doubles ventilatori binati 61
1
57 of 412
1. Standard NTHZ 1. Allgemeine 1. Généralités de la 1. Caratteristiche

production range Beschreibung der série NTHZ generali della serie
Baureihe NTHZ NTHZ
Comefri's NTHZ double-inlet- Die zweiseitig saugende Les ventilateurs centrifuges I ventilatori centrifughi a
double-width centrifugal fans Comefri double aspiration de la série doppia aspirazione della serie
with backward curved blades Radialventilatorbaureihe NTHZ ont les turbines avec NTHZ hanno le giranti con
series cover a size range NTHZ mit aubes courbées vers l’arrière pale rovesce e sono costruiti
from 315 to 1250. All fans rückwärtsgekrümmten et sont construits de la taille nelle grandezze dalla 315 alla
within the range have the schaufeln wird in den 315 à la taille 1250. Tous les 1250. Tutti i ventilatori
following characteristics: Baugrößen 315 bis 1250 ventilateurs de cette gamme compresi in questa gamma
xoptimally engineered for hergestellt. Alle Ventilatoren ont les caractéristiques hanno le seguenti
HVAC applications; dieser Baureihe verfügen suivantes: caratteristiche:
xhigh quality, compact über folgende Eigenschaften: xparticuliérement adaptes xparticolarmente adatti per la
design; xOptimierte Kennlinie für die pour la climatisation; climatizzazione;
xhigh efficiency, low power Klimatechnik; xniveau de qualité élevé, xalta qualità, dimensioni
consumption; xHohe Qualität, kompakte dimensions compactes; compatte;
xquiet operation; Bauweise; xniveau de rendement élevé, xalto rendimento, bassa
xfan performances fully xHohen Wirkungsgrad, fiable puissance absorbée; potenza assorbita;
tested and certified in niedrige Leistungsaufnahme; xsilencieux; xsilenziosità;
Comefri's own state-of-the- xGeräuscharmen Betrieb; xpréstations garanties par xprestazioni garantite da prove
art laboratory in xLeistungsdaten wurden im d'essais effectués auprés du eseguite presso il laboratorio
accordance with DIN, ISO, Comefri Labor nach laboratoire Comefri, selon les Comefri, secondo le norme
BS and AMCA standards; DIN, ISO, BS, AMCA normes DIN,ISO, BS et AMCA; DIN, ISO, BS e AMCA;
xPerformance and Noise Standard gemessen; xcourbes obtenues selon les xcurve caratteristiche ottenute
data according to DIN xVentilatordaten nach DIN normes DIN 24166, Classe secondo le norme DIN 24166,
24166, accuracy Class 1. 24166, Genauigkeitsklasse1. de précision 1. Classe di precisione 1.
xstandard operating xStandard xtempérature de xtemperatura di
temperature between Betriebstemperatur zwischen functionnement standard funzionamento standard tra
-20°C and +60°C. -20°C und +60°C. entre -20°C et +60°C. –20°C e +60°C.
2. Technical details 2. Technische 2. Caractéristiques 2. Caratteristiche

Eigenschaften téchniques tecniche
® ® ® ®
2.1. Forefinger 2.1. Forefinger 2.1. Forefinger 2.1. Forefinger
It is an innovative device Es handelt sich um eine Il s’agit d’un dispositif Si tratta di un dispositivo
fully developed and Innovation, entwickelt im innovateur étudié et développé innovativo progettato e
engineered by the Comefri eigenen Labor für par le laboratoire aéraulique et sviluppato dal Laboratorio
(*)
Aeraulic and Acoustic Lufttechnik und Akustik. acoustique de Comefri (*) Prove Aerauliche ed
Test Lab of Comefri (*) (Bild 1). Die Hauptaufgabe (Fig.1). Son but est de mieux Acustiche della Comefri (*)
(Fig.1). The principle is to besteht darin, die internen répartir et exploiter le circuit de (Fig.1). Il suo scopo è
exploit the air Verluste des Ventilators la volute. En effet, comme nous quello di ripartire e
swirls, always present (im Gehäuse) le signalons, sfruttare i ricircoli d’aria
inside a fan housing. As zu reduzieren. nous presenti all’interno della
well known, the Diese sind, constatons que coclea. Essi infatti, come
recirculation of the air wie allgemein ce phénomène noto, essendo la principale
streams inside the fan bekannt, die est la principale causa delle perdite di un
housing is a major source wichtigste cause des ventilatore, ne
of losses, decreasing the Ursache für pertes d’un condizionano
fan efficiency and Verluste eines ventilateur, negativamente il
increasing fan’s noise. Ventilators und ce qui rendimento e ne
This device, called beeinflussen conduit à un aumentano sensibilmente
®
Forefinger , is actively den affaiblissement la rumorosità.
readdressing this air Wirkungsgrad du rendement Il dispositivo, denominato
®
recirculation to the outlet, negativ bei et une Forefinger , di fatto è in
with a systematic Gleichzeitigem augmentation grado di “intervenire
Fig.1
enhancement of the Anstieg des sensible du attivamente” su tali ricircoli
performances, both Lärmpegel. Mittels des neuen niveau sonore. Ce ai fini di un sistematico
aeraulic and acoustic. Patent Forefinger ® werden dispositif appelé Forefinger ®, agit incremento delle
diese Verluste drastisch activement sur le mouvement prestazioni sia Aerauliche
(*) Patent pending by
reduziert und somit die de l’air, ce qui d’une manière che Acustiche.
Comefri
Leistungsdaten des Ventilators systématique permet d’accroître
(*) Titolare della relativa
und auch die Akustik nachhaltig les performances aéraulique et
domanda di brevetto
verbessert. acoustique.
(*) zum Patent angemeldet (*) Titulaire de la relative
demande du brevet
2 58 of 412
2.2. Housing 2.2. Gehäuse 2.2. Volute 2.2. Coclea
All fan housings are Die Ventilatorgehäuse der Les volutes des ventilateurs Le coclee dei ventilatori dalla
manufactured in galvanised Baugrößen 315 bis 1000, de la taille 315 à la taille grandezza 315 alla 1000
steel sheet (Fig.2) from size bestehen aus verzinktem 1000 sont construites avec sono costruite con lamiera
315 to 1000 and are Stahlblech (Bild 2); tôle d'acier galvanisé (Fig.2) d'acciaio zincato (Fig.2) e
constructed using the Seitenteile und et sont agrafées avec la sono graffate con il metodo
Pittsbourgh seam method Gehäusemantel sind durch méthode Pittsbourgh (Fig.3), Pittsbourgh (Fig.3), il quale
(Fig.3), which ensures a high den bewährten Pittsbourgh qui assure qualité élevée, assicura alta qualità, perfetta
quality air tight seal as well Falz miteinander verbunden une parfaite étanchéité et tenuta e robustezza. Poichè
as a structurally reinforced (Bild 3), d.h. die vier une forte structure. il profilo del boccaglio di
housing. The design of the übereinanderliegenden Etant donné que le profil du ingresso è di fondamentale
inlets is of vital importance Materiallagen wirken pavilion est d'importance importanza per le prestazioni
for the fan performances versteifend. fondamentale pour les dei ventilatori e per la loro
Fig.2
Fig.3 Fig.4
and sound levels. They have Die Einströmdüsen sind préstations des ventilateurs rumorosità, esso è stato
been accurately engineered strömungsgünstig geformt et pour leur bruit, il a été progettato in modo da
to guarantee an optimal und sorgen für eine optimale étudié afin d'obtenir un flux garantire un flusso ottimale
airflow path towards the Beaufschlagung des d'air optimal et permettre par in aspirazione e di
wheel and thus very high Laufrades. Sie bestehen aus conséquence I'obtention permettere quindi
performance levels. The inlet lackiertem Stahlblech und d'un rendement tres élevé. I'ottenimento di un
cones are manufactured in werden mit dem Gehäuse Les pavilions sont construits rendimento molto elevato.
sheet, steel as well, painted verschraubt. en tôle d'acier peints et sont I boccagli sono costruiti in
and bolted on the housing In den Gehäuseseitenteilen fixés aux fiasques de la lamiera d'acciaio, verniciati e
sideplates. A series of ermöglichen eingestanzte volute. sono fissati alle fiancate
standard holes are located Löcher und Muttern eine Une série des alésages della coclea. Una serie di fori
on the sideplates to allow the einwandfreie Befestigung standards est prédisposée standard è predisposta sulle
fitting of frames or feet. der Zubehörteile sur les fiasques de façon à fiancate in modo da
These holes are positioned Die Gehäuse der Baugröße permettre le fixage des permettere il fissaggio dei
in such a way that several 1120 und 1250 sind aus nombreux accessoires telai. Altri fori permettono il
standard accessories can be Stahlblech hergestellt, standards. fissaggio di numerosi
applied. Housings for sizes versteift, komplett Les volutes de la taille 1120 accessori standard.
1120 and 1250 are geschweißt und lackiert. Die et 1250 sont construites en Le coclee delle grandezze
manufactured in black steel Einströmdüsen werden tôle noire d'acier, renforcée 1120 e 1250 sono costruite
sheet, reinforced with steel ebenfalls aus Stahlblech avec profilés soudés. in lamiera nera d'acciaio,
stiffeners, completely welded hergestellt und lackiert. Le tout est peint avec rinforzate da profilati saldati
and painted with an (Bild 4) produits epox anticorrosion. e verniciate con prodotti
anticorrosive epoxy paint. (Fig.4) epox anticorrosione. (Fig.4)
The inlet cones are also
manufactured in black steel
sheet, and painted. (Fig.4)
59 of 412
3
2.3. Impeller 2.3. Laufrad 2.3. Turbine 2.3. Girante
This high performance Die Hochleistungslaufräder Ces turbines à rendement Queste giranti ad alto
impeller is manufactured in sind aus hochwertigem, élevés sont construites en rendimento sono costruite in
corrosion proof steel, with korrosionsbeständigem acier résistant à la corrosion acciaio resistente alla
welded backward curved Stahl, mit geschweißten, et ont les aubes soudées et corrosione, con pale saldate
blades. All wheels are coated rückwärtsgekrümmten courbées vers I'arrière. curvate all'indietro e
with epoxy paint (Fig.5), Schaufeln hergestellt. Alle Toutes les turbines sont verniciate con smalto
balanced both statically and Laufräder sind mit Epoxlack revêtues d'une couche de epox (Fig.5).
dynamically to an accuracy beschichtet (Bild 5). Sie sind peinture epox (Fig.5). Esse sono bilanciate
grade of G = 2.5 in statisch und dynamisch in Elles sont équilibrées staticamente e
accordance to Gütestufe G=2,5 statiquement et dinamicamente
DIN ISO 1940-1 (VDI 2060). ausgewuchtet, gemäß dynamiquement avec un con un grado tolleranza
The impellers are secured to DIN ISO 1940-1 (VDI 2060). degré de tolérance G=2,5 G = 2,5 secondo le norme
the shaft through a steel or Die Laufräder sind mit der selon les normes DIN ISO 1940-1 (VDI 2060).
aluminium hub (aluminium is Welle durch eine Stahl-bzw. DIN ISO 1940-1 (VDI 2060). Le giranti sono calettate
used from 315 B/R to 710 Aluminiumnabe verbunden Les turbines sont fixées à all'albero tramite mozzi
B/R and from 315 T1 to (Aluminiumnabe: Baugrößen I'arbre à I'aide de moyeux muniti di linguetta e vite di
630 T1). Hub bore is 315 bis 710 Ausführungen B munis de clavette et vis de serraggio.
precision machined and und R, Baugrößen 315 bis blocage. Les moyeux sont I mozzi sono in alluminio nei
incorporates a keyway and 630 Ausführung T1). Die en aluminium pour les modelli dal 315 B/R al
locking screw. Nabenbohrungen sind mit modéles du 315 B/R au 710 710 B/R, e dal 315 T1 al
einer Passfedernut und einer B/R et du 315 T1 au 630 T1. 630 T1. Negli altri modelli
Befestigungsschraube Pour les autres modéles ils sono in acciaio.
ausgerüstet. sont en acier.
Fig.5
2.4. Shafts 2.4. Wellen 2.4. Arbres 2.4. Alberi

All shafts are designed with Alle Wellen sind mit einem Tous les arbres sont Tutti gli alberi sono
a high safety factor and with hohen Sicherheitsfaktor dimensionnés avec un dimensionati con un elevato
the first critical speed well berechnet. Dabei liegt die coefficient de sécurité élevé. coefficiente di sicurezza ed
beyond to the maximum fan maximal zulässige La vitesse maximale admise una velocità critica
speed. Drehzahl weit unter der est bien inférieure à la vitesse largamente superiore alla
Made in hardened steel, they ersten kritischen Drehzahl. critique. Ils sont construits en massima velocità di
are precision ground and Die geschliffenen Wellen acier au carbone, usinés et funzionamento consentita.
polished. sind aus hochwertigem réctifiés. Les arbres ont une Sono costruiti in acciaio al
Shafts are provided with Stahl hergestellt. clavette en correspondence carbonio, torniti e rettificati.
keyways for the wheel hub Die Verbindung von au moyeu de la turbine et une Gli alberi hanno una sede
and for belt pulleys that can Laufrad/Welle und autre clavette à chaque linguetta in corrispondenza
be fitted on either shaft ends. Keilriemenscheibe/Welle extémité, de façon que la del mozzo della girante ed
All shafts are coated with erfolgt mittels Nut und Feder. poulie puisse être montée un'altra ad ogni estremità.
protective paint for added Alle Wellen werden mit indifféremment d'une côté ou Tutti gli alberi sono rivestiti
protection prior to shipping. Rostschutzlack geschützt. de I'autre. Tous les arbres con una vernice protettiva.
sont couverts avec une
peinture protective.
4
60 of 412
2.5. Bearings 2.5. Lager 2.5. Paliers 2.5. Cuscinetti

From sizes 315 B/R to 710 Von der Baugröße 315 B/R De la taille 315 B/R à la taille Dalla grandezza 315 B/R
B/R, from 400 T2L to 1000 bis 710 B/R, von 400 T2L 710 B/R,de la 400 T2L à la alla 710 B/R, dalla 400 T2L
T2L, from 315 T1 to 1120 T1 bis 1000 T2L, von 315 T1 bis 1000 T2L, de la 315 T1 à la alla 1000 T2L, dalla 315 T1
and from size 315 T2 to 500 1120 T1 und von 315 T2 bis 1120 T1 et de la taille 315 alla 1120 T1 e dalla
T2, bearings are self- 500 T2, sind die Ventilatoren T2 à la taille 500 T2 , les grandezza 315 T2 alla 500
aligning, single row, deep mit selbsteinstellenden supports sont auto-alignants T2, i supporti sono
groove, ball type, with Rillen-Kugellagern und et sont équippés avec autoallineanti e contengono
eccentric locking ring. Sizes einem exzentrischem paliers à une couronne de cuscinetti ad una corona di
560 T2 and 630 T2 have Spannring ausgerüstet. Die billes, munis de collier sfere, muniti di collare
double row ball bearings in Baugrößen 560 T2 , 630 T2 excentrique de serrage. eccentrico di fissaggio.
pillow block splitted cast iron sind mit GußPendelkugellager Sur les tailles 560 T2 et 630 Sulle grandezze 560 T2 e
housings. ausgerüstet. T2 les supports sont en fonte 630 T2, i supporti sono in
Size 1250 T1 and sizes from Die Baugröße 1250 T1 und en deux parties avec paliers ghisa in due metà con
710 T2 to 1250 T2 have die Baugrößen von 710 T2 orientables a double couronne cuscinetti orientabili a doppia
double row roller bearings in bis 1250 T2 sind mit Guß- de billes. Les tailles 1250 T1, corona di sfere.
pillow block splitted cast iron Pendelrollenlager et de la 710 T2 à la 1250 T2 Le grandezze 1250 T1 ed i
housings. ausgerüstet. Die Lager der ont les supports en fonte en ventilatori dalla taglia 710 T2
B/R and T2L from sizes 400 B/R und T2L-Ausführung deux parties avec paliers alla 1250 T2 hanno i supporti
to 500 versions have the vom Baugröße 400 bis 500 orientables à double in ghisa in due metà con
bearings mounted in a sind in einem couronne de rouleaux. cuscinetti orientabili a doppia
rubber ring, which is fit in a Gummidämmring und einem Sur la version B/R et T2L de corona di rulli. Nella versione
three-arm or four-arm spider 3- bzw. 4- armigen la taille 400 à la 500 les B/R e T2L dalla grandezza
bracket (Fig. 6). These Lagerkreuz gelagert. Diese paliers sont à parfaite 400 alla 500 i cuscinetti sono
bearings are tight and life- Lager sind étanchéité et lubrifiés a vie, a tenuta stagna e lubrificati a
lubricated. lebensdauergeschmiert und inserés dans un manchon en vita, alloggiati in un anello
T1, T2L from 560 to 1000 optimal abgedichtet (Bild 6). gomme soutenu par un smorzatore in gomma
and T2 fans have the pillow Ventilatoren in den croisillon en acier (Fig.6). sostenuto da una raggiera a
block bearings mounted on Ausführungen T1, T2L vom Sur la version T1, T2L de la tre o quattro bracci in acciaio
steel profiles welded on the Baugröße 560 bis 1000 und taille 560 à la 1000 et T2 les (Fig.6). Nella versione T1,
T frame (Fig. 7, 8). T2 haben Gußstehlager auf supports sont montés sur T2L dalla grandezza 560
These bearings are geschweißten T-Rahmen des profils en acier soudés alla 1000 e T2 i supporti
equipped with grease montiert (Bild 7, 8). Diese au cadre de support T sono montati su profilati in
nippels. Lager sind mit Schmiernippel (Fig.7, 8). Ils sont munis de acciaio saldati al telaio T
All bearings have been ausgerüstet. graisseurs pour la (Fig.7, 8). Essi sono muniti di
selected to guarantee a Alle Lager sind für eine relubrification des paliers. ingrassatori per la
minimum L10 life of 20.000 minimale Lebensdauer von Les paliers ont été rilubrificazione dei cuscinetti.
hours. For size 1120 T1 and L10 20.000 Stunden dimensionnés pour garantir I cuscinetti sono stati
from size 710 T2 to size ausgelegt. Die Lager der une durée minimale L10 de dimensionati per garantire
1250 T2 the minimum Baugröße 1120 T1 und von 20.000 heures. Pour la taille una durata minima L10 di
guaranteed life is 40.000 710 T2 bis 1250 T2 sind für 1120 T1 et de la taille 710 20.000 ore. Per le grandezze
hours operating at maximum L10 40.000 Stunden bei T2 à la taille 1250 T2 la dal 1120 T1 e dal 710 T2 al
speed. maximaler Drehzahl durée de vie min. garantie 1250 T2 la durata minima
dimensioniert. est de 40.000 heures avec garantita è di 40.000 ore con
fonctionnement à la vitesse funzionamento alla velocità
maximale massima.
Fig.6 Fig.7 Fig.8
5 61 of 412
2.6. Frames 2.6. Rahmen 2.6. Cadres de support 2.6. Telai

The fan must be stabilised Der Ventilator ist grundsätzlich Les ventilateurs doivent être I ventilatori devono essere
on a base (frame or so auf einem Grundrahmen, fixés sur un chassis de façon fissati su di un telaio di base
platform) to ensure no bzw. einer Grundplatte zu à éviter déformations in modo da evitare
structural deformations fixieren, dass keine causées par la tension des deformazioni causate dal tiro
caused by the tension of the Deformation durch den courroies. cinghia.
belts. This concerns Riemenzug entstehen kann. Celà est particulièrement Questo è particolarmente
especially fans in discharge Wir empfehlen, bei critique avec I'orientation critico nell'orientamento a
position 270°. Ventilatoren in B-Ausführung 270°. Nous conseillons par 270°. Raccomandiamo
Therefore we recommend an der oberen conséquence I'utilisation de quindi I'uso della versione
the use of the R-frame Leistungsgrenze, die la version avec cadre R ou con telaio R o di una
execution or a similar Verwendung eines R- d'une structure renforcée de struttura similmente
reinforced structure when Rahmens oder eine ähnliche la même façon, quand le rinforzata, quando il
the fan works at the limits of Ausführung vorzusehen. ventilateur fonctionne à la ventilatore lavora al limite
its performances. Diese Maßnahme kann die limite de ses préstations. delle sue prestazioni.
This will increase the life Lebensdauer der Ce fait augmente la durée du Questo aumenta la durata
time of the fan. Ventilatorkugellager deutlich ventilateur. del ventilatore.
erhöhen.
3. Labelling of fan 3. Bezeichnung der 3. Liste des composants 3. Elenco dei componenti
components Ventilatorbauteile
- ANTIVIBRATION MOUNTING / SCHWINGUNGSDÄMPFER /

9
SUPPORTS ANTIVIBRATILES / SUPPORTI ANTIVIBRANTI
- FAN PULLEY / KEILRIEMENSCHEIBE /

10
POULIE VENTILATEUR / PULEGGIA VENTILATORE
- BELT GUARD / RIEMENSCHUTZGITTER /

11 CARTER DE PROTECTION TRANSMISSION /
CARTER DI PROTEZIONE TRASMISSIONE
12 - BELTS / KEILRIEMEN / COURROIES / CINGHIE
- OUTLET FLEXIBLE CONNECTION / ELASTISCHER DRUCKFLANSCH /

13 MANCHETTE SOUPLE AU REFOULEMENT /
GIUNTO ANTIVIBRANTE PREMENTE
- OUTLET GUARD / AUSBLASSCHUTZ / PROTECTION

14
AU REFOULEMENT / RETE DI PROTEZIONE PREMENTE
- OUTLET COUNTERFLANGE / GEGENFLANSCH /

15
CONTREBRIDE AU REFOULEMENT / CONTROFLANGIA PREMENTE
- BEARING SUPPORT / LAGER AUFNAHME /

16
SUPPORT PALIER / SUPPORTO CUSCINETTO
- SHAFT GUARD / WELLENSCHUTZGITTER / CARTER DE

17
PROTECTION DE L’ARBRE / CARTER DI PROTEZIONE ALBERO
18 - WHEEL / LAUFRAD / TURBINE / GIRANTE
19 - HOUSING / VENTILATORGEHÄUSE / VOLUTE / COCLEA
20 - SHAFT / WELLE / ARBRE / ALBERO
21 - CUT OFF / LEITBLECH / DÉFLECTEUR / DEFLETTORE
22 - R FRAME / “R” RAHMEN / CADRE TYPE R / TELAIO TIPO R
- BEARING BRACKET / LAGERKREUZ /

23
BRAS DE SUPPORT / RAGGIERA
- GUARD MOUNT / BEFESTIGUNGSSTÜTZE /

24
SUPPORTS CARTER / SOSTEGNI CARTER
- MOTOR PULLEY / KEILRIEMENSCHEIBE /

25
POULIE MOTEUR / PULEGGIA MOTORE
26 - HUB / NABE / MOYEU / MOZZO
27 - FEET / FÜSSE / PIEDS / PIEDI
- INLET GUARD / ANSAUGSCHUTZGITTER / - DRAIN PLUG / KONDENSATABLAUFSTUTZEN /

1 5 28 - BEARING / LAGER / PALIER / CUSCINETTO
PROTECTION A I'ASPIRATION / RETE DI PROTEZIONE ASPIRANTE PURGE SUR VOLUTE / TAPPO DI SCARICO
- RUBBER INTERLINER / GUMMIDÄMMRING /

2 - T FRAME / “T” RAHMEN / CADRE TYPE T / TELAIO TIPO T 6 - MOTOR / MOTOR / MOTEUR / MOTORE ELETTRICO 29
BAGUE CAOUTCHOUC / MANICOTTO IN GOMMA
- INLET CONE WITH FOREFINGER / EINSTRÖMDÜSE MIT FOREFINGER / - MOTOR RAILS / MOTORSPANNSCHIENEN / - OUTLET FLANGE / DRUCKFLANSCH /
3 7 30
PAVILION AVEC FOREFINGER / BOCCAGLIO CON FOREFINGER RAILS TENDEUR, GLISSIERES / SLITTE TENDICINGHIA BRIDE AU REFOULEMENT / FLANGIA PREMENTE
- INSPECTION DOOR / INSPEKTIONSKLAPPE / - MOTOR BASE PLATE / MOTORSPANNSCHLITTEN /

4 8 - BASE FRAME / GRUNDRAHMEN / CHASSIS / BASAMENTO 31
PORTE D'INSPECTION / PORTINA D'ISPEZIONE SUPPORT MOTEUR / BASE MOTORE
6
62 of 412
4. Fan performances 4. Ventilator 4. Prestations 4. Prestazioni

Leistungskurven
4.1. Performance data 4.1. Leistungsdaten 4.1. Diagrammes 4.1. Diagrammi
Comefri’s laboratory has Im Comefri-Labor wurden Les données représentées I dati riportati nelle curve di
measured the data included die Leistungsdaten mit sur les courbes de sélection selezione sono stati ricavati
in the performance chart modernster Technik ont été élaborées avec des da misure eseguite con le
section with modern, state- aufgenommen. mésure effectuées selon les più moderne metodologie nel
of-the-art testing xDie Ermittlung der plus modernes méthodologies laboratorio Comefri.
instruments. Kennlinien erfolgte mit dans le Laboratoire Comefri. xLe prestazioni sono riferite
xThe performances were druckseitigem xLes préstations font ad un'installazione di tipo B,
measured for an installation Kanalanschluss réference à une installation con bocche aspiranti libere e
type B, i.e. free inlet and freiansaugend de type B, avec aspirations bocca di mandata
ducted outlet configuration xAlle Leistungsdiagramme libres et refoulement canalizzata
xAll curves to a density of beziehen sich auf eine canalisé xTutte le curve sono riferite
U= 1,2 kg/m3 Luftdichte von U = 1,2 kg/m
3
xToutes les courbes font ad una densità dell'aria di
3
xOutlet velocity “c” and xDie Ausblasgeschwindigkeit reference a une densite d'air U = 1,2 kg/m
dynamic pressure “pdyn“refer “c“ und der dynamische de U= 1,2 kg/m3 xLa velocità di uscita “c” e la
to the flange cross section Druck “pdyn“beziehen sich xLa vitesse de sortie “c” et pressione dinamica “pdyn”
area at the fan outlet auf den la pression dynamique “pdyn” sono riferite alla sezione
xThe performance data Ausblasflanschquerschnitt font réference à la section de della flangia della bocca
tolerances are according to xLeistungsdaten nach la bride du refoulement premente
DIN 24166 Class 1. DIN 24166 in xLes tolérances appliquées xLe tolleranze applicate alle
Genauigkeitsklasse 1. aux mésurations suivent les misurazioni sono secondo le
normes DIN 24166 Classe 1. norme DIN 24166, Classe 1.
Performance test rig Prüfstandaufbau nach Schéma banc d'essai selon Schema banco prova
according to DIN 24163 / DIN 24163/ BS 848 Part 1 / les normes DIN 24163 / secondo le norme
BS 848 Part 1 / ISO 5801 / ISO 5801 / AMCA 210 - fig.14. BS 848 Part 1 / ISO 5801 / DIN 24163 / BS 848 Part 1 /
AMCA 210 - fig.14. AMCA 210 - fig.14. ISO 5801 / AMCA 210 - fig.14.
1. Fan 1. Ventilator 1. Ventilateur 1. Ventilatore

2. Outlet duct 2. Ausblaskanal 2. Canal de refoulement 2. Canale di mandata
3. Electric motor drive 3. Elektrischer Antrieb 3. Moteur éléctrique 3. Motore elettrico
4. Torquemeter 4. Drehmomentaufnehmer 4. Torsiomètre 4. Torsiometro
5. Tachometer 5. Drehzahlmesser 5. Tachymètre 5. Tachimetro
6. Differential pressure gauge 6. Differenzdruckmesser 6. Manomètre différentiel 6. Manometro differenziale
7. Temperature probe 7. Temperaturaufnahme 7. Sonde thermométrique 7. Sonda termometrica
8. Test chamber 8. Prüfkammer 8. Salle d'essai 8. Camera di prova
9. Flow straightener 9. Strömungsgleichrichter 9. Redresseur de flux 9. Raddrizzatore di flusso
10. Damper 10. Drossel 10. Registre de réglage 10. Serranda di regolazione
11. Normalized inlet 11. Einlauf-Normdüse 11. Pavillon normalisé 11. Boccaglio normalizzato
The performance curves inclu- Die Leistungskurven zeigen Les diagrammes comprennent I diagrammi comprendono i
de the following information: folgende Informationen: les données suivantes: dati seguenti:
Total pressure Gesamtdruckdifferenz Pression totale Pressione totale 'ptot [ Pa ]

Dynamic pressure Dynamischer Druck Pression dynamique Pressione dinamica pdyn [ Pa ]
°
Volume air flow Volumenstrom Débit Portata V [ m3/h ]
Absorbed power on Aufgenommene Leistung an Puissance absorbée à l'arbre du Potenza assorbita all'albero del
Pw [ kW ]
fan shaft der Welle ventilateur ventilatore
Fan speed Ventilatordrehzahl Vitesse de rotation du ventilateur Velocità di rotazione del ventilatore n [ min-1 ]
Total Efficiency Gesamtwirkungsgrad Rendement totat Rendimento totate Kt [%]
Outlet velocity Ausblasgeschwindigkeit Vitesse de sortie de I’air Velocità di uscita dell'aria c [ m/s ]
Sound Power Level Schalleistungspegel Niveau de puissance sonore Livello di Potenza Sonora LwA4/7 [dB(A)]
7
63 of 412
4.2.1 Efficiency correction 4.2.1 Korrektur des 4.2.1 Correction du 4.2.1 Correzione del
Wirkungsgrades rendement rendimento
The efficiencies marked in Die in den Kennfeldern Les valeurs de rendement I valori di rendimento indicati
the performance graph angegebenen indiquées sur les courbes de sulle curve di selezione sono
charts are valid at the Wirkungsgrade beziehen sélection se réfèrent à la riferiti alla velocità massima
maximum permissible sich auf maximale Drehzahl vitesse de fonctionnement la di funzionamento. Poichè il
rotation speed, nmax; they des Ventilators. Bei plus grande. Compte-tenu rendimento diminuisce col
decrease when fan speed geringerer Drehzahl müssen que le rendement diminue diminuire della velocità, il
decreases. To obtain the die Werte korrigiert werden. en fonction de la baisse de valore letto sul diagramma
correct efficiency value, Dies geschieht indem der la vitesse, la valeur inscrite dovrà essere corretto con un
multiply the read value by a über den Wirkungsgradlinien sur la courbe devra être fattore KK (diverso a
corrective factor KK for the angegeben Wert mit einem corrigé par un coefficient KK seconda della tipologia di
chosen fan speed and Korrekturfaktor KK (différent selon le type du ventilatore: B, R, T1,
different fan configuration multipliziert wird. Der Wert ventilateur : B, R, T1, T2L T2L dal 400 al 1000 e T2) in
(B, R, T1, T2L from 400 to für Kh ist abhängig von der de 400 à 1000 ou T2) funzione, sia della velocità
1000 and T2). The factor Ausführung (B, R, T1, T2L en fonction de la vitesse de di rotazione scelta, che della
KK can be read off the von 400 bis 1000 und T2) rotation sélectionnée et de la configurazione del
horizontal scales, in the des Ventilators und kann configuration du ventilateur. ventilatore. I valori di KK si
bottom of each performance unter den Kennfeldern in den Les valeurs de ce coefficient possono ricavare dalle scale
graph charts, as a function dort befindlichen Diagrammen se trouvent sur un abaque orizzontali riportate nelle
of the fan speed “n” and fan in Abhängigkeit von rapporté sous la courbe de curve di selezione.
version. Drehzahl und Ausführung sélection.
entnommen werden.
4.2.2 Operation area 4.2.2 Einsatzbereich 4.2.2 Zone de 4.2.2 Area di

fonctionnement funzionamento
Area-1 in the graphs ( where Area-1 (im schrafiertem La zone 1 du graphique L’Area-1 dei grafici (area in
the performance curves are Bereich) kennzeichnet den (partie délimitée sur la cui le curve di prestazione
dashed) identifies the area in Bereich, in dem aufgrund courbe de sélection) définit sono rappresentate
which the presence of inlet von vor der Ansaugöffnung une zone de travail du tratteggiate) identifica quella
obstructions (like pulleys, befindlichen Einbauten ventilateur dans laquelle la particolare zona di lavoro del
etc) could generate an (Riemenscheibe, présence d’une poulie ou de ventilatore dove la presenza
instability in the fan Schutzvorrichtungen, usw.) tout autres éléments di una puleggia, o di un
operation. This phenomena mit der Entstehung von disposés dans l’ouie qualunque altro elemento
is more important for the Turbulenzen zu rechnen ist, d’aspiration peuvent all’aspirazione, potrebbe
medium - big fan sizes, at die ein instabiles Arbeiten entraîner une instabilité dans comportare l’insorgere di
high speed. des Ventilators verursachen. le fonctionnement; instabilità di funzionamento;
The selection of a fan on the Dieses Phänomen tritt vor phénomène encore plus fenomeno rilevante
left of Area-1 always leads to allem bei mittleren bis accentué principalement sur specialmente su ventilatori
instability problems, großen Ventilatoren und bei les ventilateurs de moyenne medio-grandi quando
regardless of the presence hohen Drehzahlen auf. Der et grande taille lorsqu’ils sont utilizzati ad un elevato
at the inlet of disturbing Einsatz eines Ventilators im utilisés à des vitesses numero di giri. L’Area-1, allo
elements in the airstream. linken Bereich von Area-1 importantes. La zone 1 stesso tempo, definisce il
Therefore, only a fan führt, unabhängig von der définit également la limite de limite di rappresentazione
selection inside the Area-2 is Einbausituation und représentation de la courbe delle curve caratteristiche di
guarantee of smooth and vorgeschalteter, caractéristique de funzionamento. A sinistra
trouble-free operation, with strömungsbeeinflussender fonctionnement. A gauche de dell’Area-1, il
maximum efficiency and Einbauten, fast immer zu la zone 1, le comportement comportamento dei
minimized acoustic einem instabilen Betrieb des des ventilateurs centrifuges ventilatori centrifughi risulta
emissions. Ventilators. Der Einsatz des reste toujours instable, essere sempre instabile,
Ventilators in Area-2 indépendamment de la indipendentemente dalla
garantiert hingegen eine présence ou non d’éléments presenza o meno di elementi
störungsfreie Strömung und perturbant l’aspiration. C’est che ne influenzino
damit maximalen pour cette raison que l’aspirazione. Perciò, la sola
Wirkungsgrad und minimale seulement le choix d’un scelta di un ventilatore
Schallemission. ventilateur dans la zone 2, eseguita tramite selezione
qui garantit des all’interno dell’Area-2, è
caractéristiques de garanzia di un
fonctionnement avec un funzionamento con
meilleur rendement et une caratteristiche di massimo
plus faible émission rendimento e minime
acoustique. emissioni acustiche.
8
64 of 412
4.3. Motor selection 4.3. Motorauslegung 4.3. Selection du moteur 4.3. Scelta del motore
To determine the minimum Um die mindeste Afin de déterminer la Per determinare la potenza
motor power PM, the fan Motorleistung PM zu puissance minimale du minima del motore PM,
absorbed shaft power PW dimensionieren, muß die moteur PM, il faut augmenter occorre aumentare la
must be increased by a Leistung an der la puissance à I'arbre PW, potenza all'albero PW
factor fW to accommodate Ventilatorwelle PW mit dem absorbée par le ventilateur, assorbita dal ventilatore per
for the drive losses, safety Sicherheitsfaktor fW par le facteur fW, qui tient mezzo del fattore fW, che
margins…etc. multipliziert werden, um compte des pertes de la tiene conto delle perdite della
Riementriebverluste und transmission et d'une trasmissione e di un
Drehzahlabweichungen opportune marge de opportuno margine di
abzudecken. sécurite. sicurezza.
PM = PW (1 + fW)
The factor fw can be chosen Der Faktor fw Kann Le facteur fw peut être déduit II fattore fw può essere ricavato
from the following figures: richtungsweisend wie folgt du tableau suivant: dalla tabella seguente:
gewählt werden:
PW < 3 kW.. ..fW = 0,20

3 kW < PW < 10 kW.. ..fW = 0,15
PW > 10 kW.. ..fW = 0,10
When selecting the suitable Bei der Auslegung des Quand on seléctionne un Quando si seleziona un
motor, the run-up time Motors muß ebenfalls die moteur, il faut également motore occorre verificare
must be considered. The Anlaufzeit tA berücksichtigt vérifier le temps de anche il tempo di
run-up time “ tA ” can be werden. démarrage “tA”, qui peut être avviamento “tA”, che può
calculated according to the Sie kann mit nachstehender calculé selon la formule essere calcolato con la
following formula: Formel ermittelt werden: suivante: formula seguente:
J x n2
tA =8 10-6
PN
Where: Wobei: Où: Dove:
- acceleration time:…….tA [s] - Anlaufzeit:....................tA [s] - temps de démarrage:..tA [s] - tempo d’avviamento:…tA [s]
- moment of inertia of the - Massenträgheitsmoment - moment d'inertie des - momento d’inerzia delle
revolving parts: ......J [kgm2] drehender Teile:.......J [kgm2] partiestournantes:..J [kgm2] parti rotanti:……….J [kgm2]
-1 -1
- impeller speed:…...n [min ] - Ventilatordrehzahl:.n [min ] - vitesse de rotation de - velocità di rotazione della
- motor rating:………PN [kW] - Motornennleistung:..PN[kW] laturbine:................n [min-1] girante:…………….n [min-1]
- puissance nominale du - potenza nominale del
moteur:…………….PN [kW] motore:…………….PN [kW]
If “tA“exceed the motor Überschreitet “tA“ den Si le temps de démarrage Se il tempo di avviamento
manufacturer Richtwert des "tA" dépasse celui admis par "tA" supera quello ammesso
recommendations, a larger Motorherstellers, ist ein le constructeur, il faut dal costruttore, è opportuno
motor or a higher-torque stärkerer Motor bzw. ein sélectionner un moteur plus scegliere un motore più
type must be used. motor mit grössern puissant ou avec une couple grande o con coppia di
Drehmoment einzusetzen. de démarrage plus élévée. avviamento maggiore.
9
65 of 412
4.4. Correction of 4.4. Korrektur der 4.4. Correction des 4.4. Correzione delle
performance data referred Leistungsdaten bei prestations dans le cas de prestazioni nel caso di
to free outlet (Installation Anordnung-A refoulement libre bocca premente libera
type A) (Installationstyp-A) (installation type A) (Installazione di tipo A)
As all data present in the fan Die in den Tous les diagrammes de Tutti i diagrammi di
performance charts refer to Leistungskennlinien sélection font réference à la selezione sono riferiti alla
the free inlet-ducted outlet angegebenen Daten configuration avec aspiration configurazione con bocca
configuration, correction to beziehen sich auf die libre – refoulement canalisé; aspirante libera–bocca
those data must be applied Anordnung freiansaugend afin d'avoir la pression premente canalizzata; per
when a free outlet mit druckseitigem statique, quand le conoscere la pressione
installation type A is Kanalanschluss. Bei refoulement est libre statica con bocca premente
requested. freiausblasender (installation type A), il faut libera (installazione tipo A),
The static pressure in free Installationtyp-A müßt die introduire une correction, occorre introdurre una
inlet-ducted outlet stat. Druck korrigiert werden. selon la suivante procédure: correzione, secondo la
condition is: Der statische Druck, La pression statique avec procedura seguente:
freiansaugend bei aspiration libre-refoulement La pressione statica con
druckseitigem Kanalanschluss, canalisé est: bocca aspirante libera-bocca
wird wie folgt berechnet: premente canalizzata è:
'pfst = 'ptot - pdyn
In free discharge condition Bei freiausblasendem La pression statique avec La pressione statica con
the static pressure 'pfa, for a Ventilator wird der statische refoulement libre est: bocca premente libera è:
given fan speed, can be Druck 'pfa wie folgt
obtained as: berechnet:
'pfa = 'ptot - pdyn-kfa x pdyn = 'pfst - kfa x pdyn
where kfa is a correction wobei der Korrekturfaktor kfa, où Kfa est un facteur de dove Kfa è un fattore di
factor, function of fan size in Abhängigkeit der correction, fonction de la correzione, funzione della
and volume/speed (V° /n) Ventilatorgröße und dem taille du ventilateur et du grandezza del ventilatore e
ratio, according Graph 4.4. Verhältnis Volumenstrom/ rapport débit/vitesse (V° /n) del rapporto portata/velocità
Note that the static pressure Geschwindigkeit (V° /n) laut qui peut être déduit selon le (V° /n) ricavabile dal grafico 4.4
obtained is lower than the Grafik 4.4, zu verwenden ist. graphique 4.4. On peut noter Si noti che, a parità di
requested. Bei gleichen Geschwindigkeit que, à égalité de vitesse et velocità e di portata, un
The final consequence is und Volumenstrom liefert ein de débit, un ventilateur ventilatore fornisce una
that, in the free outlet Ventilator einen kleineren donne une pression statique pressione statica minore
configuration, the fan has to stat.Druck wenn er freiblasend inférieure quand I'ouie est quando ha la bocca libera
run at a slightly higher und nicht mit Kanalanschluss libre, et non canalisée. II anzichè canalizzata.
speed than in the ducted arbeitet. Da dieser stat. faudra donc augmenter Occorrerà quindi aumentarne
outlet condition. Druckwert unter dem légèrement la vitesse pour leggermente la velocità per
Please refer to the Selection erforderlichen Druckwert obtenir une pression statique ottenere che la pressione
Example, chapter 5.4, liegt, ist dieser Druckverlust avec ouie libre égale à celle statica a bocca libera sia
for further details on the mit einer entsprechenden demandée. uguale a quella richiesta. Per
correct selection procedure. Drehzahlerhöhung zu Afin de clarifier le concept, il chiarire questo concetto è
kompensieren. est utile de suivre I'example utile seguire I'esempio di
Siehe Auswahlbeispiel in de selection du chapitre 5.4 selezione del capitolo 5.4
KapiteI 5.4..
Fan size Ventilatorgröße Taille du ventilateur Grandezza del ventilatore

450 500 560 630 710 800 900
1 315 1000 1120 1250
355 400
Kfa
0,1
0,01
° 33
1 10 100 VV /h]//n
[m/h
[m [1/min]
n[1/min] 1000
Graph / Grafik / Graphique / Grafico n° 4.4
10
66 of 412
4.5.Temperature and 4.5. Korrekturfaktoren für 4.5. Correction pour 4.5. Correzione per
altitude correction factors Temperatur und temperature et altitude temperatura e altitudine
Aufstellhöhe
The performance charts Die Ventilatorkennlinien Les diagrammes de I diagrammi di scelta sono
refer to the standard air beziehen sich auf sélection font réference à riferiti ad aria a 20°C a
condition, i.e. 20°C U= 1,2 kg/m3, bei einer une temperature de 20°C au livello del mare, avente
temperature and sea level Temperatur von 20°C und niveau de la mer, ayant densità U = 1,2 kg/m3.
altitude, with density einer Höhe von 0 m über dem densité U = 1,2 kg/m3. Variando le condizioni di
3
U= 1,2 kg/m . Meeresspiegel. Si les conditions de temperatura e di altitudine,
In different operating Unter abweichenden température et d'altitude varia la densità dell'aria,
conditions the data must be Betriebsbedingungen muss varient, la densité de I'air se quindi alcuni dati ricavati dai
corrected to consider the die Dichte des modifie aussi, par diagrammi devono essere
change in air density. Fördermediums korrigiert conséquence quelques corretti.
werden. données deduites des
diagrammes doivent être
corrigées.
a) Volume and efficiency do a) Volumenstrom und a) Débit et rendement a) Portata e rendimento
not vary, while pressure and Wirkungsgrad bleiben restent invariés, tandis que restano invariati, mentre
power vary directly as the unverändert; hingegen pression et puissance pressione e potenza variano
ratio of the air density. verändert sich die varient de façon directement in modo direttamente
Given KU as the ratio Druckerhöhung proportional proportionelle à la densité. proporzionale alla densità.
between actual density and mit der Dichte des Donné KU le rapport entre la Posto KU il rapporto tra la
1,2 we have: Fördermediums. densité actuelle et 1,2 on a: densità attuale e 1,2 si ha:
Vorgegeben Kp als Verhältnis
zwischen aktueller Dichte
und 1,2, erhält man:
'ptot2 = 'ptot1 x KU
b) and the power b) und die aufgenommene b) pour la puissance: b) per la potenza:
Leistung
Pw2 = Pw1 x KU
The Graph 4.5 contains air Die folgende Grafik 4.5 zeigt Le graphique 4.5 comprend II grafico 4.5 contiene i valori
density ratios KUfor die Luftdichte KU für les valeurs KU pour KU per temperature
temperatures from Temperaturen von -20°C bis températures comprises comprese tra -20°C e +80°C
-20°C to +80°C and +80°C, bei Höhen bis 2000 entre -20°C et +80°C et pour e per altitudini comprese tra
elevations up to 2000 meters Meter über dem altitudes comprises entre 0 m 0 m (livello del mare) e 2000
above sea level Meeresspiegel an (niveau de la mer) et 2000 m m sopra il livello del mare
(KU for t = 20°C, (KU für t = 20°C, Höhe über sur le niveau de la mer (KU = 1 per t = 20°C e 0 m
elevation = 0 m). dem Meeresspiegel = 0 m). (KU = 1 pour t = 20°C s.l.m.).
et 0 m s.n.m.).
1,20
KU
Elevation (meters Above Sea Level)
0 HöheHöhe
(Meter(Meter
über Meerhöhe)
über Meerhöhe)
1,10 250 Elevation
Altitude[meters Above
(mètres Sea
sur le Level] de la mer)
niveau
500 Altitudine (metri sul livello del mare)
750
1,00 1000
1500
2000
0,90
0,80
0,70
0,60
-20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
t [°C]
11
67 of 412
5. Sound levels 5. Schalleistungsangaben
The measurements of noise levels are taken according to Der Geräuschpegel wurde entsprechend ISO, DIN, AMCA
ISO, DIN, AMCA and BS Standards using a real-time und BS Standard mit Echtzeitfrequenzanalysator
frequency analyser. The sound power level LwA, referred to gemessen. Der für die Berechnung und Auslegung der
Wo=10-12 watt, required for calculation and design of sound Schalldämmelemente erforderliche Schalleistungspegel
-12
absorbing units, is marked on the performance charts. LwA, bezogen auf Wo=10 Watt, ist als Parameter im
Kennfeld eingetragen.
Sound data are determined according to DIN 45635, Part38
and Part9 / BS 848, Part2 / ISO 5136 /ANSI-AMCA 330 – In- Die Geräuschmessung und die diesbezügliche Auswertung
duct method. The accuracy class, as defined by DIN 24166, erfolgte nach DIN 45635, Teil38 und Teil9 / BS 848, Teil2 /
Class 1, i.e. the permissible deviation on the read value is ISO 5136 / ANSI-AMCA 330 - Kanalverfahren.
equal to +3 dBA Die Katalogwerte werden nach DIN 24 166, in
Genauigkeitsklasse 1 angegeben, d.h. die zulässige
Abweichung kann bis +3 dBA betragen.
Symbols and Formulae: Symbole und Formeln:
LwA4 A-weighted Total Sound Power Level inside the LwA4 A-bewerteter Gesamtschalleistungspegel
outlet duct ………………………………...…..…………. [dBA] im Druckkanal ...........…..…………………..…........... [dBA]
LwA7 A-weighted Total Sound Power Level at the fan inlet, LwA7 A-bewerteter Gesamtschalleistungspegel in der
with ducted outlet ………………………….………….… [dBA] Ansaugöffnung ......................................................... [dBA]
Lw4 Total Sound Power Level inside the outlet duct …...... [dB] Lw4 Gesamtschalleistungspegel im Druckkanal .............. [dB]
Lwoct4 Sound Power Level inside the outlet duct at a Lwoct4 Schalleistungspegel im Druckkanal bei einer
specific Octave Band .…………..……………………… [dB] bestimmten Oktavmittenfrequenz ............................. [dB]
LwoctA4 A-weightedSound Power Level inside the outlet duct LwoctA4 A-bewerteter Schalleistungspegel im Druckkanal bei
at a specific Octave Band ……………………………... [dBA] einer bestimmten Oktavmittenfrequenz .................... [dBA]
fm Octave Band Mid-Frequency ..……………………… [Hz] fm Oktavmittenfrequenz ................................................. [Hz]
'Lwoct4 Difference between Sound Power Level inside the 'Lwoct4 Differenz zwischen Schalleistungspegel bei einer
outlet duct at a specific Octave Band, Lwoct4 and bestimmten Oktavmittenfrequenz Lwoct4 und dem
A-weighted Total Sound Power Level inside the A-bewerteten Gesamtschalleistungspegel LwA4 ........ [dB]
outlet duct, LwA4 …………………….……………….…... [dB]
'Lw4 Difference between the Total Sound Power Level 'Lw4 Differenz zwischen den Gesamtschalleistungspegel
inside the outlet duct, Lw4 and the A-weighted Total Lw4 und dem Bewerteten Schalleistungspegel LwA4 .. [dB]
Sound Power Level inside the outlet duct, LwA4 …..…. [dB]
Lw6 Total Sound Power Level at the free outlet ….….…… [dB] Lw6 Gesamtschalleistungspegel – freiausblasend ........... [dB]
'Lwcorr Free outlet factor ………………………………………. [dB] 'Lwcorr Korrekturfaktor beim freien Ausblas ......................... [dB]
LwoctA6 A-weighted Sound Power Level at a specific Octave LwoctA6 A-bewerteter Schalleistungspegel am freien Ansaug
Band at the free outlet ………………………………… [dBA] Kanalblasend bei einer bestimmten
Oktavmittenfrequenz ................................................ [dBA]
Sound measurement test rig scheme according to DIN 45635, Geräuschpegelmeßeinrichtungsschema nach DIN 45635,
Part38 and Part9 / BS 848, Part2 / ISO 5136 /ANSI-AMCA 330 Teil38 und Teil9 / BS 848, Teil2 / ISO 5136 / ANSI-AMCA 330
1. Fan / Ventilator
2. Electric motor drive / Elektrischer Antrieb
3. Torquemeter / Drehmomentaufnehmer
4. Tachometer / Drehzahlmesser
Differential pressure gauge /
5.
Differenzdruckmesser
6. Temperature probe / Thermometer
Microphone with turbulence screen /
7.
Mikrophon mit Turbulenznetz
8. Test duct / Ausblaskanal
9. Anechoic termination / Anechoisches Ende
Adjustable anechoic end / Einstellbarer
10.
anechoischer Verschluß
12
68 of 412
5. Niveau de bruit 5. Rumorosità
Les mesures du niveau de bruit ont été éffectuées selon les La misura della rumorosità è stata eseguita secondo le
normes ISO, DIN, AMCA und BS avec un analyseur de norme ISO, DIN, BS, UNI ed ANSI-AMCA, per mezzo di un
fréquence en temps réel. analizzatore di frequenza in tempo reale.
Sur les courbes est reporté le Niveau de Puissance Sonore Sulle curve caratteristiche è riportato il Livello di Potenza
-12 -12
réferé à Wo = 10 watt, nécéssaire pour le calcul dans les Sonora riferito a Wo = 10 watt, necessario per il calcolo
différentes applications et pour le dimensionnement nelle varie applicazioni e per il dimensionamento di
d'éventuels silencieux. eventuali silenziatori.
Les valeurs de la Puissance Sonore ont été déterminées I Livelli di Potenza Sonora sono stati determinati secondo le
selon les normes DIN 45635, Part38 et Part9 / BS 848, norme DIN 45635, Part38 e Part9 / BS 848, Part2 / ISO
Part2 / ISO 5136 / ANSI-AMCA 330 - méthode en canal; la 5136 / ANSI-AMCA 330 -metodo in canale; la classe di
classe de précision, comme définie par les normes DIN 24 precisione, come definita dalle norme DIN 24 166, per
166, pour ce qui concerne les valeurs de bruit réportées sur quanto riguarda i valori di rumorosità riportati sui cataloghi,
les catalogues, est Classe 1 et admet une tolérance sur les è Classe 1, con una tolleranza sui valori indicati di + 3 dBA.
valeurs indiquées de + 3dBA.
Symboles et formules: Simboli e formule:
LwA4 Niveau de Puissance Sonore Totale en canal de LwA4 Livello di Potenza Sonora Totale nel canale di
refoulement, pondéré en échelle A …………….…… [dBA] mandata, ponderato in scala A ……………………... [dBA]
LwA7 Niveau de Puissance Sonore Totale à l'aspiration LwA7 Livello di Potenza Sonora Totale all'aspirazione con
en canal de refoulement canalisée, mandata canalizzata, ponderato in scala A ……….. [dBA]
pondéré en échelle A ………………………………… [dBA]
Lw4 Niveau de Puissance Sonore Totale en canal de Lw4 Livello di Potenza Sonora Totale nel canale di
refoulement ……………………………………………. [dB] mandata …………….…………………………………. [dB]
Lwoct4 Niveau de Puissance Sonore en canal de Lwoct4 Livello di Potenza Sonora nel canale di mandata in
refoulement en Bande d'Octave ………………..…… [dB] Banda d'Ottava …………..…………………………… [dB]
LwoctA4 Niveau de Puissance Sonore en canal de refoulement LwoctA4 Livello di Potenza Sonora nel canale di mandata in
en Bande d'Octave, pondéré en échelle A …………… [dBA] Banda d'Ottava, ponderato in scala A ……………… [dBA]
fm Fréquence centrale de Bande d'Octave ……….…... [Hz] fm Frequenza centrale di Banda d'Ottava ..……….…… [Hz]
'Lwoct4 Différence entre le Niveau de Puissance Sonore en 'Lwoct4 Differenza tra il Livello di Potenza Sonora nel
canal de refoulement en Bande d'Octave, Lwoct4 et canale di mandata in Banda d'Ottava, Lwoct4 ed il
le Niveau de Puissance Sonore Totale en canal de Livello di Potenza Sonora Totale nel canale di
refoulement, pondéré en échelle A, LwA4 …………... [dB] mandata ponderato in scala A, LwA4 ………...…….... [dB]
'Lw4 Différence entre le Niveau de Puissance Sonore 'Lw4 Differenza tra il Livello di Potenza Sonora Totale nel
Totale en canal de refoulement, Lw4 et le Niveau de canale di mandata, Lw4 ed il Livello di Potenza
Puissance Sonore Totale en canal de refoulement, Sonora Totale nel canale di mandata ponderato
pondéré en échelle A, LwA4 ………………………...… [dB] in scala A, LwA4 …………………………………...……. [dB]
Lw6 Niveau de Puissance Sonore Totale avec Lw6 Livello di Potenza Sonora Totale con bocca di
refoulement libre ..…………………………………..… [dB] mandata libera …..……………………………………. [dB]
'Lwcorr Niveau de Puissance Sonore Totale avec 'Lwcorr Fattore di correzione per bocca di mandata libera ... [dB]
refoulement libre ……………………………………… [dB]
LwoctA6 Niveau de Puissance Sonore avec refoulement LwoctA6 Livello di potenza sonora con bocca di mandata
libre en Bande d’Octave, pondéré en échelle A …... [dBA] libera in Banda d’Ottava, ponderato in scala A ……. [dBA]
Schéma Banc d’essai bruit selon normes DIN 45635, Schema banco prova rumore secondo norme DIN 45635
Part38 et Part9 / BS 848, Part2 / ISO 5136 / ANSI-AMCA 330 Part38 e Part9 / BS 848 Part2 / ISO 5136 / ANSI-AMCA 330
1. Ventilateur / Ventilatore
2. Moteur électrique / Motore elettrico
3. Torsiomètre / Torsiometro
4. Compte-tours / Contagiri
Manomètre différentiel /
5.
Manometro differenziale
Sonde thermométrique /
6.
Sonda termometrica
Microphone avec écran anti-turbulence /
7.
Microfono con schermo antiturbolenza
8. Canal d'essai / Canale di prova
9. Terminal anecoique / Terminale anecoico
Fermeture conique réglable/
10.
Chiusura anecoica regolabile
13 69 of 412
5.1. The Sound Data of the 5.1. Die Geräuschdaten 5.1. Les niveaux de bruit 5.1. I livelli sonori dei
fan are determined as des Ventilators werden wie des ventilateurs se ventilatori si determinano
follows: folgt festgelegt: déterminent de la façon nel modo seguente:
suivante:
1. The A-weighted Total 1. Der A-bewertete 1. On lit on valeur LwA4 du 1. Si legge il valore LwA4 del
Sound Power Level LwA4 Gesamtschalleistungspegel Niveau de Puissance Sonore Livello di Potenza Sonora
inside the outlet duct can be LwA4 im Druckkanal kann aus pondéré en échelle A, sur ponderato in scala A, sui
read on the Performance dem Diagramm, bei einer les diagrammes en diagrammi in corrispondenza
Chart, for a given fan vorgegebenen correspondance des delle prestazioni richieste
performance. Ventilatorleistung, abgelesen prestations requises.
werden.
2. The Sound Power Level 2. Der Schalleistungspegel 2. Le Niveau de Puissance 2. Il Livello di Potenza
Lwoct4, at a specific Octave Lwoct4, bei einer bestimmten Sonore en Bande d'Octave Sonora in Bande d’Ottava
Band Mid-Frequency, inside Oktavmittenfrequenz im Lwoct4, dans le canal de Lwoct4, all’interno del canale
the outlet duct, can be Druckkanal, kann nach refoulement, peut être di mandata, può essere
determined from following folgender Formel errechnet calculé par la formule calcolato con la formula
formula: werden: suivante: seguente:
Lwoct4 = LwA4 + 'Lwoct4
3. The Total Sound Power 3. Der 3. Le Niveau de Puissance 3. Il Livello di Potenza

Level inside the outlet duct Gesamtschalleistungspegel Sonore Totale dans le canal Sonora Totale all’interno del
can be obtained from the Lw4 im Druckkanal wird wie de refoulement peut être canale di mandata può
following formula: folgt errechnet: calculé par la formule essere calcolato con la
suivante: formula seguente:
Lw4 = LwA4 + 'Lw4
The values for 'Lwoct4 and Die Werte für 'LwoctA4 und Les valeurs de 'LwoctA4 et I valori di Lwoct4 e Lw4 sono
'Lw4 are given in the Sound 'Lw4 können aus der 'Lw4 sont reportées dans le riportati nelle tabelle del
Data Tables section 5.3.. Schallpegeltabelle, (5.3) paragraphe 5.3 paragrafo 5.3..
entnommen werden.
14
70 of 412
5.2. Total Sound Power 5.2. Gesamt- 5.2. Niveau de Puissance 5.2. Livello di Potenza
Level at the free outlet, Lw6 schalleistungspegel - Sonore Totale avec Sonora Totale con bocca
freiausblasend - Lw6 aspiration libre, Lw6 libera, Lw6
The Total Sound Power Der Le Niveau de Puissance Il Livello di Potenza Sonora
Level, outside the Gesamtschalleistungspegel - Sonore Totale, à l'extérieur Totale, all'esterno del canale
termination of the outlet duct, freiausblasend - kann du conduit de refoulement, di mandata, può essere
can be calculated with näherungsweise nach dem peut être déterminé an determinato in prima
approximation using of the End- Reflection-Verfahren première approximation, en approssimazione usando il
"End Reflection" concept : berechnet werden. Bei utilisant le concept de la concetto della "End
part of the sound power abrupter "End Reflection", selon Reflection", secondo cui
generated by the fan at the Querschnittsveränderung lequel une partie du son parte del suono prodotto dal
discharge is reflected back wird ein gewisser Anteil des produit par le ventilateur neventilatore non esce dalla
into the duct when there is Ventilatorgeräusches im sort pas du refoulement, bocca del canale, ma viene
an abrupt termination. Meßkanal reflektiert. mais vient réfléchi eà l'arrière.
riflesso all'indietro.
The value Lw6, at the outlet Bei freiausblasendem La valeur Lw6, à l'éxterieur de
Il valore Lw6, all'esterno della
in a free discharge condition, Einsatz entspricht der Lw6 l’ouie libre (non canalisée),bocca di mandata libera (non
can be considered Wert in etwa dem peut être considérée canalizzata), può essere
approximately equal to the: Gesamtschallpegel. approximativement égale au ritenuto approssimativamente
Total Sound Power Level Niveau de Puissance Sonore uguale al Livello di Potenza
outside the termination of the Totale à la sortie du canal de
Sonora Totale all'uscita dal
outlet duct. refoulement. canale di mandata.
The octave band values can Die Werte über dem Le bruit en Bande d'Octave, La rumorosità in Bande
be obtained subtracting, Oktavband erhält man durch à la sortie du conduit de d'Ottava, all'uscita del canale
octave by octave, from the Subtraktion der anteiligen refoulement ou avec ouie di mandata o con bocca
Lwoct4 values the reflected Korrekturwerten 'Lwcorr von libre, peut être déterminé enlibera, può essere
back portion of the sound den Lwoct4 - Werten. deduisant à Lwoct4, pour determinata sottraendo a
power. chaque Bande d'Octave, la Lwoct4, per ogni Banda
partie du bruit refléchi. d'Ottava, la parte di rumore
riflesso.
The following table gives the Näheres siehe im Le tableau suivant donne les La tabella seguente riporta i
correction factors 'Lwcorr, for Berechnungsbeispiel. valeurs 'Lwcorr, qui doivent valori 'Lwcorr, che devono
each fan size, that has to be être ajoutées pour chaque essere applicati, per ogni
applied to the corresponding taille à la correspondante grandezza, al corrispondente
Lwoct4 value. valeur de Lwoct4. valore di Lwoct4.
Size/ Baugröße / Taille / Grandezza

315 355 400 450 500 560 630 710 800 900 1000 1120 1250
63 [Hz] -10 -10 -9 -8 -8 -7 -6 -5 -5 -4 -4 -3 -2,5
'Lwcorr
125 [Hz] -5,5 -5 -5 -4 -4 -3 -3 -2 -2 -1 -1 -0,5 0

250 [Hz] -2 -2 -2 -2 -1 -1 -1 0 0 0 0 0 0
Please refer to the Selection Im Auslegungsbeispiel ist Dans l’exemple de sélection Nell’esempio di selezione è
Example for the detailed das zu folgende Verfahren la procédure à suivre est riportata nel dettaglio la
procedure to follow. Note im Detail beschrieben. décrit au détail. procedura da seguire.
that, as Lw6 is an estimated Der Lw6 - Wert ist nur ein Il faut prendre en compte Si tenga presente che,
value, the Class 1 tolerance Näherungswert, für den die que, étant Lw6 une valeur essendo Lw6 un valore
limit of +3 dBA cannot be Genauigkeitsklasse 1 nicht calculée, on ne peut pas lui calcolato, ad esso non si può
applied. zutrifft. appliquer la tolérance de + 3 applicare la tolleranza di +3
Finally, please consider that Desweiteren entstehen im dBA, établie par la Classe 1. dBA, stabilita dalla Classe 1.
the low frequencies (125 Hz Bereich bis 125 Hz On considére en outre que Si consideri inoltre che la
and below) are strongly zusätzliche Geräusche le bruit en basse fréquence rumorosità, alle basse
affected by vibrations (drive durch Vibration von Antrieb, (125 Hz et inférieur), est frequenze (125 Hz ed
alignment, pulley unbalance, Unwucht, usw. welche sich fortement influencé par les inferiori), è fortemente
etc) and by ducts not negativ auswirken können. vibrations (alignement de la influenzata dalle vibrazioni
properly acoustically transmission, deséquilibrage (allineamento della
insulated from the fan; the des poulies etc.) et par les trasmissione, sbilanciamento
final effect is the generation canalisations non delle pulegge, ecc.) e da
of additional low frequency suffisamment isolées canalizzazioni non
noise. acoustiquement; par sufficientemente isolate
conséquent il est possible acusticamente; l'effetto finale
d’avoir une augmentation du può portare ad un
niveau de bruit aux basses incremento della rumorosità
fréquences. alle basse frequenze.
15
71 of 412
5.3. Sound data tables 5.3. Schallpegeltabelle 5.3. Donnés sur le niveau sonore 5.3. Dati di rumorosità
Fan model and size Volume flow range Speed range

Ventilator-Baugröße Volumenstrom Drehzahl 'Lwoct4 'Lwoct4 'Lwoct4 'Lwoct4 'Lwoct4 'Lwoct4 'Lwoct4 'Lwoct4
Taille du ventilateur Interval du debit Interval de vitesse 'LW4
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Grandezza del ventilatore Intervallo di portata Intervallo di velocità
RPM < 1940 12,7 11 5 3 -4 -7 -10 -16 -24
Area 1
RPM > 1941 11,3 8 7 0 -1 -6 -8 -16 -23
RPM < 1940 8,0 4 0 3 -4 -6 -8 -15 -24
NTHZ 315 Area 2
RPM > 1941 7,0 3 2 -4 -3 -5 -7 -14 -21
RPM < 1940 7,9 4 -1 3 -5 -6 -7 -15 -24
Area 3
RPM > 1941 5,5 2 -2 -6 -4 -5 -6 -12 -17

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
RPM < 1940 11,6 10 3 2 -5 -6 -8 -13 -22
Area 1
RPM > 1941 9,1 7 1 -1 -3 -5 -7 -14 -21
RPM < 1940 8,3 6 -2 1 -5 -5 -7 -13 -22
NTHZ 355 Area 2
RPM > 1941 3,8 -2 -4 -4 -4 -5 -7 -13 -20
RPM < 1940 6,7 3 -3 1 -5 -5 -7 -13 -22
Area 3
RPM > 1941 4,2 0 -4 -6 -4 -5 -7 -12 -19

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
RPM < 980 12,2 10 6 3 -5 -6 -11 -18 -24
Area 1 981 <RPM< 1940 13,3 12 2 5 -5 -6 -11 -18 -24
RPM > 1941 8,5 6 1 -1 -3 -5 -9 -16 -23
RPM < 980 9,8 7 3 3 -5 -7 -11 -17 -24
NTHZ 400 Area 2 981 <RPM< 1940 10,9 9 -3 5 -5 -7 -11 -17 -24
RPM > 1941 5,8 2 -1 -3 -4 -5 -7 -14 -22
RPM < 980 8,6 5 3 1 -4 -5 -9 -15 -23
Area 3 981 <RPM< 1940 8,2 5 -3 3 -4 -5 -9 -15 -23
RPM > 1941 5,9 3 -2 -5 -3 -6 -8 -13 -22

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
RPM < 980 10,9 8 6 1 -5 -5 -10 -15 -23
Area 1 981 <RPM< 1940 11,0 9 4 1 -5 -5 -10 -15 -23
RPM > 1941 11,5 10 3 0 -3 -4 -9 -15 -22
RPM < 980 6,4 2 1 -2 -5 -4 -9 -14 -23
NTHZ 450 Area 2 981 <RPM< 1940 6,2 3 -3 -1 -5 -4 -9 -14 -23
RPM > 1941 3,5 -2 -5 -8 -3 -4 -8 -13 -21
RPM < 980 5,6 0 0 -2 -4 -4 -8 -13 -22
Area 3 981 <RPM< 1940 5,5 1 -3 -1 -4 -4 -8 -13 -22
RPM > 1941 3,9 -2 -3 -6 -3 -5 -8 -11 -17

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
RPM < 1230 11,4 8 7 2 -4 -5 -11 -17 -23
Area 1 1231 <RPM< 1940 10,7 8 5 2 -4 -5 -11 -17 -23
RPM > 1941 14,7 14 4 0 -3 -4 -10 -16 -23
RPM < 1230 7,1 2 2 0 -4 -4 -9 -15 -23
NTHZ 500 Area 2 1231 <RPM< 1940 6,6 2 -1 1 -4 -4 -9 -15 -23
RPM > 1941 3,8 -2 -5 -7 -2 -3 -10 -15 -22
RPM < 1230 7,0 3 1 -1 -4 -4 -8 -13 -22
Area 3 1231 <RPM< 1940 6,8 3 -3 1 -4 -4 -8 -13 -22
RPM > 1941 4,5 -1 -4 -4 -2 -4 -9 -13 -19

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
RPM < 980 10,1 6 6 2 -4 -5 -12 -17 -23
Area 1 981 <RPM< 1940 10,1 7 4 3 -4 -5 -12 -17 -23
RPM > 1941 8,7 6 2 -1 -3 -4 -11 -17 -23
RPM < 980 8,6 5 3 1 -4 -4 -11 -17 -24
NTHZ 560 Area 2 981 <RPM< 1940 8,7 6 0 2 -4 -4 -11 -17 -24
RPM > 1941 4,6 0 -3 -6 -2 -4 -10 -16 -22
RPM < 980 7,7 2 3 1 -3 -4 -10 -16 -23
Area 3 981 <RPM< 1940 7,3 3 -1 2 -3 -4 -10 -16 -23
RPM > 1941 4,5 -1 -4 -5 -1 -4 -10 -15 -19
16
72 of 412

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
RPM < 980 11,8 9 7 1 -4 -5 -11 -16 -24
Area 1
RPM > 981 9,7 6 5 1 -4 -4 -10 -16 -24
NTHZ 630 RPM < 980 8,5 0 6 1 -4 -5 -10 -16 -24
Area 2
RPM > 981 4,1 -3 -5 -1 -4 -4 -10 -15 -24

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
RPM < 490 7,0 3 0 0 -4 -3 -11 -17 -25
Area 1 491 <RPM< 980 12,7 11 6 1 -3 -5 -12 -16 -23
RPM > 981 8,8 6 2 1 -5 -4 -13 -17 -24
NTHZ 710 RPM < 490 10,4 8 4 1 -3 -4 -12 -17 -25
Area 2 491 <RPM< 980 10,4 8 4 1 -3 -4 -12 -17 -25
RPM > 981 5,6 1 -4 0 -4 -3 -11 -17 -25

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
RPM < 490 13,5 12 5 4 -5 -6 -11 -18 -24
Area 1 491 <RPM< 980 10,1 7 5 1 -3 -5 -13 -18 -25
RPM > 981 9,2 6 3 1 -3 -4 -11 -16 -24
RPM < 490 7,4 2 2 1 -2 -5 -12 -16 -25
NTHZ 800 Area 2
RPM > 981 6,2 0 -2 2 -3 -5 -11 -16 -23
RPM < 490 8,2 5 1 1 -4 -5 -9 -15 -23
Area 3 491 <RPM< 980 7,0 1 2 1 -3 -5 -12 -18 -26
RPM > 981 5,0 -2 -3 0 -3 -4 -10 -16 -24

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
RPM < 490 11,0 8 6 0 -1 -5 -13 -19 -24
Area 1 491 <RPM< 980 10,7 8 5 0 -1 -5 -13 -19 -24
RPM > 981 10,2 7 5 1 -2 -5 -12 -18 -25
NTHZ 900 RPM < 490 8,7 5 3 0 -1 -5 -13 -19 -26
Area 2 491 <RPM< 980 8,0 2 4 0 -1 -5 -13 -19 -26
RPM > 981 5,9 -2 -1 1 -1 -5 -12 -18 -26

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
RPM < 490 11,9 10 5 0 -1 -5 -12 -18 -25
Area 1 491 <RPM< 980 11,9 10 5 0 -1 -5 -12 -18 -25
RPM > 981 10,8 8 3 4 -1 -5 -12 -18 -25
NTHZ 1000 RPM < 490 7,9 2 4 0 -2 -5 -11 -17 -24
Area 2 491 <RPM< 980 7,9 2 4 0 -2 -5 -11 -17 -24
RPM > 981 7,9 2 2 3 -2 -5 -11 -17 -24

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
RPM < 490 13,5 12 6 1 0 -5 -12 -18 -25
Area 1 491 <RPM< 980 12,6 11 5 1 0 -5 -12 -20 -25
RPM > 981 11,8 9 5 4 0 -4 -13 -18 -25
NTHZ 1120 RPM < 490 9,4 5 5 0 -1 -3 -10 -15 -19
Area 2 491 <RPM< 980 8,6 4 4 1 -2 -6 -11 -17 -24
RPM > 981 8,5 3 3 3 -2 -5 -11 -16 -24

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
RPM < 490 13,5 12 6 1 0 -5 -12 -18 -25
Area 1
RPM > 491 12,6 11 5 1 0 -5 -12 -20 -25
NTHZ 1250 RPM < 490 9,4 5 5 0 -1 -3 -10 -15 -19
Area 2
RPM > 491 8,6 4 4 1 -2 -6 -11 -17 -24
17
73 of 412
SECTION 2.D
MOTOR CATALOGUE
74 of 412
75 of 412
76 of 412
77 of 412
78 of 412
79 of 412
80 of 412
81 of 412
82 of 412
83 of 412
84 of 412
85 of 412
86 of 412
87 of 412
88 of 412
89 of 412
90 of 412
91 of 412
92 of 412
93 of 412
94 of 412
95 of 412
96 of 412
97 of 412
98 of 412
99 of 412
100 of 412
101 of 412
102 of 412
103 of 412
104 of 412
105 of 412
106 of 412
SECTION 2.E
FILTER CATALOGUE
107 of 412
GAMMA series - pleated synthetic filter panels Filtration
quest
PFO/E - PFO/S - PFO/H Prices
o n re
Technical features
Product PFO/E PFO/S PFO/H

EN 779 classification G3 G4 G4
EUROVENT classification EU 3 EU 4 EU 4
Suggested final pressure drop 200 Pa 200 Pa 200 Pa
Maximum pressure drop 250 Pa 250 Pa 250 Pa
Maximum operating temperature 90 °C 90 °C 90 °C
Maximum relative humidity 100% 100% 100%
Synthetic fiber filter medium SF 200 SF 270 SF 450
ATEX version on request ● ● ●
PFO/E - PFO/S - PFO/H pleated filters have good filtration efficiency

levels for average size particles and high holding capacities, besides
having a robust construction. The synthetic fiber medium is positioned in
a pleated way to offer a larger filtration surface, compared to flat panel fil-
ters with the same size. The pleated medium furthermore assure a higher
dust holding capacity. The frame is in galvanized steel sheet and it is held
between two electrically welded galvanized steel holding grids. Pressure
varies according to the type of filter and the thickness. The regenerable
medium allows you to use the filters for a long time, thus reducing mana-
gement costs.
Type Dimensions (mm) Nominal air flow rate Q Filtering Initial pressure drop Pa PFO/E PFO/S PFH
surface
PFO A B C m3/h m3/s x 10-3* m2 PFO/E PFO/S PFO/H € € €

E/S/H 290 592 48 1400 389 0,32 50 70 90 ✔
E/S/H 400 400 48 1350 175 0,30 50 70 90 ✔ -

E/S/H 400 500 48 1650 458 0,38 50 70 90 ✔
E/S/H 400 625 48 2100 583 0,47 50 70 90 ✔
E/S/H 500 500 48 2100 583 0,47 50 70 90 ✔
E/S/H 500 625 48 2600 722 0,58 50 70 90 ✔
E/S/H 490 592 48 2400 667 0,53 50 70 90 ✔ -

E/S/H 592 592 48 3000 833 0,66 50 70 90 ✔
E/S/H 610 610 48 3100 861 0,68 50 70 90 ✔ -

E/S/H 290 592 98 2000 555 0,51 60 90 110 ✔
E/S/H 400 400 98 1850 513 0,48 60 90 110 -

E/S/H 400 500 98 2300 639 0,60 60 90 110 ✔
E/S/H 400 625 98 2900 805 0,75 60 90 110 ✔
E/S/H 500 500 98 3700 1028 0,93 60 90 110 ✔
E/S/H 500 625 98 3700 1028 0,93 60 90 110 ✔
E/S/H 490 592 98 3330 925 0,87 60 90 110 -

E/S/H 592 592 98 4200 1166 1,05 60 90 110 ✔
✔ Product ready in Stock / *1 m3/s x 10-3 = 1 l/s
Typical curves Technical draft

Dust holding capacity g/m2
Arrestance %
Pressure drop (Pa)
Thickness 48 mm
Air velocity m/s

108 of 412 25
GAMMA series - high efficiency pleated filter panels Filtration
est
PFO/6 - PFO/7 - PFO/8 - PFO/9 Prices
o n requ
Technical features
Product PFO/6 PFO/7 PFO/8 PFO/9

EN 779 classification F6 F7 F8 F9
EUROVENT classification EU 6 EU 7 EU 8 EU 9
Suggested final pressure drop 200 Pa 200 Pa 300 Pa 300 Pa
Maximum pressure drop 450 Pa 450 Pa 450 Pa 450 Pa
Maximum operating temperature 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C 70 °C
Maximum relative humidity 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
Glass fiber filter medium
PFO/6 - PFO/7 - PFO/8 - PFO/9 filter panels are fitted with a galvani-
zed steel frame. The filter medium, fire and water proof is made of thin
continuous glass fibers, uniformly distributed and joined with a special
adhesive. The medium is mini-pleated as rigid pocket and high efficiency
filter models.
PFO/6 - PFO/7 - PFO/8 - PFO/9 filter panels are available
in 48 and 98 mm thickness.
Technical draft Dimensions (mm) Nominal air flow rate Q Initial pressure drop Pa
A B C m3/h m3/s x 10-3* PFO/6 PFO/7 PFO/8 PFO/9

592 592 48 3000 832 140 150 170 185
592 490 48 2400 667 140 150 170 185
592 290 48 1500 417 140 150 170 185
592 592 98 3000 832 120 130 155 170
592 490 98 2400 667 120 130 155 170
592 290 98 1500 417 120 130 155 170
*1 m3/s x 10-3 = 1 l/s
Typical curves PFO 48 mm model Typical curves PFO 98 mm model

Pressure drop (Pa)
Pressure drop (Pa)
Nominal air flow rate % Nominal air flow rate %
26
109 of 412
Synthetic bag filters - plastic frame Filtration
quest
Filtra-Pak S TP Prices
o n re
Technical features
Product P3S TP P4S TP P5S TP P6S TP P8S TP P9S TP

EN 779 classification G3 G4 F5 F6 F7 F8
EUROVENT classification EU 3 EU 4 EU 5 EU 6 EU 7 EU 8
Suggested final pressure 200 Pa 200 Pa 200 Pa 200 Pa 200 Pa 300 Pa
drop
Maximum pressure drop 250 Pa 250 Pa 450 Pa 450 Pa 450 Pa 450 Pa
Maximum operating 80 °C 80 °C 80 °C 80 °C 80 °C 80 °C
temperature
Maximum relative 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
humidity
Filtra-Pak S TP bag filters series is the cutting edge solution for this kind
of air filters. Thanks to an accurate design and manufacturing process,
these filters are extremely strong and leakage free.
These filters have the following unique selling points:
• Synthetic bags are thermowelded to the frame, without sewing or
stapling, to avoid any risk of leakage or by-pass.
• A continuous welding, instead of a spot sewing or stapling, makes the
media/frame coupling much stronger
• Thanks to the total absence of any metallic part, these filters can be
burned to ashes after their replacement, making disposal easier and
reducing its cost.
• Plastic frame is the cheapest solution for those applications where
galvanized steel cannot be used, such as environments with high
humidity, salinity, acidity or other kinds of aggressive atmosphere
Brand new filtering media have been developed and used: synthetic
self-extinguishing microfibers, belonging to class F1 DIN 53438 and with
gradual density fibers to obtain the highest dust holding capacity and the
longest filter operating life.
Its resistance to high pressure and to heavy duty applications avoids any
fiber release into the downstream air flow.
Thanks to its unique features, new Filtra-Pak S TP series allows end
users to save money in several ways:
• Low pressure drop to reduce energy consumption
• High dust holding capacity for a longer operating life
• Reduced Life Cycle Cost (LCC)
• Easier and cheaper filters disposal, compared to galvanized steel frame
version.
Type Bags Dimensions (mm) Nominal air flow rate Q Filtering Initial pressure drop Pa P3S.TP P4S.TP P5S.TP
surface
n° A B C m3/h m3/s x 10-3* m2 P3S.TP P4S.TP P5S.TP € € €
2 - 14 / 6 6 592 592 360 4250 1180 2,7 50 80 90 ✔ ✔
3 - 14 / 5 5 490 592 360 3400 944 2,2 50 80 90

1 - 14 / 3 3 287 592 360 2150 590 1,4 50 80 90 ✔ ✔
2 - 20 / 6 6 592 592 510 5100 1428 3,8 60 90 100 ✔ ✔
3 - 20 / 5 5 490 592 510 4250 1180 3,2 60 90 100

1 - 20 / 3 3 287 592 510 2550 708 1,9 60 90 100 ✔ ✔
P6S.TP P8S.TP P9S.TP P6S.TP € P8S.TP € P9S.TP €

2 - 21 / 6 6 592 592 535 2000 556 4,2 90 100 130 ✔ -
3 - 21 / 5 5 490 592 535 1650 458 3,5 90 100 130 -
1 - 21 / 3 3 287 592 535 1000 278 2,1 90 100 130 ✔ -
2 - 21 / 8 8 592 592 535 2700 750 5,6 90 100 130 ✔ ✔ ✔
3 - 21 / 6 6 490 592 535 2000 556 4,2 90 100 130

1 - 21 / 4 4 287 592 535 1350 375 2,8 90 100 130 ✔ ✔ ✔
2 - 21 / 10 10 592 592 535 3400 944 7 90 100 130 ✔ ✔
3 - 21 / 8 8 490 592 535 2700 750 5,6 90 100 130

1 - 21 / 5 5 287 592 535 1700 472 3,5 90 100 130 ✔ ✔
2 - 25 / 6 6 592 592 635 2700 750 4,9 90 100 130 ✔ -

3 - 25 / 5 5 490 592 635 2125 590 4,1 90 100 130 -
1 - 25 / 3 3 287 592 635 1350 375 2,5 90 100 130 ✔ -
2 - 25 / 8 8 592 592 635 3400 944 6,6 90 100 130 ✔ ✔ ✔
3 - 25 / 6 6 490 592 635 2700 750 4,9 90 100 130

1 - 25 / 4 4 287 592 635 1700 472 3,3 90 100 130 ✔ ✔ ✔
2 - 25 / 10 10 592 592 635 4250 1180 8,2 90 100 130 ✔ ✔
3 - 25 / 8 8 490 592 635 3400 944 6,6 90 100 130

1 - 25 / 5 5 287 592 635 2125 590 4,1 90 100 130 ✔ ✔
110 of 412
✔ Product ready in Stock / *1 m3/s x 10-3 = 1 l/s
33
Synthetic bag filters - plastic frame Filtration
Filtra-Pak S TP
Technical draft Typical curves
Efficiency %
Size of particles - Micron
Efficiency G Efficiency F
Pressure drop (Pa)
Pressure drop (Pa)
Nominal air flow rate % Nominal air flow rate %
34
111 of 412
SECTION 2.F
CLCF IOM MANUAL
112 of 412
Installation
Operation
Maintenance
CLCF Climate Changer™ Air Handling Units
AH-SVX03A-E4
113 of 412
General information
Foreword Warning pictograms

These instructions are given as a guide to
good practice in the installation, start-up,
operation, and maintenance by the user, of
Trane CLCF Air Handling Units. They do not
contain full service procedures necessary
for the continued successful operation of
this equipment. The services of a qualified
technician should be employed through the
medium of a maintenance contract with a
reputable service company.
Read this manual thoroughly before unit 11 12
start-up.
Warnings and cautions 13 14
Warnings and Cautions appear at

appropriate sections throughout this
manual. Your personal safety and the proper
1 = Risk that unit is powered up
operation of this machine require that 2 = Risk hazard due to fan rotation
you follow them carefully. The constructor 3 = Risk hazard of burns on compressors or refrigeration
assumes no liability for installations piping
4 = Unit contains refrigerant gas. See specific warnings.
or servicing performed by unqualified 5 = Risk of residual voltage when speed drive or
personnel. softstarter options are present
6 = Unit under pressure
WARNING! : Indicates a potentially 7 = Risk to cut, particularly on heat exchanger fins
hazardous situation which, if not avoided, 8 = Read instructions before installation
could result in death or serious injury. 9 = Disconnect all electric power before servicing
10 = Read technical instructions
CAUTION! : Indicates a potentially 11 = Ensure that unit is properly grounded
hazardous situation which, if not avoided, 12 = Water inlet
may result in minor or moderate injury. It 13 = Water outlet
14 = Inflammable dust-clogged filters
may also be used to alert against unsafe
practices or for equipment or property-
damage-only accidents. Important recommendations
The following pictograms can be found on To avoid death, injury, equipment
the unit. Take necessary precautions to avoid or property damage, the following
damage and injury. recommendations should be observed
during equipment operation:
1. The units are suitable for ambient air
temperature between -20°C and +50°C and
for air flow temperature between -20°C and
+40°C. Different conditions need written
confirmation from the manufacturer.
2. The usual measure against frost in coils
and protection against temperatures have to
be secured by the user.
3. Components - Some OEM products have
specific manufacturer's service instruction
documents. These are delivered with the Air
Handling Unit. In this case, the indications
in the OEM manual are valid and the service
handbook in hand has only general or
complementary character for the relating
components.
2 114 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
General information
4. Liquid and gas storage -Maximum Reception

working pressure for all coils is 15bar. In
On arrival, inspect the unit before signing
case of coil connections to higher working
the delivery note.
pressures, any warranty relating to coil
tightness and personnel safety is excluded. Reception in France only:
5. Tubing filled with mediums with very In case of visible damage: The consignee
high or low working temperatures are to be (or the site representative) must specify any
insulated with suitable materials to avoid damage on the delivery note, legibly sign
burn or scald injuries caused by contact. and date the delivery note, and the truck
driver must countersign it. The consignee
6. As fire prevention, fire dampers are to
(or the site representative) must notify Trane
be provided where ducts cross firebreaks.
Epinal Operations - Claims team and send
Local fire prevention code is to be observed
a copy of the delivery note. The customer
carefully.
(or the site representative) should send a
To avoid death, injury, equipment registered letter to the last carrier within 3
or property damage, the following days of delivery.
recommendations should be observed
Note: for deliveries in France, even
during maintenance and service visits:
concealed damage must be looked for at
1. The maximum allowable pressures for delivery and immediately treated as visible
system leak testing on low and high pressure damage.
side are given in the chapter "Installation".
Reception in all countries except
Always provide a pressure regulator.
France:
2. Disconnect all power supply including
In case of concealed damage: The consignee
other energy sources (gas, air, …) before
(or the site representative) must send a
any servicing on the unit.
registered letter to the last carrier within 7
3. The Air Handling Unit control system days of delivery, claiming for the described
must guarantee that in case of breakdown damage. A copy of this letter must be sent
or power interruption during maintenance to Trane Epinal Operations - Claims team.
or repair work, the unforeseen start-up of a
shut off unit is impossible.
Warranty
4. Service work on the air handling unit and
the electrical system should be carried out Warranty is based on the general terms
only by qualified and experienced personnel. and conditions of the manufacturer. The
warranty is void if the equipment is repaired
5. For inspection on the Air Handling Units or modified without the written approval
and to avoid risks, the units surroundings of the manufacturer, if the operating limits
are to be sufficiently lighted. are exceeded or if the control system or the
6. Any components which contain electrical wiring is modified. Damage due
refrigerant shall be handled only by to misuse, lack of maintenance or failure to
Authorized personnel. The refrigerant shall comply with the manufacturer's instructions
be always recovered before any intervention or recommendations is not covered by the
on such component or before the end of warranty obligation. Corrosion is not covered
life of equipment. The recovered refrigerant by the warranty obligations. If the user does
shall be disposed accordingly. not conform to the rules of this manual,
it may entail cancellation of warranty and
Any component; chemical or full equipment
liabilities by the manufacturer. Electrical
replaced shall be sorted and disposed
motors are factory-tested and properly run
in accordance with the appropriate local
when leaving the factory. Any wiring faults
regulations.
on motors will cause damage for which Trane
7. Where units are installed in areas with cannot be held responsible.
high temperature and/or high humidity,
the risks of external condensation on the
casing have to be considered, especially
when the internal air stream temperature
is relatively low. Please contact your local
Trane sales office to evaluate the potential
condensation risks.
AH-SVX03A-E4 115 of 412 3

General information
Controls Make sure the units work at design (air

Electrical connections may become flow/pressure) conditions. The sound
un-tightened during transport. All levels of the units can vary a lot depending
electrical connections should be checked of the fan speed, the filter conditions or
and re-tightened prior to commissioning. the actual duct pressure drops. Also, the
All electrical connections shall be made given sound levels can be highly affected
according to the wiring diagrams provided by the installation method, the peripheral
on the components or in provided components, the ductwork and the acoustic
documents. Warranty is not valid if electrical characteristics of the building/room.
components are not connected properly. The units must be controlled in order to not
When the unit use a medium (water/ exceed the max differential pressure drops
refrigerant) with a temperature below than on plate heat exchangers indicated in the
+2°C, The unit controls should be designed technical data sheets.
in order to protect the exchanger against
Unit drainage
freezing. Trane cannot be held responsible
for damages coming from freezing / Drain traps: When the units have more
de-freezing operation. than one drain trap, each drain shall be
connected to the drainage system separately
Electrical motors with siphon.
Electrical motors are factory-tested and
properly run when leaving the factory. Any
wiring faults on motors will cause damage
for which Trane cannot be held responsible.
Electric heaters
The warranty does not cover overheating
due to wrong use or improper control of
electric heaters.
Warranty conditions
Dismounting or changing the units and/
or components without Trane approval or
assistance will invalidate the warranty.
The Trane units have been manufactured
according to the selections and drawings
provided with the order: Trane cannot
be held responsible for eventual non-
compliance to original specifications or
specific requirements outside the order.
In order to avoid fan motor overloading, the
units shall be started with filters and other
components fitted correctly, the ductwork
connected to the units and the access doors
closed.
4 116 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
General information
Thermal wheels Training

The air leakage rate between fresh air and To assist you in obtaining the best use of
return air streams on thermal wheels is 3% it and maintaining it in perfect operating
max under normal working conditions. The condition over along period of time,
Thermal wheel efficiencies are given for the manufacturer has at your disposal a
counter flow configuration. To avoid air refrigeration and air conditioning service
contamination, the pressures on the fresh school. The principal aim of this is to
air side shall be higher than on the return give operators and technicians a better
air side. knowledge of the equipment they are using,
The operation and the efficiency of thermal or that is under their charge. Emphasis
wheels can be deteriorated when they is particularly given to the importance
are stopped for a too long period of time. of periodic checks on the unit operating
The thermal wheels should be regularly parameters as well as on preventive
inspected. maintenance, which reduces the cost of
owning the unit by avoiding serious and
Large thermal wheels may be provided in
costly breakdown.
several sections due to transport constraints.
In this case, they need to be re-assembled
on site by trained people or with Trane
Assistance (recommended).
Casing
Structure is designed so that it will not
suffer permanent alteration up to a positive
pressure and negative pressure of 2000.
Maximum temperature for the CLCF casing
is 50°C. (40°C inside temperature for
standard fan motors).
Extreme outdoor condition and/or internal
air temperature may cause sweating on
profile / Thermal bridge. In case of extreme
internal/outdoor conditions, contact Trane.
Maintenance contract
It is strongly recommended that you sign
a maintenance contract with your local
Service Agency. This contract provides
Trane regular maintenance of your
installation by a specialist in our equipment.
Regular maintenance ensures that any
malfunction is detected and corrected in
good time and minimizes the possibility
that serious damage will occur. Finally,
regular maintenance ensures the maximum
operating life of your equipment. We would
remind you that failure to respect these
installation and maintenance instructions
may result in immediate cancellation of the
warranty.
AH-SVX03A-E4 117 of 412 5

Table of Contents
General information 2
Foreword 2
Warnings and Cautions 2
Important recommendations 2
Reception 3
Warranty 3
Maintenance contract 5
Training 5
Installation 8
Off loading and handling 8
Storage 10
Unit assembly 10
Foundation and positioning 13
Duct connection 14
Electrical connections 16
Motor connection 16
Frostat frame access 18
Pipe connections to coil 19
Water connections 21
Commissioning procedure 25
Pre-start checklist 25
Start-up 29
6 118 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
Table of Contents
Factory engineered controls 32

System Controller Options 32
Shipping 32
Installation 32
Loose control items 33
Mains connection 33
Reconnection of sectionalized units 33
Wiring requirements 34
Frequency of inspections 34
Recommended spare parts list 34
Trouble analysis 35
Variable Frequency Drives 35
Maintenance 37
Fan and motor 37
Belt drive and pulleys 39
Coils 41
Filters 42
Electrical air heaters 42
Humidifier/air washer 42
Pumps 42
Air washers 43
Evaporative (Honeycomb) humidifier 43
Other humidification 43
Dampers 43
Sound attenuators 43
Weather louvers and hoods 44
Energy recovery components 44
Unit waste disposal 44
Maintenance Plan 44
AH-SVX03A-E4 119 of 412 7

Installation
Off loading and handling The forks must only be applied under the
unit base frame and not against it.
Trane units are supplied in section modules,
or as a complete unit, in accordance with Note: The lift point should be as near as
the relevant assembly drawings. possible to the centre of gravity. The centre
of gravity of each section is located at the
Any necessary use of force during unloading
centre of the unit length, with the exception
or movement of the units must only be
of the fan sections for which the centre of
applied via the unit base frame or the
gravity is located towards the motors
shipping pallet.
(see Figures 1 and 2).
The unit unloading and handling can be
CAUTION! All lifting lugs included in the
carried out easily with the use of a forklift
base frame must be used when lifting
or crane.
procedures are performed.
Refer to submittal and order specification
CAUTION!
sheet, to have the appropriate data.
Do not stand on the units. If this is
unavoidable ensure a more even weight
distribution by the use of boards.
Use battens to prevent damage of the top
and sides of the units.
Figure 1 - Crane operation procedure
Figure 2 - Handling with forklift
8 120 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
Installation
CAUTION! Never lift the units by the heat 6. Belts are to be provided by the rigger and
exchanger connections or by any other attached to all lifting points.
projections. Do not tilt the fan module to CAUTION! Loading, unloading and removal
avoid possible impingement on the dampers. of single sections have to be carried out by
Sections will be delivered with a base frame employing means able to support the unit
equipped with wooden blocks positioned weight indicated in the technical sheet.
on each corner. To remove the wooden Ensure that the belts do not damage the top
blocks, the unit must be lifted from the surface of the unit structure using proper
ground, providing access to the screws. devices.
Damper movement is factory-tested. At When the unit is provided with an outdoor
unit reception, carefully check that dampers protection roof, reinforcement parts may
move freely. Refer to the "Reception" have been added in the factory to avoid
paragraph if there is a problem. Trane damage during transport. Remove the
will not assume responsibility for damper reinforcement parts after unloading.
movement after reception of the unit.
If a section is provided on a base frame
without any fork holes or without feet,
insert the fork of the lift below the section
lifting it by a lever action. In this case, the
bar must only bear against the base frame
or profile (see Figure 2). Use the same
instructions to extract forks or belts.
With larger units, the use of several forklifts
may be required.
When rigging the unit by crane, follow these
guidelines:
1. If lifting holes are provided on the unit
base frame, always use sling spreader bars
(see Figure 1).
2. If lifting points (eye bolts) are provided,
crane belts can be connected directly to
them. In this case, after handling and
positioning, replace the eye bolt with bolts
to avoid injury (see Figure 1).
3. The minimum rated lifting capacity
(vertical) of each sling and spreader bar
should be no less than the shipping weight
4. The unit must be lifted with care,
avoiding shock load by lifting the unit
slowly and evenly.
5. All lifting points in one axis of the unit
must be used when offloading and moving
the unit.
AH-SVX03A-E4 121 of 412 9

Installation
Storage 6. If the unit has more that one section,

ensure that all the air-handling unit sections
In case of external storage, units must be
are positioned in the correct order, as
protected from adverse weather conditions.
indicated in the drawings.
Make sure that air ventilation and
recirculation between the protective film 7. Adjoining sections must be perfectly
wrapping and the section is warrented. aligned in height and depth. If necessary,
minor corrections may be made using steel
A protective wax can be applied to the unit
sheet pieces as underlay.
casing to avoid corrosion due to condensate
which can form between the film and Inspect all gaskets for possible damage.
the casing. Remove it using paper and a Correct any noticed damage in accordance
heptane-based solvent, taking care to not with manufacturer's instructions. Adjust the
damage the paint and the profile. assembling clipper tensioning screws and
lock the sections together, closing the clips.
With internal and external storage, the unit
The clip tightening should only cause a very
must also be protected against damage.
slight stress relaxation of the gasket.
To avoid damage to the bearings, the motor
and fans should be rotated once a month. If the assembling clips cannot be mounted
If the units do not operate for more than 18 on the unit section because of the presence
months, the grease in the bearings must be of an electrical cabinet for instance, one of
changed. For long term storage, all electrical the following junction systems can be used,
equipment and accessories delivered depending on the unit configuration:
separately in a box (filters, humidifiers, etc)
and fan belts must be removed and stored • On the casing, nylon or aluminium angles
in a dry atmosphere. The unit shall be are positioned on the inside or outside
electrically grounded. of each section. Pull together the unit
sections, ensuring that the nylon or
aluminium angles fit with the angles
Unit assembly of the adjoining section. Secure the
When selecting and preparing the unit site, assembly with bolts.
follow these guidelines: • If a technical box needs to be joined to
the rest of the unit, use the L-shaped
1. Ensure that the site can support the aluminium profile located in the technical
total weight of the unit. Unit weight figures box to secure it to the unit with rivets or
only provide total gross weights and do not screws.
include the additional weight for water in
coils and humidifiers. With stacked unit configuration, the frame
or the base frame of the upper unit should
2. Confirm that the foundation of the be connected to the top panels of the lower
mounting platform is large enough to unit using the supplied fixing device and
include the unit dimensions plus a safe screws, positioning proper gasket between
service access including anti-fall protection. top and bottom section.
3. The floor or foundation must be level If the recovery section is supplied in
for correct assembly, coil drainage and two parts, recuperator can be supplied
condensate flow. dismounted.
4. Provide adequate lighting for For hospital, laboratory & pharmaceutical
maintenance personnel to perform applications:
maintenance duties.
The connections between panels and
5. Provide sufficient clearance around corners are provided with a silicone-free
the unit for correct installation of drain, sealant. Apply sealant (silicone-free)
overflow tubes, and for coil removal. internally to connections between sections.
Clearance should also be allowed around
the unit to ensure that correct operation CAUTION! If a side panel needs to
and effective and safe maintenance can be be dismounted, there is risk that other
carried out. supporting panels may collapse.
10 122 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
Installation
When the unit is delivered in more than one Follow directions delivered with the unit to
section, guideways are mounted inside the assembly it.
corner of each section to allow for easy and The needed screws and bolts are usually
proper connection. Be certain that each supplied with the unit.
guideway is aligned to be inserted correctly
into the adjoining section to be connected. If the unit is supplied with a roof, it can be
If necessary, loosen the guideway to allow factory mounted or supplied in kit.
easier insertion. After, fasten the guideway In both cases, to assemble roof and sections,
securely again. follow directions delivered with the unit.
If units are provided in more than one If the unit is delivered in more than one
section with an electrical cable channel section: After connecting each section,
integrated into the top panel: Before roof position should be adjusted on-site to
connecting the sections, place the supplied compensate for the the gasket thickness
plastic cover beneath the cable channel and between the two sections. To do that,
secure it using silicone or mastic to avoid air gently unfasten the screws fixing the roof to
leakage. the unit, and slide the roof until you have
the correct connection and assembly
(see Figure 3).
CAUTION!: Assembling clips must not be
used to pull the sections together as this
Figure 3 - Gasket positioning may cause the clips, the assembling rivets or
screws to break.
To properly position the unit on the base,
it can be manhandled over a centrally
positioned bar using a lever action. In this
event, the bar must only bear against the
base frame.
The manufacturer assumes no responsibility
for equipment damage or failure that results
from this action.
CAUTION!: If the unit sections are mounted
outdoors and are subject to atmospheric
conditions, ensure the sections are
connected and well fixed to the ground.
1 = Roof profile (supplied by Trane and to be installed on the jobsite) Check fixing every six months (see Figure 4).
2 = Silicone - not supplied by Trane
3 = Roof - factory-installed. The roof protrudes 20 mm on each side of the unit.
4 = Panel
5 = Factory-installed gasket to be covered by a layer of Silicone (not supplied by Trane) for outdoor installation.
Figure 4 - Fixing of the unit
AH-SVX03A-E4 123 of 412 11

Installation
Remove the mounting vibrator blocks before CAUTION! For outdoor installation to
starting the unit. They are just used to avoid water inside the unit, it is mandatory
ensure safe transportation. to cover the gasket positioned between
To minimize noise transmission, depending sections with a layer of silicone.
on the site location, additional insulation CAUTION! To avoid damage during
material such as cork slabbing, Mafund transportation and handling, casing panels
slabbing or Sylomer strip insulation may be are supplied with a protective film which
used as underlay. To obtain the maximum needs to be removed on job site, as soon
noise transmission absorption, the selected as the units are in place. Cut the protection
materials must withstand the inherent film with a cutter around the panels and
load carrying characteristics. The list of remove it.
application requirements for these materials CAUTION! If the units have to be
is provided by the products manufacturer. inspected by Consulting Engineers,
The load carrying capacities may be contractors or any subsequent viewers
indicated on the data sheets. at the final stage of the installation, we
CAUTION! Failure to provide a level plinth strongly recommend protecting the units
or support will result in doors jamming and with plastic covers from the assembly up to
air leaks from the casing. commissioning.
CAUTION! In the case that the unit is
supplied with base frame, it shall be
positioned on the supporting structure/
floor with a continuous and uniform contact
between the base and the floor.
12 124 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
Installation
Roller Movement Foundation and positioning Foundation

Units fitted with base frames may be moved Space requirements Complete reinforced concrete foundations
on roller trolleys or tubular rollers (see are suitable (see Figure 6a). Strip
There must be adequate space at the
Figure 5). foundations may also be used (see
installation site to carry out effective and
Figure 6b). In the case of strip foundations,
Figure 5 - Roller movement safe maintenance and to dismantle any of
concrete or steel supports must be provided
the unit modules as necessary. From the
under every unit base frame channels.
access panel side of the unit, a working
area of the unit width plus 300 mm is For steel support construction (see
required. On the rear side of the unit, an Figure 7), the foundation must be of
access gangway of 600 mm is necessary for adequate strength to match the unit size.
assembly purposes. The foundations must be level with
no slope or unevenness.
Figure 6a - Reinforced concrete foundation CAUTION!: Failure to provide a level

plinth or support will result in doors
jamming and air leaks from the casing.
Figure 6b - Strip foundation
Figure 7 - Steel support construction
AH-SVX03A-E4 125 of 412 13

Installation
Transportation parts Doors

Any isolator blocking device fitted to the
The Trane hinged doors have the following
fan motor supports for transport purposes
noteworthy constructional features:
should be removed. (see Figure 8).
• Space saving construction
• Internal or external operation according
to the option chosen.
Figure 8 - Isolator blocking device • Doors can be optionally ordered with
lockable handles. Fan sections are always
supplied with lockable handles.
Duct connection
The air handling connections must be made
symmetrically and stress free.
To avoid noise transmission, the fitting of
an intermediate flexible connection of at
least 140 mm depth, between duct work
and the unit is recommended. This should
be unstressed when initially positioned. To
ensure the best possible performance of the
units whilst avoiding excessive pressure loss
in the duct system and minimizing air stream
noise, compliance with good practice in duct
assembly and acoustic layout, is essential.
14 126 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
Installation
Figure 9 – Duct connection
Generally, the length 'L' of the first duct section should be greater than 1½ times the size
of the fan diameter. The angle 'a' of the transition duct should be less than 30° and shall be
avoided section reduction just after the connection of duct to the unit (see Figure 9).
Note: If the air inlet and/or outlet on the ducts are very close to the air handling unit and if
there are no bends along this section, the fitting of a sound attenuator is recommended.
CAUTION! Ducts must never be disconnected during fan operation. The fan must never
be run when ducts are disconnected. The absence of pressure drops would increase current
absorption causing the motor windings to burn.
CAUTION! Ducts must be self supporting and must not load the air handling unit or its
components (damper, flanges, etc) with their weight.
Trane cannot be held responsible of any damages on casing, dampers, structure due to direct
connection of duct to the unit without placing a flexible connection between duct and unit.
Damper movement is factory-tested. At unit reception, carefully check that dampers
move freely. If they do not move freely, they have been damaged during handling or duct
connection.
AH-SVX03A-E4 127 of 412 15

Installation
CAUTION! Never drill into the machine are not provided. To ground the unit, use a
casing on-site. Risk of electrical shock. bolt already on the unit or screw it onto the
base.
Electrical connection The operator safety can be ensured by
either a belt guard or a factory-mounted
The unit is designed to run with
micro-switch on the fan section door. The
400 V +/- 5%/50 Hz/ 3 ph.
electrical connection of this micro-switch
Over current protection made by the contactor will cut off the
The branch circuit feeding the unit must electrical feeding to the motor and stop the
be protected in accordance with national fan-motor group when the door of the fan
or local codes and maximum unit amps section is opened.
indicated unit documentation provided.
Power wiring Motor connection
The unit's power supply must be provided As a safety measure against overload,
by 5-wire cable with crosssectional areas short circuit, high or low voltage, a faulty
complying with legislation. connection or phase failure impeding the
cooling effect, excessively high ambient
Note:
temperature, e.g. warmth from external
1. Earthing must be executed in compliance sources, excessive braking of the rotor,
to national and local legislation. frequent switching and uncontrolled start up
2. The machines are designed for a short- and stop procedures, the use of full motor
circuit current of 10 kA. In the event of a protection is necessary to protect motor
higher application, contact your local Trane windings. Use thermal protection devices to
sales office. protect the motor that includes a complete
motor protection control system. Only in
The electrical work must be carried out in this manner is the manufacturer's guarantee
accordance with all international, national, secured.
and local regulations. Electrical connections
passing from the casing to the fan motor In instances where a motor protection cut
should be carried out in a flexible conduit. out is fitted, the correct power rating for
Cables passing through the casing must be the setting may be noted from the product
made with a gland or grommet. Glands can name plate.
be already installed in the unit as option. All CAUTION! If motor is equipped with a
wiring to other accessories must be carried safety thermistor or similar devices (PTC,
out in the same manner. If you have any PTO, Klixon, etc…), it is mandatory to
queries, please contact your local Trane sales connect them to protect the motor.
office.
The connection must be carried out in
CAUTION! After wiring is complete, ensure accordance with the motor nameplate and
that grounding between the fan motor the wiring diagrams as shown in the inside
assembly and casing is suitable for the of the motor terminal box or, generally,
electrical supply wire. If the unit is provided in accordance with the wiring diagram as
with an electric heater, interlock the heater shown in Table 1.
contactors with a normally closed contact
Special care should be taken in the
to the fan contactors to avoid overheating.
connection of motors, especially if multi-
Switch off the fan only after leaving
speed motors are involved.
sufficient time after the heater is switched
off, to allow it to cool down. Electrical For fan sections equipped with double fans
grounding is required between the unit and and motors, interlock both motors so that
the ductwork. one motor stop command causes the second
The fan-motor base is electrically
insulated from the rest of the unit and the
connections must be made with the proper
section copper wire. In order to warranty
electrical continuity between sections, each
section must be grounded. Ground bolts
16 128 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
Installation
motor to stop. Please see the Pre-start Table 1 - Motors with thermistors
checklist section for additional information.
Single speed
Following the connection of the motor, a
4 poles 1500 min-1
test run should be carried out to check the
2 poles 3000 min-1
motor performance data. Please refer to the
Commissioning Procedure section in this CAUTION! With a star-delta starter, the
manual. motor must start with the star connections
for a short period of time (approximately
CAUTION! In the event of motor damage
3 seconds) and then switch to the delta
resulting from faulty connection of the
connections.
motor, we will not accept any related claims.
Dual voltage supply

up to 4 kW 230V in ⊗, 400V in Y
from 5,5 kW 400V in ⊗, 690V in Y
L1 L1
W2 U2 V2 W2 U2 V2
W2 U1 U1
U1 V1 W1
U1 V1 W1 U2 V2
W1 U2
W2
L3 L2 PTC/PTO PTC/PTO
V2 V1 L1 L2 L3 L3 W1 V1 L2 L1 L2 L3
Dual speed with Dahlander winding

4/8 Poles 1500/750 min-1
2/4 Poles 3000/1500 min-1
750 mn -1 1500 mn -1
L1
L1 L2 L3 L1
1U
2U 1U 1V 1W
11
12
2W 1U 1V 1W
1W
1U 2U 2V 2W
2U 2V 2U 2V 2W
2W 2V
1W 1V L1 L3 PTC/PTO
1V L2
PTC/PTO L3 L2
L3 L2
Two speed, 2 separate windings

4/6 Poles 1500/1000 min-1
1000 mn -1 1500 mn -1
L1 L1
L1 L2 L3
1U 2U 1U 1V 1W
1U 1V 1W
1W 1V 2W 2V 2U 2V 2W
2U 2V 2W
L3 L2 L3 L2 PTC/PTO
L1 L2 L3
PTC/PTO
Three speed Dahlander winding and single separate winding

4/6/8 Poles 1500/1000/750 min-1
2/4/6 Poles 3000/1500/1000 min-1
750 mn -1 1000 mn -1 1500 mn -1
L1
L1
1U
L1 3U
3W 2U
1W
1U
3U 2V 3W 2V 3W 3V
1W 1V
L3 L2 1V
L3 L2
L3 L2
L1 L2 L3
2V 2W 1U L1 2U 2V 2W 1U 2U 2V 2W 1W
2U
L2 1V 1V
1V
L3 3U 3V 3W 1W 3U 3V 3W 1W
3U 3V 3W 1W
PTC/PTO PTC/PTO L1 L2 L3 PTC/PTO
AH-SVX03A-E4 129 of 412 17

Installation
Frostat frame access

To access the Frostat frame (if present), it is necessary to remove the small side panel
provided with a handle. (see Figure 10).
• Remove the black gasket placed around the frostat frame.
• Remove the screws that fix the panel.
• Using the handle, remove the frostat panel.
• Access the frostat frame sliding it on the side of the unit.
Figure 10 - Frostat frame access
1 = Panel gasket
2 = Screws
3 = Frostat panel with handle
4 = Plastic profile
5 = Internal frostat frame to slide out
18 130 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
Installation
Pipe connections to coil Water coils

A correct pipe work installation is essential Air venting of the system should not be
for trouble-free coil operation. Figures 13 carried out through the coil but through the
and 14 show an example for piping water pipe work.
coils. (The diagrams do not limit the type of Coil vent should only be used to vent the
control system used.) coil itself.
To prevent coil damage: In case of negative incoming air
• All pipe work must be supported temperatures, do not modulate the water
independently from the coils, locating flow through the coils to avoid freezing.
a flexible joint directly on the coil In case of water temperature close to or
connection. below +2°C, install a proper antifreeze
• All connections must be made in such a system.
way that the expansion and contraction Steam coils
of pipes do not impose forces on the coil
headers. Overhead condensate return systems should
not be used. Set up vacuum breakers
• Over tightening of coil connections must as close as possible to the coil. Include
be avoided to prevent any damage to a float or thermodynamic trap on all
headers and header connections. steam coils (following trap manufacturer's
Control the correct direction of liquid recommendations).
flow as indicated on the unit nameplate. CAUTION! Correct trapping is very
To ease all maintenance operations, it is important. Failure to properly remove
recommended to fit all coil connections with condensate will result in water hammer and
a flange/pipe assembly and a shut-off valve. possible coil failure.
To ensure thermal efficiency and air vent,
the pipe must be connected to the coil, as Refrigerant coils
indicated on respective labels. The DX coils are delivered with distributors
CAUTION! To avoid damaging the coil which are located inside the unit. The
connections, it is essential to grip the union side panel fitted on the coil section must
in a pipe wrench whilst applying counter be removed to allow the installation of
pressure to tighten the joint (see Figure 11). additional equipment. Refrigerant pipe work
installation requires specialist design and
Figure 11 - Coil connection trained refrigeration engineers for correct
installation. If you have any queries, please
contact your local Trane office.
In case of refrigerant low temperature,
install a proper antifreeze system.
Coil removal
If it is necessary to remove the coil from the
casing, contact your local Trane sales office.
AH-SVX03A-E4 131 of 412 19

Installation
Condensate Drain Figure 12 - Condensate drain and

On each of the condensate drain pan, a drain traps
free-flow syphon must be fitted.
The effective syphon height H must be the
maximum internal static pressure in the
unit in mm w.g. + 15 mm (at least) (see
Figure 12)
H
Example:
Total pressure = 1196 Pa (see data sheet)
Dynamic pressure = 2 x 83 Pa (see data H
sheet)
Total pressure - Dynamic pressure =
Static pressure = 1030 Pa
1mm wg = 9.81 Pa Drain traps
H = 1030: 9.81 + 15 mm = 120 mm When the units have more than one drain
trap, each drain shall be connected to the
drainage system separately with a siphon.
20 132 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
Installation
Water connections
Figure 13 - Water coil connections
1 5
6 2
6
1
A = Airflow
1 = Connections
2 = Gate valve
3 = Discharge gate valve
4 = Automatic air vent valve
5 = Automatic 3-way actuated valve
6 = Flexible joints
Referring to Figures 14-17, it is important to note that:

1. The cooling coil sections and the evaporative (or honeycomb) humidifier sections without
recirculating pump are equipped with a condensate drain pipe. (Item 1, Figure 14 (A, B)).
2. For evaporative humidifier sections equipped with are circulation pump, the drain pipe
(used typically for cleaning purposes, item 3, Figure 16 (A, B) needs to be connected to a
shut off valve without siphon. There is also an additional overflow pipe which needs to be
connected to a siphon. (Item 1,Figure 15 (A, B)).
Figure 14 A indicates the siphon height for coil section located on negative pressure side.
Figure 14 B indicates the siphon height for coil section located on positive pressure side.
Figure 15 A indicates the siphon height for evaporative humidifier section located on negative
pressure side.
Figure 15 B indicates the siphon height for evaporative humidifier section located on positive
pressure side.
Figure 16 indicates the fresh water inlet for wasted water type or steam type humidifier
sections. The freshwater flow control in the section is ensured with a solenoid valve. It is
recommended to fit a shut off valve to facilitate the maintenance and a pressure regulator on
the water entry for proper operation. The fresh water inlet must be connected to the supply
line with a flanges set.
AH-SVX03A-E4 133 of 412 21

Installation
Figure 15 indicates the fresh water inlet for

evaporative humidifier sections equipped
with a recirculating pump. The fresh water
flow is controlled with a floating valve
located into the internal water tank. It is
recommended to fit a shutoff valve on the
fresh water inlet to facilitate maintenance.
The freshwater inlet must be connected to
the supply line with a flanges set.
The height of the U-trap varies upon the
pressure inside the section and is given in
mm of water column.
Hot/chilled water coils and humidification
system
The quality of the water used in humidifiers
and coils is very important to ensure proper
operation.
Note: If a steam humidification with high steam
pressure is used, provide a proper condensate
drain system on the steam pipe condensate
outlet or condensate drain system.
CAUTION! The use of incorrectly treated or
untreated water in this equipment may result in
scaling, erosion, corrosion, algae, or slime.
The bacteria flora may contaminate the
humidifiers and decrease the heat transfer
to the coils. The services of a qualified water
treatment specialist should be engaged to
determine what treatment, if any, is required.
The manufacturer assumes no responsibility
for equipment damage or failure that
results from the use of aggressive water, or
saline, or brackish water. Please refer to the
individual supplier's installation, operation, and
maintenance manual for additional information.
CAUTION! In all drain pipes is mandatory
to install a siphon properly designed to allow
correct water drainage.
22 134 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
Installation
Figure 14 - Standard drain pan for coil sections
H >= 30 + P (mm)
1 = Drain pipe
2 = Drain valve
A = Negative pressure side
B = Positive pressure side
Figure 15 - Water tank for evaporative humidifier sections
H >= 30 + P (mm)
1 = Overflow pipe
2 = Drain valve
3 = Additional drain for cleaning
AH-SVX03A-E4 135 of 412 23

Installation
Figure 16 - Water connection for water or steam humidification
1 = Electronic valve
2 = Feeding pipe
3 = Pressure regulator
4 = Flanges
Figure 17 - Feeding water connection for water pump humidification
1 = Feeding pipe
2 = Flanges
24 136 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
Commissioning procedure
Figure 18 Pre-start checklist Fan motor

Initially the complete unit and all Check that the fan revolves freely by
components should be thoroughly turning the impeller manually and verify
cleaned and all dust and other deposits that no foreign bodies are lodged in the
completely removed. fan scroll.
The unit must be maintained in a clean Remove the locking block under the
condition. motor-fan base frame.
Prior to dispatch, each unit is thoroughly Check that the fixing screws on the belt
checked. Nevertheless, as part of the pulleys are tight (see Figures 18 and 19).
commissioning procedure, it is imperative Check the fan belt tension and pulleys
to recheck certain items as listed below. alignment. Realign and retighten if
Figure 19
Check that there are no foreign bodies in necessary (See Maintenance section).
the unit or in the duct system and that Make sure that the dampers move freely
air inlet sand outlets are not blocked. and that any transport packing has been
Some of the settings on the unit may removed.
have changed during transportation and Check the motor connections and make
installation process. sure that the correct voltage supply is
Make sure all bolts and screws are being used. Verify the lubrication of fan
tightened, especially moving parts such and motor bearings (See Maintenance
as fan pulleys, bearings etc. section and follow the motor
manufacturer's recommendations).
Make sure electrical connections are
tightened. Bearings could be pre-lubricated. Start-
up may be noisy until grease is evenly
For units with variable air volume
distributed. Please refer to the individual
devices, check that dampers are fully
supplier's installation, operation, and
open.
maintenance manuals for additional
Make sure that the dampers move freely information.
in their correct positions and that they
If adjustable pulleys have been fitted,
operate correctly.
ensure they are positioned in the
If the unit is provided with a cross flow correct ratio. The setting is done at the
heat recovery exchanger, it is designed to factory and should not require further
resist at the nominal differential pressure adjustment. If adjustment must be made,
indicated on the technical sheet, so all refer to the section about pulleys in this
dampers and interception devices must manual.
be opened.
Fan must not work with interception
This action should be interlocked to the device closed, like dampers, in order to
control system. avoid permanent deformation of the
structure. Dampers must be open during
fan operation. Trane cannot be held
responsible of structural damages due
to that.
AH-SVX03A-E4 137 of 412 25

Vibration isolators Water coil filling

Check that vibration isolators are free In general, heating and cooling coils are
to operate and that there is no contact filled with water and standard additives to
existing between the fan/motor chassis protect against freezing and corrosion:
and the support. • open the air vent
Frequency inverter • slightly open the water supply valve so
1) The VFD must be compatible with HVAC that the heater battery fills slowly. This
applications, such as fans with quadratic avoids thermal stress
torque. • as soon as the heater coil is full, close the
2) The electric power output of the VFD air vent
shall be compatible with the nominal • open the water valve fully and switch on
power of the motor. the fan
3) The VFD shall be compatible with its • finally, the entire piping system must be
environment (IP rate, type of ventilation, completely vented.
ambient temperature, electromagnetic
environment…) Steam coil filling
4) All recommendations indicated in the • Open gradually the air vent and drain
Installation/Operation/Maintenance valve on the condensate drain
manual of the VFD manufacturer must be • Slightly open the steam valve until steam
respected. penetrates through the condensate drain
CAUTION! valve and air vent
In some cases, mechanical issues my affect • Close the condensate drain valve and air
the fan or motor, and may be caused by the vent and open the steam valve fully
inverter settings (vibration, excessive noise, • Vent regularly during operations
lower efficiencies, motor overheating…). If
the inverter is removed and the mechanical
issues do not persist, the inverter settings
must be reconfigured. Inverter settings to
verify can include: attenuated resonance,
quadratic torque, frequency regulation, etc.
Unit connections
All electrical, water, and duct work
connections of the unit must be
completed by a qualified person.
Check that electrical connections comply
with the wiring diagram and that the
thermal protection is operational.
Completely stress-free connections are
essential.
The pipe work of the coils should be
arranged to facilitate easy removal of the
coil for maintenance purposes.
Coils
Check that the coil connections and
valves are not leaking. If there are leaks,
rectify the problem.
Cooling coil sections are fitted with
condensate drains. Check that these
are properly fitted to allow draining and
avoid air suction and water carry-over.
26 138 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
CAUTION! If the installation is switched Humidifiers

off temporarily, condensate must not be The evaporative humidifiers with or without
stopped temporarily to remain in the pipes recirculating pump are provided with a water
to avoid freezing and corrosion risk. flow control valve.
For steam, overheated, high temperature During fan operation, with the door
coils, to prevent overheating inside the closed, adjust the water flow control valve
unit, the fan stop must be delayed by 3 to to prevent water leakage from the pump
5 minutes after the steam valve have been hydroscopic plastic honeycomb humidifier.
closed.
The following safety procedures are strongly
Electrical heaters recommended:
Electric air heaters are provided with • Connect the power supply to the pump
automatic and/or manual reset overheat
thermostats. • Check that pump rotation is correct
CAUTION! To prevent over heating inside • Check that access doors of all sections,
the unit when the heater is being switched but the one being used, are closed. The
off, the fan maybe switched off after an door of the section in use should be kept
over run period of 3 to 5 minutes. in open position with a shim
The same shall be done when the unit is • Slightly open the water flow control valve
installed any other type of high temperature towards the humidifier
source. • If the humidifier is with honeycomb,
Filters ensure there is no water leakage from
the honeycomb humidifier. If you notice
The filter cells or media (bag filters, heap leakage, close the valve and check again.
filters, and roll filters) delivered separately If it is operating correctly, open the
must be installed into the unit prior starting control valve until the system reaches its
the unit. best balance.
Check that the filter is correctly fitted and • If the humidifier is with nozzles, check
that the entering air side of the filter is that water is not coming out from the
exposed to the contaminated air stream. limit of humidification section and do not
Refer to the certified submittals which spray on the casing
maybe different.
• Measure the absorbed power and check
If roll filters are used, check that the filter that it matches the data indicated on the
unit drive motor and the switch control are pump name plate
working correctly.
CAUTION! The above mentioned operations
should be performed from outside of the
unit. Do not enter the sections.
AH-SVX03A-E4 139 of 412 27

CAUTION! The pump must not be dry run

to avoid any risk of overheating.
No warranty claims will be acknowledged if
pump or pump motor damage is caused by
a dry run.
Note: If installation and start-up do not
occur immediately after delivery, take the
following precautions:
• Store the equipment in an area that is not
exposed to excessive humidity
• Take special care to protect electrical
components
• Periodically, manually turn all moving
parts to avoid any blocking risks.
CAUTION! for other type of humidifier
(steam, compressed water, water
and compressed air, others), refer to
Manufacturer instruction and IOM.
Water quality for humidifiers and air
washers
The information hereunder which refers to
the water treatment is given for reference
only. Water quality is of prime concern to
ensure proper operation of humidifier and
air washer.
The water hardness of the freshwater has to
be measured before considering any water
treatment.
CAUTION! The use of improperly treated
or untreated water in this equipment may
result in scaling, erosion, corrosion, algae
or slime. The services of a qualified water
treatment specialist should be engaged
to determine what treatment, if any, is
required.
The Trane warranty specifically excludes
liability for corrosion or deterioration.
Trane assumes no responsibility for
equipment damage or failure which results
from the use of untreated or improperly
treated water or saline or brackish water.
28 140 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
Start-up Result: Higher air volume involves a high motor

absorbed power increase.
Following the completion of all check list items,
start up the unit for a test run. CAUTION! Motor overload may result in motor
damage.
CAUTION! To conduct a run test that
involves the measurement of motor and fan Recommended action: change the belt drive
performances, the unit must be connected to pulleys or reduce the fan rpm according to the
the complete installation. fan curve or reduce the air volume by the use
of dampers.
CAUTION! All access doors must be closed
to avoid overflow in the installation that could Ask a proper transmission selection from your
result in motor damage and to avoid safety risks local sales office.
to people. In extreme cases, changing the motor, fan, and
CAUTION! Before starting the fan, open all drive may be necessary.
dampers. The fan must not be started if the The adjustment of variable belt drive pulleys
dampers are closed. After switching on power, must be carried out only when the unit is
check that the direction of the fan rotation electrically disconnected, ensuring that the
is correct. In addition, the running power system is not restarted unexpectedly.
consumption should be checked on all phases
and compared with the power data indicated on Remove the pulley safety screws and turn
the motor nameplate. If the running power is through half of the pulley circumference. Then
too high, there is probably a faulty connection retighten the screws and readjust the pulley belt
and the unit must be switched off immediately. tension (see Figure 21.)
Check the fan and motor bearings for undue Following any change in the pulley ratio,
noise. the motor power consumption must be
rechecked. The nominal output rating
Measure the air volume and external pressure. quoted on the name plate must not be
The following two situations may arise: exceeded.
1. The air volume is too low as the real external If airflow does not conform to the
static pressure is higher than the specified specifications, please contact your local
one. Trane sales office.
Recommended action: increase the air volume Note: The unit structure is designed so that
by changing or adjusting the belt drive pulleys. it will not suffer permanent deformation up
to a positive pressure or negative pressure
Please contact your local Trane sales office to
of 2000 Pa. To respect these limits, fan
get a proper belt drive selection.
operation should be controlled depending
CAUTION! Do not increase the fan speed on all interception devices installed in the
beyond the motor power rating allowed limit. plant and/or in the air handling unit.
CAUTION! Increasing the fan speed should be
done only after a careful study of the operating
point on the appropriate fan curve.
Contact your local Trane sales office for a
proper selection.
2. The air volume is too high. The reason is
that the real external static pressure is lower
than the specified one.
AH-SVX03A-E4 141 of 412 29

Evaporative Humidifiers/air The regulating valve in the pressure side

washers must be adjusted to the correct water
quantity. The water purging volume should
Water tanks must be thoroughly cleaned. be roughly equivalent to the amount of
Any building grit in the system may result water evaporated from the system. On
in subsequent pump failure. Any warranty request we will advise you in choosing the
claims in this context will not be accepted. suitable volume. Check the correct setting
Check that the pump suction filter basket, with a manometer. The volume of water
spray pipes, washer nozzles are correctly for sediment flushing should be set by
seated. Check the washer sieve and clean as adjusting the flushing bleed off valve. Check
necessary. the correct installation of humidifier and
Fill the tank and siphon with clean water moisture separator modules. The arrow must
and adjust the float valve so that closure show in the direction of the airflow (see
occurs 2-3 cm below the overflow level. Figure 20).
In any case the suction pipe must be Check the tightness of the seals of the air
effectively vented. Then check that the washer and humidifier units, ie between
pump rotation direction is correct. Measure the modules. If necessary apply additional
the absorbed power and check that it sealant.
matches the data indicated on the pump
name plate. Water Quality for humidifiers and air
CAUTION! : The pump must not be dry washers.
run to avoid any risk of overheating. The information hereunder which refers to
No warranty claims will be acknowledged if the water treatment is given for reference
pump or pump motor damage is caused by only. Water quality is of prime concern to
a dry run. ensure proper operation of humidifier and
air washer.
The water hardness of the fresh water has to
be measured before considering any water
treatement.
In accordance with the inherent degree of
hardness in the water and the operational
priority of the air conditioning installation,
appropriate water treatment can then be
selected.
Figure 20
30 142 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
CAUTION! : The use of improperly treated or untreated water in this equipment may result
in scaling, erosion, corrosion, algae or slime. The services of a qualified water treatment
specialist should be engaged to determine what treatment, if any, is required. The Trane
warranty specifically excludes liability for corrosion or deterioration. Trane assumes no
responsibility for equipment damage or failure which results from the use of untreated or
improperly treated water or saline or brackish water.
Note: Honeycomb material made of cellulose may emit a certain smell during the first working
hours. The is absolutely normal and will disappear quickly.
To ensure a reasonable level of operational reliability, the quality of the supply water should
be within the following parameters (See tables 2 and 3).
Table 2
Appearance clear, colorless and free of sediment

pH Value 7 to 8.5
Conductivity max. 30 mS/m
Total Hardness max. 8.1
Carbonate hardness max. 3.5 mol/m3
Total salt content max. 250 g/m3
Chloride content 0 g/m3
Sulphate 0 g/m3
Manganese max. 0.01 g/m3
Agressive Carbonic Acid 0 g/m
KMnO4 usage max. 20 g/m3
Table 3 - Conversion factors for grades of hardness
Grade of hardness ° F H. ° D H. ° GB H.
France 1° F H 1 0,562 0,702
Germany 1° D H 1,78 1 1,25
Great Britain 1° GB H 1,424 0,8 1
AH-SVX03A-E4 143 of 412 31

Factory engineered controls
System controller options Shipping

Units are available with factory engineered The controls enclosure will normally be
controls as a "plug and play" package. factory fitted on the fan section of the air
Therefore, the units are provided with all handling unit. Please check the condition
components including control components of the enclosure on unloading on site. Also
(sensors and actuators), controller, and check that all factory-mounted controls
power wiring. In this case, the unit fitted inside the unit in the locations
commissioning is performed by a Trane indicated in the control sales order are
qualified engineer. intact and that all loose control items to be
Trane multipurpose controller supplied with the unit are present.
Please refer to the Installation Guide for

information regarding the controller. Installation
Central connection module The unit will need to be sited so that there
is adequate access to the control panel for
If Factory Engineered Controls are required commissioning and maintenance purposes.
but a non-compatible BMS is to be used, a The minimum clearance is 1 meter wide and
Central Connection Module can be selected. 2 meters high. The following site wiring will
All the Low Voltage end devices are factory be required:
installed on the unit and wired back to a
central terminal strip where connections to • Mains incoming supply.
the BMS controller can be easily made on • Outgoing supply to other power devices
site. installed.
Central connection module plus * • External loose items of control.
If Factory Engineered Controls are required • Reconnection of wiring inside the unit
but a non-compatible BMS (Building if the system was delivered in sections.
Management System) is to be used, a If internal wiring to motors, electric
Central Connection Module Plus can be heaters, etc. was not factory wired, during
selected. This includes all the standard CCM installation ensure power wiring is not run
features with the addition of Power Wiring, too close to the existing control wiring
A Starter Panel and the installation of a so as not to impair the electromagnetic
Free-Issued Controller compatible with the immunity of the controller.
BMS is to be installed. If a different control
is installed, please refer to its user guide or * Available in selected countries only.
manual.
32 144 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
Loose control items Outside temperature sensor

The following components are supplied with The outside temperature sensor should be
the unit but must be mounted and wired mounted on a Northfacing wall. It requires a
on site: single pair of screened wires. The sensor can
be factory mounted in the fresh air inlet.
Heating and cooling valves
Other items are supplied loose on a project
Each actuator is supplied with a flying lead specific basis and data sheets are available
which needs to be connected on site to a for these items.
connection box fitted on the unit.
For outdoor installations, please provide Mains connection
proper protective cover for the valves.
If possible, the control valves should be Mains connections are normally made
mounted indoors to maximize the service through the bottom of the control panel. All
life. Refer to the data sheet for specific the cables should be suitably arranged so as
Valve/Actuator project information. not to put excessive strain on the terminals.
They should be fitted with suitable glands to
Room temperature sensor prevent water ingress.
The room temperature sensor should be wall
mounted at a height of approximately 1.5 m
Reconnection of sectionalized
inside the occupied space of average zone
temperature. Do not mount the sensor near units
a heat source, door, direct sunlight or in the If the unit is supplied in sections, the
supply air stream. It requires a single pair of internal control wiring will have been
screened cables. disconnected in the factory between
Return air temperature sensor sections using break point connectors and
the cables will be marked with identifiers.
The return air temperature sensor should Site reconnection is to be done by a
be mounted in the common return air duct, contractor.
ahead of the fan, so as to sense average
return air temperature. It requires a single
pair of screened cables. When possible, the
return air temperature sensor should be
fitted onto the return air inlet.
Duct static pressure sensor
The duct static pressure sensor should
be mounted in the supply ductwork,
approximately two thirds of the distance
from the fan to the end of the longest run
of ductwork. The sensor requires two pairs
of screened cable to the control panel.
One pair supplies power to the device and
the other is the pressure signal from the
device to the controller.
AH-SVX03A-E4 145 of 412 33

Wiring requirements Frost protection thermostat

Running sensor wires in the same conduit or In the event that the coil air on temperature
bundle with any AC power wires other than drops below 5°C, a thermostat is provided
24VAC may cause a malfunction. With on to switch off the supply fan on units with
site fitted items, the screened wire should water coils. It is a hard-wired form of
be covered with insulation tape at the protection and can only be monitored by
sensor terminal box. Site mounted sensor the controller. This prevents hot water coils
cables should be Belden 8760 for 2 core from freezing and would typically operate
devices and Belden 9402 for 4 core cables. in cold weather if the hot water coil supply
has failed.
Fire signal (option)
Fan section
The AHU unit maybe interfaced to a fire
alarm shut down by connecting a normally A pressure differential switch is provided
closed contact to the designated terminals. across each fan to provide a proof of airflow
If this is not required, the fire contacts indication. All fan / motor are belt and
are replaced by a link. Remote fireman's pulley driven.
override switches can be connected to allow
operation of the extract fan after a fire Frequency of inspections
alarm has been actuated. Where a mixing
box is fitted, the exhaust air damper will be It is recommended to inspect all end devices
driven to the fully open position while the supplied with the unit for correct operation
mixed air and fresh air dampers are driven and calibration on an annual basis.
closed.
Override contacts can be connected to the Recommended spare parts list
designated terminals where this option has If required, a list of recommended
been ordered components to be kept on site can be
Filter section provided.
Depending on the order, a common or an
individual filter switch is provided to indicate
when the filter section differential pressure
is excessive. The filters may need to be
changed.
34 146 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
Trouble analysis WARNING!: Disconnect all energy sources

prior to access fan sections or ductwork.
This section contains information about the
Even when locked out electrically, fans
following:
may cause injury or damage if the impeller
• Unit control problems is subject to 'wind-milling'. The impeller
• Symptoms, probable causes, and should be secured to physically restrict
recommended actions. rotational movement.
Note: Refer to the unit Installation and Failure to secure the impeller could cause
Operation Manual for AHU unit trouble severe personal injury or death.
analysis and other information on electrical
connection. Use the tables in this section Variable Frequency Drives
to assist in identifying the cause or causes
of a malfunction in the unit controls. The Variable Frequency Drives (VFD) are used
column header 'Recommended Action' more and more often to control fan speeds
suggests repair procedures. Some problems in order to optimize the operation and the
may be caused by software and operator energy consumption of the units.
screen settings. These tables are intended When VFDs are provided and installed by
as a diagnostic aid only. For detailed repair other non-Trane suppliers on site, please
procedures, contact your local Trane office. follow these specific recommendations to
WARNING! Hazardous Voltage with ensure correct and safe operation.
Capacitors! 1) The VFD must be compatible with HVAC
applications, such as fans with quadratic
Disconnect all energy sources, including torque.
remote disconnects, and discharge all 2) The electric power output of the VFD
capacitors before servicing. shall be compatible with the nominal
Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to power of the motor.
ensure the power cannot be inadvertently 3) The VFD shall be compatible with its
energized. environment (IP rate, type of ventilation,
ambient temperature, electromagnetic
After power is off, allow five minutes for all environment…)
motor or compressor start or run capacitors 4) All recommendations indicated in the
to discharge. Installation/Operation/Maintenance
manual of the VFD manufacturer must
For Trane provided variable frequency drives
be respected.
wait 20 minutes.
Although the use of VFDs does not create
For other manufacturer's variable frequency
any problem, some undesirable phenomena
drives or energy storing components, refer
can occurs : vibration, excessive noise, lower
to the appropriate manufacturer's literature
efficiencies, motor overheating…
for allowable waiting periods for discharge
of capacitors. Verify with an appropriate You can easily check if these problems come
voltmeter that all capacitors are discharged. from the VFD by connecting the motor
Failure to disconnect power and/or directly to the main supply. Most of the VFD
discharge capacitors before servicing could drives available on the market include some
result in death or serious injury. specific functions to allow them to overcome
these kinds of problems.
Note: For additional information regarding
the safe discharge of capacitors, see PROD- In all cases, read the VFD manual carefully
SVB06A-EN or PROD-SVB06A-FR. and if necessary contact your local Trane
sales office.
WARNING!: Disconnect all energy
sources and allow all rotating equipment
to stop completely. Allow hot and cool
surfaces enough time to reach safe surface
temperatures before inspecting or servicing
the unit. Failure to do so may result in
personal injury or death from electrical
shock or moving parts.
AH-SVX03A-E4 147 of 412 35

Table 4 - Trouble analysis
Symptom(s) Probable Cause(s) Recommanded Action(s)

Check Correct Connection
Any Low Voltage Device not Working Breakpoint Connector Tighten Connection
Repair Wiring
Tubes not connected Connect Tubes
Differential Pressure Switch not Working Blow down Positive Tube and hear click
DPS failed
Replace DPS
Damper linkage is loose Tighten damper linkage
Damper blade hitting an obstruction Remove obstruction
Damper not Working Damper blade bent Replace damper
See symptoms for mixed air damper actuator not
Damper actuator is malfunctioning
working
Control transformer furnishing the damper
Damper actuator not working 24 VAC power Check transformer
actuator 24 VAC has failed.
supply not present at the actuator
24 VAC power wiring is broken or shorted Repair wiring
Damper actuator not working. 0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC input signal wiring broken or shorted Repair wiring
input signal to acuator not present
Valve not piped per recommended flow
Re-pipe valve to recommended flow arrangement
arrangement
Valve not working
Valve seat hitting an obstruction in pipe Remove obstruction
Valve actuator is malfunctioning See symptoms for valve actuator not working.
Control transformer furnishing the cooling valve
Valve actuator not working. 24 VAC power Check transformer.
actuator 24 VAC power has failed.
24 VAC power wiring broken or shorted Repair wiring
Valve actuator not working. 0 to 10 VDC input
0 to 10 VDC input signal wiring broken or shorted. Repair wiring
signal to actuator not present
36 148 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
Maintenance
General information Once a year:

Units have been designed to minimize • Inspect electrical wiring for condition.
maintenance. A maintenance interval plan Tighten all connections.
is provided as guidelines for standard • Inspect the unit casing and accessories
machine operation. Any strong deviations for chipping and corrosion. If damage is
in the usage pattern may require additional found, clean and repair.
maintenance. This must be checked in
individual cases. • Clean fan wheels and shaft.
WARNING! During maintenance • Remove rust from fan shaft with an

procedures, the installation must be emery cloth, and recoat the shaft with a
completely isolated and precautions taken to suitable varnish.
prevent any premature re-start. • For external units, check the access door
Maintenance, inspection and cleaning seals are in good condition and replace if
operations should be carried out by qualified necessary. Adjust the hinges to take up
personnel. The manufacturer does not take any looseness.
any responsibility for system cleaning. • Bearings lubrication. Use only lithium
grease, without chemical impurity.
Recommended lubricants:
Fan and motor
ALVANIA (Shell)
Long-term storage (3 months) of a fan-
motor assembly may cause damage to the MOBILUX 3 (Mobil)
bearings (brinelling); in case of long term BEACON 3 (Esso)
storage, it is necessary to turn the fan wheel
SKF 28 (ball bearing grease)
from time to time.
Every six months:
• Check for soiling, damage, corrosion
and any tendency to bind and clean as
necessary.
• Touch up any spot damage to the unit
casing and the fan impeller using a zinc
based paint.
• Check the air tightness of any flexible
connectors.
• Check the function of any anti-vibration
dampers.
• Check the cleanness of any weather
protective grills.
• Check all fan bearings for sign of wear
and/or grease leakage.
• Lubricate the fan bearings (if not sealed
for life type).
• Check bearing locking set screw and other
setscrews for proper tightness. All bearing
races must be secured.
• Lubricate fan motors.
• Align pulleys and check level of shafts.
• Check fan belt tension. Adjust if belt slips.
• Replace worn or frayed belts with a new
matched set. Do not force belts onto
pulleys.
AH-SVX03A-E4 149 of 412 37

Maintenance
Table 5 - Lubrication guidelines
CAUTION! Do not over lubricate bearings. Grease with hot bearing if possible, rotating slowly the fan by hand. Excessive pressure caused by
over lubrication may displace bearing grease seals or cause grease to overheat the bearing, resulting in premature bearing failure.
If there is any irregular noise or clanging renew both bearings. In the case of extreme running conditions, lubricate in accordance with the
following recommendations.
WARNING! All above checks and operation shall be done first time after the 10 first working hours.
Ambient conditions Temperature range °C Lubrication intervals
T < 50 6-12 months
50 < T < 70 2-4 months
Clean
70 < T < 100 2-6 weeks
100 < 1 week
T < 70 1-4 weeks
Dusty 70 < T < 100 1-2 weeks
100 < T 1-7 days
Extreme humidity - 1 week
38 150 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
Maintenance
Belt drive and pulleys

The belt drive is a reliable and low maintenance component knowing that unfavourable working conditions which may reduce the working life
and result in reduced efficiency are to be avoided (see Table 6 and Figure 19).
Table 6 - Belt conditions
Belt not positioned in groove Belt impinging on groove Belt not uniform Over tensioned Too slack
Slip Pulley too small Overload Damaged pulley Eccentric distortion of pulley
Worn pulley V-grooveS not uniform Dust, dirt Moisture, dampness
Belt maintenance
Clean fan belts with a dry cloth. Oil and grease must be kept off the belts. The use of a belt dressing is not recommended. When replacing belts, use a
matched set. Do not force belts onto pulleys but adjust motor position to allow mounting and retighten.
Belt tensioning
The tensioning of the drive belt is achieved by moving the motor slide support.
Figure 21 - Belt tensioning
d = e x 0.016
e
Deflection d
Centre distance e
Power F
d = e * 0.016
AH-SVX03A-E4 151 of 412 39

Maintenance
Figure 22 - Pulley positioning
OK
1 2 3 4
1 = Correct position
2 = Pulleys out of line
3 = Pulleys not parallel
4 = Twisted pulleys
CAUTION! The belt drive should be re-tensioned following the first 10 hours of operation.
The correct tensioning of the belt is established independently from the belt cross section and
the axial clearance (see Figure 22).
Alternatively a belt tensioning meter may be used (see Figure 24).
Figure 24 - Belt tension measurement
CAUTION! Damage to the motor and fan bearings can result from the belt being over
tightened. A belt that is too slack will result into early wear and poor efficiency (caused by
slippage.)
Pulley alignment
Check using a straight edge along both pulleys (See Figure 25). It is recommended to use a
metal ruler instead of a string.
Correct position is showed on Figure 25.
Figure 25 - Pulley alignment
40 152 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
Maintenance
Pulley removal Hot water, cold water, and steam coils

Pulleys are generally mounted with a conic Coils do not require any special maintenance
joint. except regular cleaning.
To remove pulleys, follow the manufacturer's Depending on the amount of operational
directions. usage and filter servicing, check the coil
Pulleys not provided with a conic joint are finned area for dust and deposits, roughly
mounted by forcing them onto the shaft. every 3 months and clean as necessary.
To remove them, heat the pulley hub and Also check that the pipe work is watertight.
use a pulley extractor. Cleaning
Belt replacement The cleaning is carried out with the coil
To change the belt, the belt tensioning in place using a powerful vacuum cleaner
device is slackened off until the worn belt on the dust contaminated side. If the coil
can be removed. is very dirty it will need to be removed
and wet cleaned. Zinc plated steel heat
Before the replacement, clean the pulleys exchangers maybe cleaned with a steam jet
and check them for damage and wear. or the fins washed through with a powerful
Never use tools or force on the pulley edges water jet and finally blown out with
as invisible damage can significantly reduce pressurized air.
the life of these items. If required, soft cleaning brushes may be
If multi pulleys are in use all belts must be used ensuring that the heat exchanger fins
replaced simultaneously. are not damaged.
Check that the number of belts matches the CAUTION! Coils with copper or aluminium
number of pulley grooves. fins are particularly vulnerable and must
therefore only be cleaned with a low
During the tensioning of multiple belts in
pressure water jet. In case of specific
parallel, it is important that they are all slack
clogging, call a cleaning specialist; Trane
on the same side of the drive mechanism
cannot be held responsible for improper
otherwise damage can result.
cleaning of the coils. Any damage to the
Finally, when the belts are tensioned, the fins by the use of undue force will result in
drive must be turned for a few revolutions premature failure of the heater coil.
by hand and then the state of tension, the
Any points corroded or rusted should be
shaft sand pulley layout are checked (see
cleaned off and coated with a zinc-based
Drive belt tensioning section).
protective paint.
Frost Protection
Coils
Check that the frost protection system is
If a unit is not run for an extended period of working before the beginning of each winter
time, it is recommended to completely drain period. Ensure that the frost thermostat
off the coil. When refilling is undertaken, is working within the correct temperature
check that the unit is effectively vented. range.
Periodic verification of coil cleanliness is Condensate drain tank
required. Dirty coil shave increased air side
pressure drops and reduced heat transfer The cooling coil condensate drain pan and
potential, disturbing the complete system the drain connection should be checked
balance. for sediment and deposits and cleaned as
required.
AH-SVX03A-E4 153 of 412 41

Maintenance
Filters Electrical air heaters

Use Table 7 as a recommendation for Check the heater for dirt accumulation, the
filter cleaning or replacement. Each unit ignition and any build up of corrosion. If
maintenance should be adapted depending required, clean the heating elements. Check
on filter type and on air quality. Filter the safety controls and the fan control.
clogging causes higher air pressure
drops resulting in lower air volume and
performance change.
Humidifier/air washer
CAUTION! The whole humidifier section
WARNING! If a damper or intake/discharge
including the drain pan must be cleaned
hole is positioned on the bottom panel and
and disinfected regularly. It must also be
the section is equipped with inspection
thoroughly cleaned after each operating
access, safety devices must be provided to
season.
cover the damper hole when entering in the
section. To optimize the unit life cycle and
operation, we strongly recommend the use
Note: It is recommended to install the
of a water specialist to verify and adjust the
gauge or the differential pressure switch, if
hardness and quality of the water used in
necessary, with a visible indicating light, to
the humidifier systems.
have a constant control over filter cleaning.
It is also recommended to adjust the dirty
filter setting to the final air pressure drop Pumps
indicated in the selection data sheets. The circulating pump and motor
Note: The unit must not be run without maintenance must be carried out in
filters. accordance with the manufacturer's
Clean the filter after the first 2 hours of instructions.
unit operation. The bag and absolute filters As a general rule:
must be replaced when filter air pressure • The pump must never be run dry to avoid
drop reaches the final air pressure drop any pump damage.
indicated in the selection datasheets. The
washable filters must be cleaned with air • Ingress of sediment into the pump must
pressure going in the direction opposite be avoided.
the normal air flow and then washed in hot • The pump should be run a few minutes
water with the addition of a small quantity every other day to avoid jamming. The
of detergent. installation of an automatic actuator for
Refer always to filter manufactures cleaning this purpose is recommended.
instruction.
The new filters must be installed in the air
flow direction as indicated by the arrow
on the external frame and as described in
Installation section.
42 154 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
Maintenance
Air washers Evaporative (Honeycomb)

• Check that the fresh water supply is humidifier
working correctly and that the water level Follow the instructions given in the Air
is correct. Adjust as necessary. Washers section. Any Honeycomb module
• Depending upon the extent of water strongly encrusted with calcium deposits
contamination, the degree of hardness should be replaced. In the case of lightly
and water treatment, any scale deposits contaminated components, with the air
or other impurities must be cleaned off handling unit powered off, add a suitable
from the air washers. Any severe calcium decalcifying agent to the circulating water
deposits on components such as spray and operate the pump until the deposits are
pipes, droplet separators or strainers dissolved. Thoroughly wash off and flush
indicate that the treatment is inadequate. through the system following this operation.
• Deposits on spray pipes, strainers, air Trane cannot be held responsible for
strengtheners and droplet separators improper cleaning of the Honeycomb
may be treated with diluted formic acid humidifiers. In order to avoid any excess
and subsequently rinsed off with clear clogging of the honey comb humidifiers, it
water. In the case of droplet eliminators is recommended to interlock the spray pipe
or air straightener blades of plastic operation with the fan operation.
construction, any deposits may be
occasionally removed by carefully flexing
Other humidification
the components i.e. after they have been
dried off and removed from the module. For humidification with or without steam
Corroded or damaged droplet separator generator, atomizing nozzles or feeding
blades should be replaced. cabinet, it is mandatory to follow the
manufacturer's instructions.
• Any strainers or sediment accumulations
should be inspected and cleaned as
necessary. • Dismantle spray pipes and Dampers
clean. Check the fresh water feed, the Check for dirt and deposits, for any damage
overflow, siphon and the water tank for or signs of corrosion. Clean with pressurized
any sediment accumulation and clean as air or steam. Check the easy movement and
necessary. correct operation of the dampers. If there is
• Any spray pipes with erosion damage any tendency to jam, check the unit is not
should be replaced. misleveled.
• Never ream out spray pipe nozzles with CAUTION! Check that the linkage is firmly
sharp instruments. Flush out the spray in place and tighten the screws if necessary.
pipe with a high pressure water jet, with
the spray pipe nozzles removed.
Sound attenuators
• Check that the setting of the sediment
Check for any dust deposits and clean with
flushing valve (bleed-off) is correct.
a vacuum cleaner as needed.
AH-SVX03A-E4 155 of 412 43

Maintenance
Weather louvers and hoods Unit waste disposal

Check for dirt and deposits, for any damage A standard air handling unit is made
or signs of corrosion. Remove any leaves up of 95% recycling metal materials.
or foreign matter which may have been Unit insulation is performed with foam
drawn in. polyurethane injected into the unit panels.
Air filters made of synthetic fibres are
available. The special materials employed
Energy recovery components are listed in the attached technical sheet
Plate type heat exchangers relating to the unit.
Plate type heat exchangers are typically The unit or part disposal must be performed
made of aluminium. Their service life is in accordance with application regulations.
virtually unlimited. Maintenance is limited to
Note: Regular maintenance is critical for
cleaning operations.
the long lifecycle of all air handling units.
• Clean the condensate drain pan, check Trane Service is available for any problem or
the siphon and fill up as necessary. advice.
• Any accumulation of fibres or dust on the
exchanger may be removed with a hair Maintenance Plan
broom or vacuum cleaner.
The following table lists suggested
• Any oil or greasy deposits must be maintenance intervals for the CLCF air
removed. Make sure the bypass damper handling unit based on experience and
(if any) is operating properly. If a bypass under normal running conditions. They are
damper is fitted, maintain as suggested in based on continuous running operation
above Dampers section. per 24 hour period in moderate climatic
Heat wheel zones with minimal dust pollution as would
normally occur in reception areas or office
Refer to the manufacturer's instructions for
accommodation. Widely different operating
proper maintenance of the wheel, wheel
conditions, particularly in respect to air
drive and motor. The construction of the
temperature, humidity and dust pollution
matrix is such that it is virtually completely
will considerably shorten the maintenance
self-cleaning. The rotor may be cleaned
intervals.
with pressurised air, water or steam jet
and domestic household detergents as
necessary.
Heat pipe exchangers
Heat pipe exchangers have no drive
mechanisms or moving parts. Maintenance
consists in cleaning operations, cleaning of
the condensate drain, checking the siphon
and filling as required.
To clean the fins:
• Blow out with pressurised air against
the direction of the air stream or spray
with low pressure water. If necessary add
house hold detergents.
• If a bypass damper is fitted, maintain as
suggested in above Dampers section.
44 156 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
Maintenance
Table 7 - Maintenance plan
Every 3 Every 6
System component Activity Component Weekly Monthly Annually
months months
Fan-Motor V/C/M General considerations X
V Check for corrosion X
V Flexible connections X
V Anti-vibration isolators X
V Protective grill X
V Inlet guide-vane controller (option) X
V Drainage X
V/C/M Fan bearing See Fan maintenance section
V/C/M Motor, in general X
C/M Motor bearing See Motor maintenance section
V Power consuption, Measurements X
V Belt drive, in general X
V/M Belt tensionning 1st time after 10 hours of operation
M Replacement of belt As necessary
Filter components V/C/M Dry layer filters X
V/C/M Bag filters X
V/M Absolute filters X
M Autoroll filters See Motor maintenance, Auto roll filters section
Heat exchanger V/C Heat exchanger fins X
V Frost protection X
V/C Condensate drain pans & water tanks X
V/C Droplet separator X
V Steam heater coils X
E-Batterie V/C Electrical heater coils X
Humidifiers V/M Pump X
V Water feed, Air washer X
C De-scaling and cleaning As necessary X
C Spray nozzles X
M Water tank X
V Sediment purge arrangements X
See Humidifier/Air washer maintenance,
M Steam humidifier
Steam humidifier section
V/C/M Evaporative (Honeycomb) humidifier
Honeycombe humidifier section
V/C/M Spray pipe humidifier X
Louvre dampers V/C Dampers X
Sound attenuators C Sound attenuators As necessary
Weather protective grills V/C Weather louvers, grills and hoods X
Energy recovery comp V/C Plate type heat exchangers X
V/C Rotational heat exchangers X
V/C Heat pipe components X
V = Verify
C = Clean
M = Maintenance
AH-SVX03A-E4 157 of 412 45

Notes
46 158 of 412
AH-SVX03A-E4
Notes
AH-SVX03A-E4 159 of 412 47

Trane optimizes the performance of homes and buildings around the world. A business of Ingersoll Rand,
the leader in creating and sustaining safe, comfortable and energy efficient environments, Trane offers
a broad portfolio of advanced controls and HVAC systems, comprehensive building services, and parts.
For more information, visit www.Trane.com.
Trane has a policy of continuous product and product data improvement and reserves the right to change design and specifications
without notice.

AH-SVX03A-E4 April 2012
Digitally printed on environmentally friendly paper;

produced using fewer trees and chemicals and less energy.
160 of 412
SECTION 2.G
CCTB IOM MANUAL
161 of 412
Installation, Operation, and
Maintenance
CCTA/CCTB Air Handling Units
AH-SVX02B-E4
162 of 412
General information
Foreword 4. Liquid and gas storage -Maximum

working pressure for all coils is 15bar. In
These instructions are given as a guide to
case of coil connections to higher working
good practice in the installation, start-up,
pressures, any warranty relating to coil
operation, and maintenance by the user, of
tightness and personnel safety is excluded.
Trane CCTA and CCTB Air Handling Units.
They do not contain full service procedures 5. Tubing filled with mediums with very
necessary for the continued successful high or low working temperatures are to be
operation of this equipment. The services of insulated with suitable materials to avoid
a qualified technician should be employed burn or scald injuries caused by contact.
through the medium of a maintenance 6. As fire prevention, fire dampers are to
contract with a reputable service company. be provided where ducts cross firebreaks.
Read this manual thoroughly before unit Local fire prevention code is to be observed
start-up. carefully.
Warnings and cautions To avoid death, injury, equipment

Warnings and Cautions appear at or property damage, the following
appropriate sections throughout this recommendations should be observed
manual. Your personal safety and the proper during maintenance and service visits:
operation of this machine require that 1. The maximum allowable pressures for
you follow them carefully. The constructor system leak testing on low and high pressure
assumes no liability for installations side are given in the chapter "Installation".
or servicing performed by unqualified Always provide a pressure regulator.
personnel.
2. Disconnect the main power supply before
WARNING! : Indicates a potentially any servicing on the unit.
hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
3. The Air Handling Unit control system
could result in death or serious injury.
must guarantee that in case of breakdown
CAUTION! : Indicates a potentially or power interruption during maintenance
hazardous situation which, if not avoided, or repair work, the unforeseen start-up of a
may result in minor or moderate injury. It shut off unit is impossible.
may also be used to alert against unsafe
4. Service work on the refrigeration system
practices or for equipment or property-
and the electrical system should be carried
damage-only accidents.
out only by qualified and experienced
personnel.
Important recommendations 5. For inspection on the Air Handling Units
To avoid death, injury, equipment and to avoid risks, the units surroundings
or property damage, the following are to be sufficiently lighted.
recommendations should be observed 6. Heat exchangers filled with refrigerants
during equipment operation: must be serviced by specialized personnel.
1. The units are suitable for ambient air Waste disposal or recycling of dangerous
temperature between -20°C and +70°C and refrigerants must done in accordance
for air flow temperature between -20°C and with all international, national, and local
+40°C. Different conditions need written regulations.
confirmation from the manufacturer. 7. Where units are installed in areas with
2. The usual measure against frost in coils high temperature and/or high humidity,
and protection against temperatures have to the risks of external condensation on the
be secured by the user. casing have to be considered, especially
when the internal air stream temperature
3. Components - Some OEM products have
is relatively low. Please contact your local
specific manufacturer's service instruction
Trane sales office to evaluate the potential
documents. These are delivered with the Air
condensation risks.
Handling Unit. In this case, the indications
in the OEM manual are valid and the service
handbook in hand has only general or
complementary character for the relating
components.
2 AH-SVX02B-E4 163 of 412

General information
Reception • Electrical connections may become Maintenance contract

un-tightened during transport.
On arrival, inspect the unit before signing It is strongly recommended that you sign
All electrical connections should
the delivery note. a maintenance contract with your local
be checked and re-tighten prior
In case of visible damage: The consignee Service Agency. This contract provides
to commissioning. All electrical
(or the site representative) must specify any regular maintenance of your installation
connections shall be made according
damage on the delivery note, legibly sign by a specialist in our equipment.
to the wiring diagrams provided on the
and date the delivery note, and the truck Regular maintenance ensures that any
components or in provided documents.
driver must countersign it. The consignee malfunction is detected and corrected in
Warranty is not valid if electrical
(or the site representative) must notify your good time and minimizes the possibility
components are not connected
local Trane sales office. And send a copy of that serious damage will occur. Finally,
properly.
the delivery note. The customer (or the site regular maintenance ensures the maximum
• When the unit use a medium (water/ operating life of your equipment. We would
representative) should send a registered
refrigerant) with a temperature below remind you that failure to respect these
letter to the last carrier within 3 days of
than +2°C, The unit controls should installation and maintenance instructions
delivery.
be designed in order to protect the may result in immediate cancellation of the
Reception in France only: exchanger against freezing. Trane warranty.
Concealed damage must be looked for at cannot be held responsible for damages
delivery and immediately treated as visible coming from freezing / de-freezing
operation. Training
damage.
• The warranty does not cover To assist you in obtaining the best use of
Reception in all countries except it and maintaining it in perfect operating
France: overheating due to wrong use or
improper control of electric heaters. condition over along period of time,
In case of concealed damage: The consignee the manufacturer has at your disposal a
(or the site representative) must send a • Dismantling or changing the units refrigeration and air conditioning service
registered letter to the last carrier within 7 and/or components without Trane school. The principal aim of this is to
days of delivery, claiming for the described approval or assistance will invalidate give operators and technicians a better
damage. A copy of this letter must be sent the warranty. knowledge of the equipment they are using,
to your local Trane sales office. • The Trane units have been or that is under their charge. Emphasis
manufactured according to the is particularly given to the importance
selections and drawings provided of periodic checks on the unit operating
Warranty
with the order: Trane cannot be parameters as well as on preventive
Warranty is based on the general terms held responsible for eventual non maintenance, which reduces the cost of
and conditions of the manufacturer. The compliance to original specifications or owning the unit by avoiding serious and
warranty is void if the equipment is repaired specific requirements outside the order. costly breakdown.
or modified without the written approval
of the manufacturer, if the operating limits • In order to avoid fan motor
are exceeded or if the control system or the overloading, the units shall be started
electrical wiring is modified. Damage due with filters and other components
to misuse, lack of maintenance or failure to fitted correctly, the ductwork
comply with the manufacturer's instructions connected to the units and the access
or recommendations is not covered by the doors closed.
warranty obligation. If the user does not • Make sure the units work at design
conform to the rules of this manual, it may (Air flow/Pressure) conditions. The
entail cancellation of warranty and liabilities sound levels of the units can vary a lot
by the manufacturer. Electrical motors depending of the fan speed, the filter
are factory-tested and properly run when conditions or the actual duct pressure
leaving the factory. Any wiring faults on drops. Also, the given sound levels can
motors will cause damage for which Trane be highly affected by the installation
cannot be held responsible. method, the peripheral components,
• The control package must include frost the ductwork and the acoustic
protection routines and components characteristics of the building/room.
to prevent freezing damage of internal • The units must be controlled in order
components (coils, heat recovery to not exceed the max differential
devices, humidifiers, …) pressure drops on plate heat
exchangers indicated in the technical
data sheets.
AH-SVX02B-E4 3 164 of 412

Table of Contents
Foreword 2
Warnings and Cautions 2
Important recommendations 2
Reception 3
Warranty 3
Maintenance contract 3
Training 3
Installation 6
Storage and preventive maintenance 6
Off loading and handling 6
Positioning and assembly 8
Duct connection 10
Electrical connections 11
Motor connection 11
Variable Frequency Drives 13
Pipe connections to coil 14
Water connections 15
Heat recovery components 17
Commissioning procedure 19
Pre-start checklist 19
Start-up 23
4 AH-SVX02B-E4 165 of 412

Table of Contents
Factory engineered controls 25

System Controller Options 25
Shipping 25
Installation 25
Loose control items 26
Mains connection 26
Reconnection of sectionalized units 26
Wiring requirements 27
Frequency of inspections 28
Recommended spare parts list 28
Trouble analysis 28
Maintenance 30
Fan and motor 30
Belt drive 32
Coils 35
Filters 36
Electrical air heaters 36
Humidifier/air washer 36
Pumps 36
Air washers 37
Evaporative (Honeycomb) humidifier 37
Other humidification 37
Dampers 37
Sound attenuators 37
Weather louvers and hoods 38
Energy recovery components 38
Maintenance Plan 38
Unit waste disposal 38
AH-SVX02B-E4 5 166 of 412

Installation
Storage and preventive Off loading and handling

maintenance Trane units are supplied in section modules,
In case of external storage, units must be or as a complete unit, in accordance with
protected from adverse weather conditions. the relevant assembly drawings.
With internal and external storage, the unit Any necessary use of force during unloading
must also be protected against everyday or movement of the units must only be
damage. To avoid defects on the bearings, applied via the unit base frame or the
the fans and the motors must be manually shipping pallet.
turned every month. If the units are not
The unit unloading and handling can be
running for more than 18 months, the
carried out easily with the use of a forklift
grease in the bearings must be changed.
or crane.
When possible, all electrical equipment and
fan belts should be removed and stored
separately in dry atmosphere.
In case of long term storage, belts shall
be removed in order to avoid stress on the
bearings.
Figure 1 - Crane operation procedure
1 2 3 4
1. Do not stand on the units. If this is unavoidable ensure a more even weight distribution by
the use of boards.
2. Use battens to prevent damage of the top and sides of the units.
The forks must only be applied under the unit base frame and not against it.
Note: The lift point should be as near as possible to the centre of gravity. The centre of
gravity of each section is located at the centre of the unit length, with the exception of the
fan sections for which the centre of gravity is located towards the motors
(see Figures 2 and 3).
6 AH-SVX02B-E4 167 of 412

Installation
Figure 2 Figure 3
CAUTION! Never lift the units by the heat exchanger connections or by any other
projections. Do not tilt the fan module to avoid possible impingement on the dampers.
Sections can be delivered provided of feet, pallets done by wooden blocks positioned on each
corner, base frame, base frame base provide of fork holes.
In the case of section is provided of base frame without any fork holes or without feet, insert
the fork of the lift below the section lifting it by a lever action. In this case, the bar must only
bear against the base frame or profile
(see Figure 2).
With larger units, the use of several forklift may be required.
When rigging the unit by crane, follow these guidelines:
1. If lifting holes are provided on the unit base frame, sling spreader bars (see Figure 1, part 3).
2. If lifting holes are not provided, see Figure 1 part 4
3. If, as option, lifting points (eye bolts) are provides, crane belts can be connected directly to
them.
4. The minimum rated lifting capacity (vertical) of each sling and spreader bar should be no
less than the shipping weight
5. The unit must be lifted with care, avoiding shock load by lifting the unit slowly and evenly.
6. All lifting points in one axis of the unit must be used when offloading and moving the unit.
7. Slings are to be provided by the rigger and attached to all lifting points.
CAUTION! Loading, unloading and removal of single sections have to be carried out by
employing means able to support the unit weight indicated in the technical sheet. Ensure that
the belts do not damage the top surface of the unit structure using proper devices.
Note: Units fitted with base frames may be moved on roller trolleys or tubular rollers (see
Figure 4).
Figure 4 - Roller movement
AH-SVX02B-E4 7 168 of 412

Installation
Positioning and assembly • On aluminium profile, nylon or aluminium

angles are positioned on the inside or
When selecting and preparing the unit site, outside of each section. Pull together
follow these guidelines: the unit sections, ensuring that the nylon
1. Ensure that the site can support the or aluminium angles on the aluminium
total weight of the unit. Unit weight figures profile fit with the angles of the adjoining
only provide total gross weights and do not section. Secure the assembly with bolts.
include the additional weight for water in • From the inside of the unit, drill holes
coils and humidifiers. through the aluminium profile and join
the two sections with bolts. If a technical
2. Confirm that the foundation of the box is to be joined to the rest of the
mounting platform is large enough to unit, use the L-shaped aluminium profile
include the unit dimensions plus service located on the technical box to secure it
access. to the unit with rivets.
3. The floor or foundation must be level for With stacked unit configuration, the frame
correct coil drainage and condensate flow. or the base frame of the upper unit should
be connected to the top panels of the lower
4. Provide adequate lighting for
unit using the supplied fixing device and
maintenance personnel to perform
screws, positioning proper gasket between
maintenance duties.
top and bottom section.
5. Provide sufficient clearance around
If the recovery section is supplied in
the unit for correct installation of drain,
two parts, recuperator can be supplied
overflow tubes, and for coil removal (see
dismounted.
Figures 10). Clearance should also be
allowed around the unit to ensure that Follow directions delivered with the unit to
correct operation and effective maintenance assembly it.
can be carried out. The needed screws and bolts are usually
6. Stick the self-adhesive gaskets delivered supplied with the unit.
with the unit onto the section profiles to be If the unit is supplied with a roof, it can be
joined (see Figure 7). factory mounted or supplied in kit.
7. If the unit has more that one section, In both cases, to assembly roof and sections,
ensure that all the air-handling unit sections follow directions delivered with the unit.
are positioned in the correct order, as
indicated in the drawings. CAUTION!: Assembling clips must not be
used to pull the sections together as this
8. Adjoining sections must be perfectly may cause the clips, the assembling rivets or
aligned in height and depth. If necessary, screws to break.
minor corrections may be made using steel
sheet pieces as underlay. To properly position the unit on the base,
it can be manhandled over a centrally
Inspect all gaskets for possible damage. positioned bar using a lever action. In this
Correct any noticed damage in accordance event, the bar must only bear against the
with manufacturer's instructions. Adjust the base frame (see Figure 5).
assembling clipper tensioning screws and
lock the sections together, closing the clips. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility
The clip tightening should only cause a very for equipment damage or failure that results
slight stress relaxation of the gasket. from this action.
If the assembling clips cannot be mounted

on the unit section because of the presence
of an electrical cabinet for instance, one of
the following junction systems can be used,
depending on the unit configuration:
8 AH-SVX02B-E4 169 of 412

Installation
Figure 5 – Positioning by lever action Figure 7 – Gasket positioning
1 = Profile
CAUTION!: If the unit sections are mounted 2 = Gasket
outdoors and are subject to atmospheric 3 = Gasket
conditions, ensure the sections are
Note: To avoid scratching during
connected and well fixed to the ground.
transportation and handling, casing panels
Check fixing every six months
are supplied with a protection film which
(see Figure 6).
need to be removed on job site, as soon
Figure 6 – Fixing of free-standing units as the units are in place. Cut smoothly the
protection film with a cutter around the
panels and remove it.
Note: If the units have to be inspected by
Consulting Engineers, contractors or any
subsequent viewers at the final stage of
the installation, we strongly recommend
protecting the units with plastic covers from
Remove the mounting vibrator blocks before the assembly up to commissioning.
starting the unit. They are just used to
ensure safe transportation.
To minimize noise transmission, depending
on the site location, additional insulation
material such as cork slabbing, Mafund
slabbing or Sylomer strip insulation may be
used as underlay. To obtain the maximum
noise transmission absorption, the selected
materials must withstand the inherent
load carrying characteristics. The list of
application requirements for these materials
is provided by the products manufacturer.
The load carrying capacities may be
indicated on the data sheets.
CAUTION! Failure to provide a level plinth or
support will result in doors jamming and air
leaks from the casing.
CAUTION! In the case that the unit is
supplied with base frame, it shall be
positioned on the supporting structure/
floor with a continuous and uniform contact
between them.
CAUTION! For outdoor installation to
avoid water inside the unit, it is mandatory
to cover the gasket positioned between
sections with a layer of silicon.
AH-SVX02B-E4 9 170 of 412

Installation
Duct connection
The air handling connections must be made symmetrically and stress free.
To avoid noise transmission, the fitting of an intermediate flexible connection of at least
140 mm depth, between duct work and the unit is recommended. This should be unstressed
when initially positioned. To ensure the best possible performance of the units whilst avoiding
excessive pressure loss in the duct system and minimizing air stream noise, compliance with
good practice induct assembly and acoustic layout, is essential.
Figure 8 – Duct connection
alfa
L
Generally, the length 'L' of the first duct section should be greater than 1½ time the size of
the fan diameter. The angle 'a' of the transition duct should be less than 30° and shall be
avoided section reduction just after the connection of duct to the unit (see Figure 8).
Note: If the air inlet and/or outlet on the ducts are very close to the air handling unit and if
there are no bends along this section, the fitting of a sound attenuator is recommended.
CAUTION! Ducts must never be disconnected during fan operation. The fan must never
be run when ducts are disconnected. The absence of pressure drops would increase current
absorption causing the motor windings to burn.
CAUTION! Ducts must be self supporting and must not load the air handling unit or its
components (damper, flanges, etc) with their weight.
Trane cannot be held responsible of any damages on casing, dampers, structure due to direct
connection of duct to the unit without placing a flexible connection between duct and unit.
10 AH-SVX02B-E4 171 of 412

Installation
Electrical connections Motor connection

The electrical work must be carried out in As a safety measure against overload,
accordance with all international, national, short circuit, high or low voltage, a faulty
and local regulations. Electrical connections connection or phase failure impeding the
passing from the casing to the fan motor cooling effect, excessively high ambient
should be carried out in a flexible conduit. temperature, e.g. warmth from external
Cables passing through the casing must be sources, excessive braking of the rotor,
made with a gland or grommet. All wiring to frequent switching and uncontrolled start up
other accessories must be carried out in the and stop procedures, the use of full motor
same manner. Please refer to the Controls protection is necessary to protect motor
section in this manual. If you have any windings. Use thermal protection devices to
queries, please contact your local Trane sales protect the motor that includes a complete
office. Glands can be already installed in motor protection control system. Only in
the unit as option. this manner is the manufacturer's guarantee
CAUTION! After wiring is complete, ensure secured.
that grounding between the fan motor In instances where a motor protection cut
assembly and casing is suitable for the out is fitted, the correct power rating for
electrical supply wire. If the unit is provided the setting may be noted from the product
with an electric heater, interlock the heater name plate.
contactors with a normally closed contact CAUTION! If motor is provided of safety
to the fan contactors to avoid overheating. thermistor or similar devices (PTC, PTO,
Electrical grounding is required between the Klixon, etc…), it is mandatory to connect
unit and the ductwork. them to protect the motor.
The fan-motor base is electrically The connection must be carried out in
insulated from the rest of the unit and the accordance with the motor nameplate and
connections must be made with the proper the wiring diagrams as shown in the inside
section copper wire. In order to warranty of the motor terminal box or, generally,
electrical continuity between sections, each in accordance with the wiring diagram as
section must be grounded. shown in Table 1.
The operator safety can be ensured by Special care should be taken in the
either a belt guard or a factory-mounted connection of motors, especially if multi-
micro-switch on the fan section door. The speed motors are involved.
electrical connection of this micro-switch
made by the contactor will cut off the
electrical feeding to the motor and stop the
fan-motor group when the door of the fan
section is opened.
AH-SVX02B-E4 11 172 of 412

Installation
Table 1 - Motors with thermistors
Single speed
4 poles 1500 min-1
2 poles 3000 min-1
6 poles 1000 min-1
8 poles 750 min-1
Dual voltage supply

up to 4 kW 220V in ⊗, 380V in Y
from 5,5 kW 380 in ⊗, 660 in Y
L1 L1
W2 U2 V2 W2 U2 V2
W2 U1 U1
U1 V1 W1
U1 V1 W1 U2 V2
W1 U2
W2
L3 L2 PTC/PTO PTC/PTO
V2 V1 L1 L2 L3 L3 W1 V1 L2 L1 L2 L3
Dual speed with Dahlander winding

4/8 Poles 1500/750 min-1
2/4 Poles 3000/1500 min-1
750 mn -1 1500 mn -1
L1
L1 L2 L3 L1
1U
2U 1U 1V 1W
11
12
2W 1U 1V 1W
1W
1U 2U 2V 2W
2U 2V 2U 2V 2W
2W 2V
1W 1V L1 L3 PTC/PTO
1V L2
PTC/PTO L3 L2
L3 L2
Two speed, 2 separate windings

4/6 Poles 1500/1000 min-1
1000 mn -1 1500 mn -1
L1 L1
L1 L2 L3
1U 2U 1U 1V 1W
1U 1V 1W
1W 1V 2W 2V 2U 2V 2W
2U 2V 2W
L3 L2 L3 L2 PTC/PTO
L1 L2 L3
PTC/PTO
Three speed Dahlander winding and single separate winding

4/6/8 Poles 1500/1000/750 min-1
2/4/6 Poles 3000/1500/1000 min-1
750 mn -1 1000 mn -1 1500 mn -1
L1
L1
1U
L1 3U
3W 2U
1W
1U
3U 2V 3W 2V 3W 3V
1W 1V
L3 L2 1V
L3 L2
L3 L2
L1 L2 L3
2V 2W 1U L1 2U 2V 2W 1U 2U 2V 2W 1W
2U
L2 1V 1V
1V
L3 3U 3V 3W 1W 3U 3V 3W 1W
3U 3V 3W 1W
PTC/PTO PTC/PTO L1 L2 L3 PTC/PTO
12 AH-SVX02B-E4 173 of 412

Installation
For fan sections equipped with double fans Variable Frequency Drives
and motors, interlock both motors so that
Variable Frequency Drives (VFD) are used
one motor stop command causes the second
more and more often to control fan speeds
motor to stop. Please see the Pre-start
in order to optimize the operation and the
checklist section for additional information.
energy consumption of the units.
Following the connection of the motor, a
When VFDs are provided and installed by
test run should be carried out to check the
other non-Trane suppliers on site, please
motor performance data. Please refer to the
follow these specific recommendations to
Commissioning Procedure section in this
ensure correct and safe operation.
manual.
1) The VFD must be compatible with HVAC
CAUTION! In the event of motor damage applications, such as fans with quadratic
resulting from faulty connection of the torque.
motor, we will not accept any related claims. 2) The electric power output of the VFD
shall be compatible with the nominal
CAUTION! With a star-delta starter, the
power of the motor.
motor must start with the star connections
3) The VFD shall be compatible with its
for a short period of time (Max 3 seconds)
environment (IP rate, type of ventilation,
and then switch to the delta connections. ambient temperature, electromagnetic
Frostat frame access environment…)
4) All recommendations indicated in the
To access to the Frostat frame (if present), it
Installation/Operation/Maintenance
is necessary to remove the small side panel
manual of the VFD manufacturer must
provided with handles. be respected.
• Remove the black gasket between panel Although the use of VFDs does not create
and aluminium wedge of the frostat frame, any problem, some undesirable phenomena
for a length of around 150 mm on top and can occurs : vibration, excessive noise, lower
bottom of the panel. efficiencies, motor overheating…
• Remove the wedge profile of the frostat You can easily check if these problems come
panel on the top and the bottom sides from the VFD by connecting the motor
• Using the handles, remove the frostat directly to the main supply. Most of the VFD
panel. drives available on the market include some
• Access the frostat frame sliding it out of specific functions to allow them to overcome
the side of the unit. these kinds of problems.
In all cases, read the VFD manual carefully
and if necessary contact your local Trane
sales office.
AH-SVX02B-E4 13 174 of 412

Installation
Pipe connections to coil Water coils

A correct pipe work installation is essential Air venting of the system should not be
for trouble-free coil operation. Figure 10 carried out through the coil but through the
shows an example for piping water coils. pipe work.
(The diagram does not limit the type of Coil vent should only be used to vent the
control system used.) coil itself.
To prevent coil damage: In case of negative incoming air
• All pipe work must be supported temperatures, do not modulate the water
independently from the coils. flow through the coils to avoid freezing.
• All connections must be made in such a In case of water temperature close to or
way that the expansion and contraction below 0°C, install a proper antifreeze
of pipes do not impose forces on the coil system.
headers. Steam coils
• Over tightening of coil connections must Overhead condensate return systems should
be avoided to prevent any damage to not be used. Set up vacuum breakers
headers and header connections. as close as possible to the coil. Include
Control the correct direction of liquid a float or thermodynamic trap on all
flow as indicated on the unit nameplate. steam coils (following trap manufacturer's
To ease all maintenance operations, it is recommendations).
recommended to fit all coil connections with CAUTION! Correct trapping is very
a flange/pipe assembly and a shut-off valve. important. Failure to properly remove
To ensure thermal efficiency and air vent, condensate will result in water hammer and
the pipe must be connected to the coil, as possible coil failure.
indicated on respective labels.
Refrigerant coils
CAUTION! To avoid damaging the coil
connections, it is essential to grip the union The DX coils are delivered with distributors
in a pipe wrench whilst applying counter which are located inside the unit. The
pressure to tighten the joint (see Figure 9). side panel fitted on the coil section must
be removed to allow the installation of
Figure 9 – Coil connection additional equipment. Refrigerant pipe work
installation requires specialist design and
trained refrigeration engineers for correct
installation. If you have any queries, please
contact your local Trane office.
In case of refrigerant low temperature,
install a proper antifreeze system.
14 AH-SVX02B-E4 175 of 412

Installation
Water connections
Figure 10 – Water coil connections
1 5
6 2
6
1
A = Airflow
1 = Connections
2 = Gate valve
3 = Discharge gate valve
4 = Automatic air vent valve
5 = Automatic 3-way actuated valve
6 = Flexible joints
Referring to Figures 11-14, it is important to note that:

1. The cooling coil sections and the evaporative (or honeycomb) humidifier sections without
recirculating pump are equipped with a condensate drain pipe. (Item 1, Figure 11 (A, B)).
2. For evaporative humidifier sections equipped with are circulation pump, the drainpipe (used
typically for cleaning purposes, item 3, Figure 12 (A, B) needs to be connected to a shut off
valve without siphon. There is also an additional overflow pipe which needs to be connected
to a siphon. (Item 1,Figure 12 (A, B)).
Figure 11 A indicates the siphon height for coil section located on negative pressure side.
Figure 11 B indicates the siphon height for coil section located on positive pressure side.
Figure 12 A indicates the siphon height for evaporative humidifier section located on negative
pressure side.
Figure 12 B indicates the siphon height for evaporative humidifier section located on positive
pressure side.
Figure 13 indicates the fresh water inlet for wasted water type or steam type humidifier
sections. The freshwater flow control in the section is ensured with a solenoid valve. It is
recommended to fit a shut off valve to facilitate the maintenance and a pressure regulator on
the water entry for proper operation. The freshwater inlet must be connected to the supply
line with a flanges set.
AH-SVX02B-E4 15 176 of 412

Installation
Figure 14 indicates the fresh water inlet for evaporative humidifier sections equipped with
a recirculating pump. The fresh water flow is controlled with a floating valve located into
the internal water tank. It is recommended to fit a shutoff valve on the fresh water inlet to
facilitate maintenance. The freshwater inlet must be connected to the supply line with a
flanges set.
The height of the U-trap varies upon the pressure inside the section and is given in mm of
water column.
Hot/chilled water coils and humidification system
The quality of the water used in humidifiers and coils must be verified before starting the installation.
Contact your local Trane sales office if you have doubts.
Note: If a steam humidification with high steam pressure is used, provide a proper condensate drain
system on the steam pipe condensate outlet or condensate drain system.
CAUTION! The use of incorrectly treated or untreated water in this equipment may result in scaling,
erosion, corrosion, algae, or slime. The bacteria flora may contaminate the humidifiers and decrease
the heat transfer to the coils. The services of a qualified water treatment specialist should be engaged
to determine what treatment, if any, is required. The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for
equipment damage or failure that results from the use of aggressive water, or saline, or brackish
water. Please refer to the individual supplier's installation, operation, and maintenance manual for
additional information.
CAUTION! In all drain pipes is mandatory to install e siphon properly designed to allow correct water
drainage.
16 AH-SVX02B-E4 177 of 412

Installation
Heat recovery components

The air leakage rate between fresh air and return air streams on thermal wheels can go up
to 5% max under normal working conditions. The Thermal wheel efficiencies are given for
counter flow configuration. To avoid air contamination, the pressures on the fresh air side shall
be higher than on the return air side.
The operation and the efficiency of thermal wheels can be deteriorated when they are
stopped for a too long period of time. The thermal wheels should be regularly inspected.
Large thermal wheels and plate heat exchangers may be provided in several sections due to
transport constraints. In this case, they need to be re-assembled on site by trained people or
by Trane (recommended).
Heat recovery system shall be protected against any freezing risk. Trane cannot be held
responsible of any damages due to freezing.
Figure 11 - Standard drain pan for coil sections
1
1
2 2
H 3 30 + P (mm)
1 = Drain pipe
2 = Drain valve
Figure 12 - Water tank for evaporative humidifier sections
1 1
3 3
H 3 30 + P (mm)
2 2
1 = Overflow pipe
2 = Drain valve
3 = Additional drain for cleaning
AH-SVX02B-E4 17 178 of 412

Installation
Figure 13 - Water connection for water or steam humidification
1 = Electronic valve
2 = Feeding pipe
3 = Pressure regulator
4 = Flanges
Figure 14 - Feeding water connection for water pump humidification
1 = Feeding pipe
2 = Flanges
18 AH-SVX02B-E4 179 of 412

Pre-start checklist Fan motor

Initially the complete CCTA/CCTB unit Check that the fan revolves freely by turning
and all components should be thoroughly the impeller manually and verify that no
cleaned and all dust and other deposits foreign bodies are lodged in the fan scroll.
completely removed. Remove the locking block under the motor-
The unit must be maintained in a clean fan base frame.
condition. Check that the fixing screws on the belt
Prior to dispatch, each unit is thoroughly pulleys are tight (see Figure 15).
checked. Nevertheless, as part of the Check the fan belt tension and pulleys
commissioning procedure, it is imperative to alignment. Realign and retighten if
recheck certain items as listed below. necessary (See Maintenance section).
Check that there are no foreign bodies in Make sure that the dampers move freely
the unit or in the duct system and that air and that any transport packing has been
inlet sand outlets are not blocked. removed.
Some of the settings on the unit may Check the motor connections and make
have changed during transportation and sure that the correct voltage supply is
installation process. being used. Verify the lubrication of fan
Make sure all bolts and screws are and motor bearings (See Maintenance
tightened, especially moving parts such as section and follow the motor manufacturer's
fan pulleys, bearings etc. recommendations).
For units with variable air volume devices, Bearings could be pre-lubricated. Start-
check that dampers are fully open. up may be noisy until grease is evenly
distributed. Please refer to the individual
Make sure that the dampers move freely in
supplier's installation, operation, and
their correct positions and that they operate
maintenance manuals for additional
correctly.
information.
If the unit is provided with a cross flow heat
If adjustable pulleys have been fitted,
recovery exchanger, it is designed to resist
ensure they are positioned in the correct
at the nominal differential pressure indicated
ratio. The setting is do neat the factory and
on the technical sheet, so all dampers and
should not require further adjustment. If
interception devices must be opened.
adjustment must be made, refer to the Test
This action should be interlocked to the run section in this chapter.
control system.
Fan must not work with interception device
closed, like dampers, in order to avoid
permanent deformation of the structure..
Dampers must be open during fan working.
Trane cannot be held responsible of
structural damages due to that.
AH-SVX02B-E4 19 180 of 412

Figure 15 -
Vibration isolators
Check that vibration isolators are free to operate and that there is no contact existing between
the fan/motor chassis and the support.
Unit connections
All electrical, water, and duct work connections of the unit must be completed by a qualified
person.
Check that electrical connections comply with the wiring diagram and that the thermal
protection is operational.
Completely stress-free connections are essential.
The pipe work of the coils should be arranged to facilitate easy removal of the coil for
maintenance purposes.
Coils
Check that the coil connections and valves are not leaking. If there are leaks, rectify the
problem.
Cooling coil sections are fitted with condensate drains. Check that these are properly fitted to
allow draining and avoid air suction and water carry-over.
Water coil filling
In general, heating and cooling coils are filled with water and standard additives to protect
against freezing and corrosion:
• open the air vent
• slightly open the water supply valve so that the heater battery fills slowly. This avoids
thermal stress
• as soon as the heater coil is full, close the air vent
• open the water valve fully and switch on the fan
• finally, the entire piping system must be completely vented.
Steam coil filling
• Open gradually the air vent and drain valve on the condensate drain
• Slightly open the steam valve until steam penetrates through the condensate drain valve
and air vent
• Close the condensate drain valve and air vent and open the steam valve fully
• Vent regularly during operations
20 AH-SVX02B-E4 181 of 412

CAUTION! If the installation is switched off Humidifiers

temporarily, condensate must not be allowed The evaporative humidifiers with or without
to remain in the pipes to avoid freezing and recirculating pump are provided with a water
corrosion risk. flow control valve.
For steam, overheated, high temperature During fan operation, with the door
coils, to prevent overheating inside the closed, adjust the water flow control valve
unit, the fan stop must be delayed by 3 to to prevent water leakage from the pump
5 minutes after the steam valve have been hydroscopic plastic honeycomb humidifier.
closed.
The following safety procedures are strongly
Electrical heaters recommended:
Electric air heaters are provided with • Connect the power supply to the pump
automatic and/or manual reset overheat
thermostats. • Check that pump rotation is correct
CAUTION! To prevent over heating inside • Check that access doors of all sections,
the unit when the heater is being switched but the one being used, are closed. The
off, the fan maybe switched off after an door of the section in use should be kept
over run period of 3 to 5minutes. in open position with a shim
The same shall be done when the unit is • Slightly open the water flow control valve
installed any other type of high temperature towards the humidifier
source. • If the humidifier is with honeycomb,
Filters ensure there is no water leakage from
the honeycomb humidifier. If you notice
Tube manometers are to be filled with leakage, close the valve and check again.
indicator liquid of the correct density. If it is operating correctly, open the
If a differential pressure sensor is fitted, control valve until the system reaches its
the low and high pressure levels should best balance.
be marked on its scale. Final air pressure • If the humidifier is with nozzles, check
drops for each filter set is indicated on the that water is not coming out from the
technical data sheets of every unit. limit of humidification section and do not
The filter cells or media (bag filters, heap spray on the casing
filters, and roll filters) delivered separately • Measure the absorbed power and check
must be installed into the unit prior starting that it matches the data indicated on the
the unit. pump name plate
Check that the filter is correctly fitted ie that CAUTION! The above mentioned operations
the entering air side of the filter is exposed should be performed from outside of the
to the contaminated air stream. Refer to the unit. Do not enter the sections.
certified submittals which maybe different.
If roll filters are used, check that the filter
unit drive motor and the switch control are
working correctly.
In case that the gasket for filter frame is
supplied separately, install it on filter frame
to avoid air bypass.
AH-SVX02B-E4 21 182 of 412

CAUTION! The pump must not be dry run to avoid any risk of overheating. No warranty
claims will be acknowledged if pump or pump motor damage is caused by a dry run.
Note: If installation and start-up do not occur immediately after delivery, take the
Following precautions:
• Store the equipment in an area that is not exposed to excessive humidity
• Take special care to protect electrical components
• Periodically, manually turn all moving parts to avoid any blocking risks.
CAUTION! for other type of humidifier (steam, compressed water, water and compressed air,
others), refer to Manufacturer instruction and IOM.
Water quality for humidifiers and air washers
The information hereunder which refers to the water treatment is given for reference only.
Water quality is of prime concern to ensure proper operation of humidifier and air washer.
The water hardness of the freshwater has to be measured before considering any water
treatment.
CAUTION! The use of improperly treated or untreated water in this equipment may result
in scaling, erosion, corrosion, algae or slime. The services of a qualified water treatment
specialist should be engaged to determine what treatment, if any, is required.
The Trane warranty specifically excludes liability for corrosion or deterioration.
Trane assumes no responsibility for equipment damage or failure which results from the use of
untreated or improperly treated water or saline or brackish water.
Note: Honeycomb material made of cellulose may emit a certain smell during the first working
hours. This is absolutely normal and will disappear quickly.
To ensure a reasonable level of operational reliability, the quality of the supply water should
be within the following parameters:
Appearance Clear, colorless and free of sediment

pH value 7 to 8.5
Conductivity Max 30 mS/m
Total hardness* Max 8.1
Carbonate hardness Max 3.5 mol/m³
Total salt content Max 250 g/m³
Chloride content 0 g/m³
Sulphate 0 g/m³
Manganese Max 0.01 g/m³
Aggressive carbonic acid 0 g/m³
KMnO4 usage Max 20g/m³
* Conversion factors for grades of hardness

Grade of hardness °F H °D H ° GB H
France 1°F H 1 0.562 0.702
Germany 1°D H 1.78 1 1.25
Great Britain 1° GB H 1.424 0.8 1
22 AH-SVX02B-E4 183 of 412

Start-up CAUTION! Do not increase the fan speed

beyond the motor power rating allowed limit.
Following the completion of all check list items,
start up the unit for a test run. CAUTION! Increasing the fan speed should be
done only after a careful study of the operating
CAUTION! To conduct a run test that
point on the appropriate fan curve.
involves the measurement of motor and fan
performances, the unit must be connected to Contact your local Trane sales office for a
the complete installation. proper selection.
CAUTION! All access doors must be closed 2. The air volume is too high. The reason is
to avoid overflow in the installation that could that the real external static pressure is lower
result in motor damage. than the specified one.
Before starting the fan, open all dampers. The Result: Higher air volume involves a high motor
fan must not be started if the dampers are absorbed power increase.
closed. After switching on power, check that CAUTION! Motor overload may result in motor
the direction of the fan rotation is correct. damage.
In addition, the running power consumption
should be checked on all phases and compared Recommended action: change the belt drive
with the power data indicated on the motor pulleys or reduce the fan rpm according to the
nameplate. If the running power is too high, fan curve or reduce the air volume by the use
there is probably a faulty connection and the of dampers.
unit must be switched off immediately. Ask a proper transmission selection from your
Check the fan and motor bearings for undue local sales office.
noise. In extreme cases, changing the motor, fan, and
Measure the air volume and external pressure. drive may be necessary.
The following two situations may arise: The adjustment of variable belt drive pulleys
must be carried out only when the unit is
1. The air volume is too low as the real external electrically disconnected, ensuring that the
static pressure is higher than the specified system is not restarted unexpectedly.
one.
Remove the pulley safety screws and turn
Recommended action: increase the air volume through half of the pulley circumference. Then
by changing or adjusting the belt drive pulleys. retighten the screws and readjust the pulley belt
Please contact your local Trane sales office to tension (see Figure 16)
get a proper belt drive selection.
AH-SVX02B-E4 23 184 of 412

Figure 16 –
Following any change in the pulley ratio, the motor power consumption must be rechecked.
The nominal output rating quoted on the name plate must not be exceeded.
If airflow does not conform to the specifications, please contact your local Trane sales office.
Note: The CCTA Air Handling Unit structure is designed so that it will not suffer permanent
deformation up to a positive pressure or negative pressure of 2000 Pa. To respect these
limits, fan operation should be controlled depending on all interception devices installed in
the plant and/or in the air handling unit.
24 AH-SVX02B-E4 185 of 412

System controller options Central connection module plus *

CCTA/CCTB units are available with factory If Factory Engineered Controls are required
engineered controls as a "plug and play" but a non-compatible BMS is to be used,
package. Therefore, the units are provided a Central Connection Module Plus can be
with all components including control selected. This includes all the standard CCM
components (sensors and actuators), features with the addition of Power Wiring,
controller, and power wiring. In this case, A Starter Panel and the installation of a
the unit commissioning is performed by a Free-Issued Controller compatible with the
Trane qualified engineer. BMS is to be installed. If a different control
is installed, please refer to its user guide or
Note: electrical connections may become
manual.
untightened during transport. All electrical
connections should be checked and
re-tightened prior to commissionning. Shipping
All electrical connections shall be made The controls enclosure will normally be
according to the wiring diagrams provided factory fitted on the fan section of the air
on the components or in supplied handling unit. Please check the condition
documents. Warranty is not valid if electrical of the enclosure on unloading on site. Also
components are not connected properly. check that all factory-mounted controls
When the unit used a medium (water/ fitted inside the unit in the locations
refrigerant) with a temperature below indicated in the control sales order are
2°C, the unit controls should be designed intact and that all loose control items to be
in order to protect the exchanger against supplied with the unit are present.
freezing. Trane cannot be held responsible
for damage coming from freezing /
de-freezing operations.
Installation
The unit will need to be sited so that there
Trane MP581 LonTalk® multipurpose
is adequate access to the control panel for
controller
commissioning and maintenance purposes.
Please refer to the MP580/MP581 The minimum clearance is 1 meter wide and
Installation Guide CNT-PRC002-EN for 2 meters high. The following site wiring will
information regarding the MP581 controller. be required:
Trane AH540 LonTalk® Air Unit • Mains incoming supply.
Controller
• Outgoing supply to other power devices
Please refer to the AH540 Installation Guide installed.
CNT-PRG001 for information regarding the
• External loose items of control.
AH540 controller.
• Reconnection of wiring inside the unit
Central connection module *
if the system was delivered in sections.
If Factory Engineered Controls are required If internal wiring to motors, electric
but a non-compatible BMS is to be used, a heaters, etc. was not factory wired, during
Central Connection Module can be selected. installation ensure power wiring is not run
All the Low Voltage end devices are factory too close to the existing control wiring
installed on the unit and wired back to a so as not to impair the electromagnetic
central terminal strip where connections to immunity of the controller.
the BMS controller can be easily made on
site. * Available in selected countries only.
AH-SVX02B-E4 25 186 of 412

Loose control items Outside temperature sensor

The following components are supplied with The outside temperature sensor should be
the unit but must be mounted and wired mounted on a Northfacing wall. It requires a
on site: single pair of screened wires. The sensor can
be factory mounted in the fresh air inlet.
Heating and cooling valves
Other items are supplied loose on a project
Each actuator is supplied with a flying lead specific basis and data sheets are available
which needs to be connected on site to a for these items.
connection box fitted on the unit.
For outdoor installations, please provide Mains connection
proper protective cover for the valves.
If possible, the control valves should be Mains connections are normally made
mounted indoors to maximize the service through the bottom of the control panel. All
life. Refer to the data sheet for specific the cables should be suitably arranged so as
Valve/Actuator project information. not to put excessive strain on the terminals.
They should be fitted with suitable glands to
Room temperature sensor prevent water ingress.
The room temperature sensor should be wall
mounted at a height of approximately 1.5 m Reconnection of sectionalized
inside the occupied space of average zone
temperature. Do not mount the sensor near units
a heat source, door, direct sunlight or in the If the AHU unit is supplied in sections,
supply air stream. It requires a single pair of the internal control wiring will have been
screened cables. disconnected in the factory between
Return air temperature sensor sections using break point connectors and
the cables will be marked with identifiers.
The return air temperature sensor should Site reconnection is to be done by a
be mounted in the common return air duct, contractor.
ahead of the fan, so as to sense average
return air temperature. It requires a single
pair of screened cables. When possible, the
return air temperature sensor should be
fitted onto the return air inlet.
Duct static pressure sensor
The duct static pressure sensor should
be mounted in the supply ductwork,
approximately two thirds of the distance
from the fan to the end of the longest run
of ductwork. The sensor requires two pairs
of screened cable to the control panel.
One pair supplies power to the device and
the other is the pressure signal from the
device to the controller.
26 AH-SVX02B-E4 187 of 412

Wiring requirements Frost protection thermostat

Running sensor wires in the same conduit or In the event that the coil air on temperature
bundle with any AC power wires other than drops below 5°C, a thermostat is provided
24VAC may cause a malfunction. With on to switch off the supply fan on units with
site fitted items, the screened wire should water coils. It is a hard-wired form of
be covered with insulation tape at the protection and can only be monitored by
sensor terminal box. Site mounted sensor the controller. This prevents hot water coils
cables should be Belden 8760 for 2 core from freezing and would typically operate
devices and Belden 9402 for 4 core cables. in cold weather if the hot water coil supply
has failed.
Fire signal (option)
Fan section
The AHU unit maybe interfaced to a fire
alarm shut down by connecting a normally A pressure differential switch is provided
closed contact to the designated terminals. across each fan to provide a proof of airflow
If this is not required, the fire contacts indication. All fan / motor are belt and
are replaced by a link. Remote fireman's pulley driven.
override switches can be connected to allow
operation of the extract fan after a fire
alarm has been actuated. Where a mixing
box is fitted, the exhaust air damper will be
driven to the fully open position while the
mixed air and fresh air dampers are driven
closed.
Override contacts can be connected to the
designated terminals where this option has
been ordered
Filter section
Depending on the order, a common or an
individual filter switch is provided to indicate
when the filter section differential pressure
is excessive. The filters may need to be
changed.
AH-SVX02B-E4 27 188 of 412

Frequency of inspections For Trane provided variable frequency drives

wait 20 minutes.
It is recommended to inspect all end devices
supplied with the unit for correct operation For other manufacturer's variable frequency
and calibration on an annual basis. drives or energy storing components, refer
to the appropriate manufacturer's literature
for allowable waiting periods for discharge
Recommend spare parts list of capacitors. Verify with an appropriate
If required, a list of recommended voltmeter that all capacitors are discharged.
components to be kept on site can be Failure to disconnect power and/or
provided. discharge capacitors before servicing could
result in death or serious injury.
Trouble analysis Note: For additional information regarding
the safe discharge of capacitors, see PROD-
This section contains information about the
SVB06A-EN or PROD-SVB06A-FR.
following:
WARNING!: Disconnect the electrical power
• Unit control problems
source, and allow all rotating equipment
• Symptoms, probable causes, and to stop completely before inspecting or
recommended actions. servicing the unit. Failure to do so may
Note: Refer to the unit Installation and result in personal injury or death from
Operation Manual for AHU unit trouble electrical shock or moving parts.
analysis and other information on electrical WARNING!: Disconnect all electrical power
connection. Use the tables in this section prior to access fan sections or ductwork.
to assist in identifying the cause or causes Even when locked out
of a malfunction in the unit controls. The
electrically, fans may cause injury or damage
column header 'Recommended Action'
if the impeller is subject to 'wind-milling'.
suggests repair procedures. Some problems
The impeller should be secured to physically
may be caused by software and operator
restrict rotational movement.
screen settings. These tables are intended
as a diagnostic aid only. For detailed repair Failure to secure the impeller could cause
procedures, contact your local Trane office. severe personal injury or death.
WARNING! Hazardous Voltage with
Capacitors!
Disconnect all power, including remote
disconnects, and discharge all capacitors
before servicing.
Follow proper lockout/tagout procedures to
ensure the power cannot be inadvertently
energized.
After power is off, allow five minutes for all
motor or compressor start or run capacitors
to discharge.
28 AH-SVX02B-E4 189 of 412

Trouble analysis
Symptom(s) Probable Cause(s) Recommanded Action(s)

Check Correct Connection
Any Low Voltage Device not Working Breakpoint Connector Tighten Connection
Repair Wiring
Tubes not connected Connect Tubes
Diffrential Pressure Switch not Working Blow down Positive Tube and hear click
DPS failed
Replace DPS
Damper linkage is loose Tighten damper linkage
Damper blade hitting an obstruction Remove obstruction
Damper not Working Damper blade bent Replace damper
See symptoms for mixed air damper actuator not
Damper actuator is malfunctioning
working
Control transformer furnishing the damper
Damper actuator not working 24 VAC power Check transformer
actuator 24 VAC has failed.
24 VAC power wiring is broken or shorted Repair wiring
Damper actuator not working. 0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC input signal wiring broken or shorted Repair wiring
input signal to acuator not present
Valve not piped per recommended flow
Re-pipe valve to recommended flow arrangement
arrangement
Valve not working
Valve seat hitting an obstruction in pipe Remove obstruction
Valve actuator is malfunctioning See symptoms for valve actuator not working.
Control transformer furnishing the cooling valve
Valve actuator not working. 24 VAC power Check transformer.
actuator 24 VAC power has failed.
24 VAC power wiring broken or shorted Repair wiring
Valve actuator not working. 0 to 10 VDC input
0 to 10 VDC input signal wiring broken or shorted. Repair wiring
signal to actuator not present
AH-SVX02B-E4 29 190 of 412

Maintenance
General information Once a year:

CCTA/CCTB units have been designed to • Inspect electrical wiring for condition.
minimize maintenance. A maintenance Tighten all connections.
interval plan is provided as guidelines for • Inspect the unit casing and accessories
standard machine operation. Any strong for chipping and corrosion. If damage is
deviations in the usage pattern may require found, clean and repair.
additional maintenance. This must be
checked in individual cases. • Clean fan wheels and shaft.
WARNING! During maintenance • Remove rust from fan shaft with an

procedures, the installation must be emery cloth, and recoat the shaft with a
completely isolated and precautions taken to suitable varnish.
prevent any premature re-start. • For external units, check the access door
Maintenance, inspection and cleaning seals are in good condition and replace if
operations should be carried out by qualified necessary. Adjust the hinges to take up
personnel. The manufacturer does not take any looseness.
any responsibility for system cleaning. • Bearings lubrication. Use only lithium
grease, without chemical impurity.
Recommended lubricants:
Fan and motor
ALVANIA (Shell)
Long-term storage (3 months) of a fan-
motor assembly may cause damage to the MOBILUX 3 (Mobil)
bearings (brinelling); in case of long term BEACON 3 (Esso)
storage, it is necessary to turn the fan wheel
SKF 28 (ball bearing grease)
from time to time.
Every six months:
• Check for soiling, damage, corrosion
and any tendency to bind and clean as
necessary.
• Touch up any spot damage to the unit
casing and the fan impeller using a zinc
based paint.
• Check the air tightness of any flexible
connectors.
• Check the function of any anti-vibration
dampers.
• Check the cleanness of any weather
protective grills.
• Check all fan bearings for sign of wear
and/or grease leakage.
• Lubricate the fan bearings (if not sealed
for life type).
• Check bearing locking set screw and other
setscrews for proper tightness. All bearing
races must be secured.
• Lubricate fan motors.
• Align pulleys and check level of shafts.
• Check fan belt tension. Adjust if belt slips.
• Replace worn or frayed belts with a new
matched set. Do not force belts onto
pulleys.
30 AH-SVX02B-E4 191 of 412

Maintenance
Table 2 – Lubrication guidelines
Ambient conditions Temperature range °C Lubrication intervals

T < 50 6-12 months
Clean 50 < T < 70 2-4 months
70 < T < 100 2-6 weeks
Dusty 100 < 1 week

T < 70 1-4 weeks
70 < T < 100 1-2 weeks

Extreme humidity
100 < T 1-7 days
- 1 week
CAUTION! Do not over lubricate bearings. Grease with hot bearing if possible, rotating slowly the fan by hand. Excessive pressure caused by
over lubrication may displace bearing grease seals or cause grease to overheat the bearing, resulting in premature bearing failure.
If there is any irregular noise or clanging renew both bearings. In the case of extreme running conditions, lubricate in accordance with the
following recommendations. (Table 2)
WARNIING! All above checks and operation shall be done first time after the 10 first working hours.
AH-SVX02B-E4 31 192 of 412

Maintenance
Belt drive
The belt drive is a reliable and low maintenance component knowing that unfavourable working conditions which may reduce the working life
and result in reduced efficiency are to be avoided (see Table 3 and Figure 17).*
Table 3 – Belt conditions
Belt not positined in groove Belt impinging on groove Belt not uniform Over tensioned Too slack
Slip Pulley too small Overload Damaged pulley Eccentric distortion of pulley
Worn pulley V-grooveS not uniform Dust, dirt Moisture, dampness
Belt maintenance
Clean fan belts with a dry cloth. Oil and grease must be kept off the belts. The use of a belt dressing is not recommended. When replacing belts, use a
matched set. Do not force belts onto pulleys but adjust motor position to allow mounting and retighten.
Belt tensioning
The tensioning of the drive belt is achieved by moving the motor slide support.
32 AH-SVX02B-E4 193 of 412

Maintenance
Figure 17 –
OK
1 2 3 4
1 = Correct position
2 = Pulleys out of line
3 = Pulleys not parallel
4 = Twisted pulleys
Figure 18 – Belt tensioning
d = e x 0.016
e
Deflection d
Centre distance e
Power F
d = e * 0.016
AH-SVX02B-E4 33 194 of 412

Maintenance
CAUTION! The belt drive should be re-tensioned following the first 10 hours of operation.
The correct tensioning of the belt is established independently from the belt cross section and
the axial clearance (see Figure 18).
Alternatively a belt tensioning meter may be used (see Figure 19).
Figure 19 – Belt tension measurement
CAUTION! Damage to the motor and fan bearings can result from the belt being over
tightened. A belt that is too slack will result into early wear and poor efficiency (caused by
slippage.)
Pulley alignment
Check using a straight edge along both pulleys (See Figure 20). It is recommended to use a
metal ruler instead of a string.
Correct position is showed on Figure 20.
Figure 20 – Pulley alignment
34 AH-SVX02B-E4 195 of 412

Maintenance
Pulley removal Hot water, cold water, and steam coils

Pulleys are generally mounted with a conic Coils do not require any special maintenance
joint. except regular cleaning.
To remove pulleys, follow the manufacturer's Depending on the amount of operational
directions. usage and filter servicing, check the coil
Pulleys not provided with a conic joint are finned area for dust and deposits, roughly
mounted by forcing them onto the shaft. every 3 months and clean as necessary.
To remove them, heat the pulley hub and Also check that the pipe work is watertight.
use a pulley extractor. Cleaning
Belt replacement The cleaning is carried out with the coil
To change the belt, the belt tensioning in place using a powerful vacuum cleaner
device is slackened off until the worn belt on the dust contaminated side. If the coil
can be removed. is very dirty it will need to be removed
and wet cleaned. Zinc plated steel heat
Before the replacement, clean the pulleys exchangers maybe cleaned with a steam jet
and check them for damage and wear. or the fins washed through with a powerful
Never use tools or force on the pulley edges water jet and finally blown out with
as invisible damage can significantly reduce pressurized air.
the life of these items. If required, soft cleaning brushes may be
If multi pulleys are in use all belts must be used ensuring that the heat exchanger fins
replaced simultaneously. are not damaged.
Check that the number of belts matches the CAUTION! Coils with copper or aluminium
number of pulley grooves. fins are particularly vulnerable and must
therefore only be cleaned with a low
During the tensioning of multiple belts in
pressure water jet. In case of specific
parallel, it is important that they are all slack
clogging, call a cleaning specialist; Trane
on the same side of the drive mechanism
cannot be held responsible for improper
otherwise damage can result.
cleaning of the coils. Any damage to the
Finally, when the belts are tensioned, the fins by the use of undue force will result in
drive must be turned for a few revolutions premature failure of the heater coil.
by hand and then the state of tension, the
Any points corroded or rusted should be
shaft sand pulley layout are checked (see
cleaned off and coated with a zinc-based
Drive belt tensioning section).
protective paint.
Frost Protection
Coils
Check that the frost protection system is
If a unit is not run for an extended period of working before the beginning of each winter
time, it is recommended to completely drain period. Ensure that the frost thermostat
off the coil. When refilling is undertaken, is working within the correct temperature
check that the unit is effectively vented. range.
Periodic verification of coil cleanliness is Condensate drain tank
required. Dirty coil shave increased air side
pressure drops and reduced heat transfer The cooling coil condensate drain pan and
potential, disturbing the complete system the drain connection should be checked
balance. for sediment and deposits and cleaned as
required.
AH-SVX02B-E4 35 196 of 412

Maintenance
Filters Electrical air heaters

Use Table 4 as a recommendation for Check the heater for dirt accumulation, the
filter cleaning or replacement. Each unit ignition and any build up of corrosion. If
maintenance should be adapted depending required, clean the heating elements. Check
on filter type and on air quality. Filter the safety controls and the fan control.
clogging causes higher air pressure
drops resulting in lower air volume and
performance change.
Humidifier/air washer
CAUTION! The whole humidifier section
CAUTION! If a damper or intake/discharge
including the drain pan must be cleaned
hole is positioned on the bottom panel and
and disinfected regularly. It must also be
the section is equipped with inspection
thoroughly cleaned after each operating
access, safety devices must be provided to
season.
cover the damper hole when entering in the
section. To optimize the unit life cycle and
operation, we strongly recommend the use
Note: It is recommended to install the
of a water specialist to verify and adjust the
gauge or the differential pressure switch, if
hardness and quality of the water used in
necessary, with a visible indicating light, to
the humidifier systems.
have a constant control over filter cleaning.
It is also recommended to adjust the dirty
filter setting to the final air pressure drop Pumps
indicated in the selection data sheets. The circulating pump and motor
Note: The unit must not be run without maintenance must be carried out in
filters. accordance with the manufacturer's
Clean the filter after the first 2 hours of instructions.
unit operation. The bag and absolute filters As a general rule:
must be replaced when filter air pressure • Never run the pump when it is not
drop reaches the final air pressure drop covered with water.
indicated in the selection datasheets. The
washable filters must be cleaned with air • Ingress of sediment into the pump must
pressure going in the direction opposite be avoided.
the normal air flow and then washed in hot • The pump should be run a few minutes
water with the addition of a small quantity every other day to avoid jamming. The
of detergent. installation of an automatic actuator for
Refer always to filter manufactures cleaning this purpose is recommended.
instruction.
The new filters must be installed in the air
flow direction as indicated by the arrow
on the external frame and as described in
Installation section.
36 AH-SVX02B-E4 197 of 412

Maintenance
Air washers Evaporative (Honeycomb)

• Check that the fresh water supply is humidifier
working correctly and that the water level Follow the instructions given in the Air
is correct. Adjust as necessary. Washers section. Any Honeycomb module
• Depending upon the extent of water strongly encrusted with calcium deposits
contamination, the degree of hardness should be replaced. In the case of lightly
and water treatment, any scale deposits contaminated components, with the air
or other impurities must be cleaned off handling unit powered off, add a suitable
from the air washers. Any severe calcium decalcifying agent to the circulating water
deposits on components such as spray and operate the pump until the deposits are
pipes, droplet separators or strainers dissolved. Thoroughly wash off and flush
indicate that the treatment is inadequate. through the system following this operation.
• Deposits on spray pipes, strainers, air Trane cannot be held responsible for
strengtheners and droplet separators improper cleaning of the Honeycomb
may be treated with diluted formic acid humidifiers. In order to avoid any excess
and subsequently rinsed off with clear clogging of the honey comb humidifiers, it
water. In the case of droplet eliminators is recommended to interlock the spray pipe
or air straightener blades of plastic operation with the fan operation.
construction, any deposits may be
occasionally removed by carefully flexing
Other humidification
the components i.e. after they have been
dried off and removed from the module. For humidification with or without steam
Corroded or damaged droplet separator generator, atomizing nozzles or feeding
blades should be replaced. cabinet, it is mandatory to follow the
manufacturer's instructions.
• Any strainers or sediment accumulations
should be inspected and cleaned as
necessary. • Dismantle spray pipes and Dampers
clean. Check the fresh water feed, the Dampers are virtually maintenance free.
overflow, siphon and the water tank for Check for dirt and deposits, for any damage
any sediment accumulation and clean as or signs of corrosion. Clean with pressurized
necessary. air or steam. Check the easy movement and
• Any spray pipes with erosion damage correct operation of the dampers. If there
should be replaced. is any tendency to jam, check the unit is not
• Never ream out spray pipe nozzles with misleveled.
sharp instruments. Flush out the spray CAUTION! Check that the linkage is firmly
pipe with a high pressure water jet, with in place and tighten the screws if necessary.
the spray pipe nozzles removed.
• Check that the setting of the sediment Sound attenuators
flushing valve (bleed-off) is correct.
Sound attenuator modules are virtually
maintenance free. Check for any dust
deposits and clean with a vacuum cleaner as
needed.
AH-SVX02B-E4 37 198 of 412

Maintenance
Weather louvers and hoods Maintenance Plan

Check for dirt and deposits, for any damage The following table lists suggested
or signs of corrosion. Remove any leaves or maintenance intervals for CCTA Air
foreign matter which may have been drawn Handling Units based on experience and
in. under normal running conditions. They
are based on continuous running operation
per 24 hour period in moderate climatic
Energy recovery components zones with minimal dust pollution as would
Plate type heat exchangers normally occur in reception areas or office
Plate type heat exchangers are typically accommodation. Widely different operating
made of aluminium. Their service life is conditions, particularly in respect to air
virtually unlimited. Maintenance is limited temperature, humidity and dust pollution
to cleaning operations. will considerably shorten the maintenance
intervals.
• Clean the condensate drain pan, check
the siphon and fill up as necessary.
• Any accumulation of fibres or dust on the
Unit waste disposal
exchanger may be removed with a hair A standard air handling unit is made
broom or vacuum cleaner. up of 95% recycling metal materials.
Unit insulation is performed with foam
• Any oil or greasy deposits must be
polyurethane injected into the unit panels.
removed. Make sure the bypass damper
Air filters made of synthetic fibres are
(if any) is operating properly. If a bypass
available. The special materials employed
damper is fitted, maintain as suggested in
are listed in the attached technical sheet
above Dampers section.
relating to the unit.
Heat wheel
The unit material disposal must be
Refer to the manufacturer's instructions for accomplished by qualified technical experts,
proper maintenance of the wheel, wheel in accordance with all international,
drive and motor. The construction of the national, and local regulations.
matrix is such that it is virtually completely
Note: Regular maintenance is critical for
self-cleaning. The rotor may be cleaned
the long lifecycle of all air handling units.
with pressurised air, water or steam jet
Trane Service is available for any problem or
and domestic household detergents as
advice.
necessary.
Heat pipe exchangers
Heat pipe exchangers have no drive
mechanisms or moving parts. Maintenance
consists in cleaning operations, cleaning of
the condensate drain, checking the siphon
and filling as required.
To clean the fins:
• Blow out with pressurised air against
the direction of the air stream or spray
with low pressure water. If necessary add
house hold detergents.
• If a bypass damper is fitted, maintain as
suggested in above Dampers section.
38 AH-SVX02B-E4 199 of 412

Maintenance
Table 4 – Maintenance plan
Every 3 Every 6
System component Activity Component Weekly Monthly Annually
months months
Fan-Motor V/C/M General considerations X
V Check for corrosion X
V Flexible connections X
V Anti-vibration isolators X
V Protective grill X
V Inlet guide-vane controller (option) X
V Drainage X
V/C/M Fan bearing See Fan maintenance section
V/C/M Motor, in general X
C/M Motor bearing See Motor maintenance section
V Power consuption, Measurements X
V Belt drive, in general X
V/M Belt tensionning 1st time after 10 hours of operation
M Replacement of belt As necessary
Filter components V/C/M Dry layer filters X
V/C/M Bag filters X
V/M Absolute filters X
M Autoroll filters See Motor maintenance, Auto roll filters section
Heat exchanger V/C Heat exchanger fins X
V Frost protection X
V/C Condensate drain pans & water tanks X
V/C Droplet separator X
V Steam heater coils X
E-Batterie V/C Electrical heater coils X
Humidifiers V/M Pump X
V Water feed, Air washer X
C De-scaling and cleaning As necessary X
C Spray nozzles X
M Water tank X
V Sediment purge arrangements X
M Steam humidifier
Steam humidifier section
V/C/M Evaporative (Honeycomb) humidifier
Honeycombe humidifier section
V/C/M Spray pipe humidifier X
Louvre dampers V/C Dampers X
Sound attenuators C Sound attenuators As necessary
Weather protective grills V/C Weather louvers, grills and hoods X
Energy recovery comp V/C Plate type heat exchangers X
V/C Rotational heat exchangers X
V/C Heat pipe components X
V = Verify
C = Clean
M = Maintenance
AH-SVX02B-E4 39 200 of 412

Trane optimizes the performance of homes and buildings around the world. A business of Ingersoll Rand, the leader in creating and sustaining safe,
comfortable and energy efficient environments, Trane offers a broad portfolio of advanced controls and HVAC systems, comprehensive building
services, and parts. For more information, visit www.Trane.com.

AH-SVX02B-E4_0812 We are committed to using environmentally
Supersedes AH-SVX02A-E4_1210 conscious print practices that reduce waste.
201 of 412
SECTION 2.H
ADDITIONAL DETAILS
2.H.1 FIN COATING DETAILS

2.H.2 PANEL / INSULATION FIRE TEST REPORT
2.H.3 HEAT PIPE TEST REPORT
2.H.4 CLCF & CCTB CASING NOISE REDUCTION
202 of 412
!"# "$% &'&% (! (&' #! )* +,
*" " - ,
".. + / 0
1÷ 2 ( ÷ 2 3 12 4 3 2
5 5 3 12 - . 3 12 ".
# - 6 *,
%# 01÷ 1 ' 7 8 ÷ ' ".. *" , 9 /2
# . %'& '
: 5 1÷ ± 1
÷ 1 ±
1 ÷8 ± 1
8 ÷0 ± 1
0 ÷ ± * .- ; ,
5 < *= . , ÷ > ± / 2 *- .,
* + ? 5 -5 . ,
÷ > ±82* @ A,
A"@ 5 < B* ; , π *> $,

B C B C$B. 5
= 3 * . . ,
".
203 of 412
#5 5 . *= , .. ? =+ - -5 -5
. + ? 5 0 ÷ > D +"
$ E +- . 5 @ / ÷0 - = 1F1µ
-. 3 E G? 5 =+ .+ .= . * ,
"B. E -. ? 5
@ 5 . E 5 -. =+ 5+. 5 . < * .+ ,
HB -. ? 5 . E ? 5
B *" ; H, 3
#5 @
I . #5 < # $6 " ) . '3 =5J
@ . B @
. 5 +
204 of 412
; "& K * 5 L ? 5 5 @ - ,
"& K *E 5 ,
; 9 ) =. = ; "& K
;
;
, *" # H , 12 ' . =. M / E +( ?*
" # >;/ ,
, 5 !
,N%O 5 3 ..
>, - + < P* > L1 6 . . 2 L 0> 6 !,
1, . . 3 ..
8, -
#5 . E @ 5 ? 5 - !" # ? ..
- - < / K
205 of 412
206 of 412
207 of 412
208 of 412
209 of 412
210 of 412
211 of 412
212 of 412
213 of 412
214 of 412
215 of 412
216 of 412
217 of 412
218 of 412
SECTION 2.I
HEAT WHEEL CATALOGUE
219 of 412
E N V E N T U S – E N E R G Y R E C O V E R Y
Heat exchanger
220 of 412
Technical descripton
Rotary
heat exchanger
Dimensions
Variable drive equipment
Constant drive equipment
Capacity / Calucation program
Purge air
Service, maintenance and start up
Accessories
Installation type / Order key
Head office / Production

EnventuS AB
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
SE-555 93 Jönköping
SWEDEN
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
Sales & Marketing

Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
Tel +41 52 202 00 44
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
Sales Germany
Enventus
Deutschland GmbH
Postfach 30
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany
Tel 07933 200-33
Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
221 of 412
E N V E N T U S – E N E R G Y R E C O V E RY
Technical description
Heat exchangers for optimum energy recovery
Rotors in different foil

materials with diameters
up to 5000 mm
CONDENSATION ROTORS
ST Standard condensation
heat exchanger for
transfer of sensible
energy.
STC Condensing heat exchan-
ger for transfer of sensible
energy. Heat storing
matrix, epoxy coated for
corrosion protection.
AK Condensing heat exchan-
ger for transfer of sensible
energy. Heat-storing mat-
rix made from corrosion-
EnventuS AB resistant aluminium.
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
SWEDEN
ENTHALPHY ROTORS
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
STE Standard hygoscopic heat storing matrix made from transfer over the complete
exchanger for transfer corrosion resistant alu- temperature range.
of sensible and latent minium. Approved for
Sales & Marketing HM Standard sorption heat
energy. Heat storing application in hospitals.
Enventus GmbH exchanger for transfer
Jägerstrasse 2 matrix specially treated AKEC As AKE, but with epoxy- of sensible and latent
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
for additional humidity reinforced edging for energy. Heat storing
transfer. App-roved for additional protection. matrix with molecular
Tel +41 52 202 00 44
Fax +41 52 202 00 88 application in hospitals. sieve 3A coating for high
STEC As STE, but with epoxy- humidity transfer over the
reinforced edging for SORPTION ROTOR complete temperature
Sales Germany range. Very selective
additional protection. HX Standard sorption heat
Enventus for transfer of water
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH AKE Hygroscopic heat exchan- exchanger for transfer
Postfach 30 molecules.
DE-97993 Creglingen ger for transfer of sensible of sensible and latent
Germany and latent energy. Heat- energy. Heat storing
Tel 07933 200-33 matrix with silica gel
Fax 07933 200-41 coating for high humidity
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
1:1
222 of 412
Technical description
ROTOR CASING
All rotors are manufactured for laminar airflow using Casings for wound rotor sizes up to 2450 mm are
one flat and one corrugated strip of material. made from galvanised steel plates or aluminium
The foil types are either in standard thickness or profiles. The casing can be delivered complete or
100 µm aluminium, aluminium alloy, epoxy coated in two sections. For rotor sizes above 2450 mm,
aluminium or zeolite coated aluminium. the casing is made from aluminium or steel profiles.
Spokes are used to mechanically bond the rotor’s Delivered in two sections.
laminations. These are threaded at the hub and All casings can be adapted to suit duct connections.
welded at the periphery. This facilitates cleaning Built-in purge sector between supply air and exhaust
without disturbing the laminations. Cleaning is possible air to avoid mixing of air currents.
using: air, steam, water or special chemicals. The rotor Adjustable seal installed around the rotor periphery
hub requires no maintenance and is equipped with and along the central beam.
life-time lubricated ball bearings or roller bearings, As an option, the drive casing can be fitted with
installed in a protected position within the hub. inspection covers. See ”Construction of casing” for a
Installation of the rotor can be carried out horizontally more detailed description.
or vertically. Choice of drive motor position.
See also “Rotor construction”, “Advice on choice Drive mechanism
of material”.
The rotor is driven by a motor mounted on a bracket
within the protective casing.
All rotors are belt driven from the motor pulley to the
rotor periphery. See also “Drive equipment”.
Choice of drive control system for variable rotor
speed. Head office / Production
EnventuS AB
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
SWEDEN
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
Adjustable seal strip.
Sales & Marketing

Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
Tel +41 52 202 00 44
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
The rotor hub

requires no
maintenance
and is equipped Sales Germany
with life-time- Enventus
lubricated ball DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
bearings or Postfach 30
roller bearings, DE-97993 Creglingen
installed in Germany
a protected
The rotor is of mechanical construction with internal spokes position within Tel 07933 200-33
threaded at the hub and welded at the periphery. the hub. Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
1:2
223 of 412
Rotor construction
Rotor made of alternating layers of

flat and corrugated foil. Available
in various materials and well
heights
Foil thickness, standard or 100

µm. Extends rotor life and is able
to endure repeated cleaning.
E p o x y - c o a t e d foil or epoxy
reinforced edging increase the life
of the rotor in aggressive environ-
ments.
Flat rotor surface for minimum

leakage.
Fracture-proof end faces that

are not crushed and can be reset
facilitate rotor cleaning using
Head office / Production chemicals, water and steam at
EnventuS AB high pressure.
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
SWEDEN
Mechanically stable, as the interior
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60 spokes are threaded at the hub
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
and welded at the periphery. These
replace adhesives and ensure
Sales & Marketing that the rotor is rigid. Also, glue
Enventus GmbH may dissolve when cleaned with
Jägerstrasse 2 chemicals, hot water or vapour,
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland or when in contact with certain
Tel +41 52 202 00 44 air pollutants, thus increasing the
Fax +41 52 202 00 88 risk of carry-over.
See “Technical description” and

Sales Germany “Advice on choice of material”
Enventus
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany
Tel 07933 200-33
Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
1:3
224 of 412
Advice on choice of material

Below is a broad summary to help simplify the process of choosing rotor materials for various
applications. If you require further information, please contact us
Standard condensation and ENventus ST1 – Standard aluminium, non-

hygroscopic rotors. For average hygroscopic.
pollution of supply or exhaust
air with normal operating times, ENventus STE1 – Standard aluminium, hygroscopic.
or clean supply and exhaust air
with long operating times.
Sorption wheel for high ENventus HX1 – Standard aluminium, sorptive silica
exchange rate of sensible and gel coating
latent energy.
Heat storing matrix treated with ENventus HM1 – Standard aluminium, sorptive molecular
special zeolithe for high humidity sieve 3A coating. Very selective for
transfer over the complete transfer of water molecules.
temperature range (winter and
summer).

For applications in sea water ENventus AK1 – Standard non-corrosive aluminium alloy EnventuS AB
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
environment, e.g. ships. AK73, non-hygroscopic. SE-555 93 Jönköping
Aluminium alloy EN 5052, SWEDEN
containing 2.5% Mg. enventus ak2 – 100 µm non-corrosive aluminium alloy Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
AK73, non-hygroscopic.
eNventus AKE1 – Standard non-corrosive aluminium alloy Sales & Marketing

AK73, hygroscopic. Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Enventus AKEc1 – Standard non-corrosive aluminium Switzerland
alloy AK73, epoxy-reinforced edging, Tel +41 52 202 00 44
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
hygroscopic.
Sales Germany
For corrosive environments. eNventus STC1 – Standard epoxy-coated aluminium, Enventus
STC for adaiabatic cooling non-hygroscopic. DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30
(prevents humidity transfer of the DE-97993 Creglingen
years) eNventus STEC1 – Standard aluminium, epoxy-reinforced Germany
edging, hygroscopic. Tel 07933 200-33

Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
1:4
225 of 412
Material properties
ST STE HX/HM STC AK AKE
Non-corrosive
aluminium alloy type
AK73 No No No No Yes Yes
Epoxy Coated No No No Yes No No
Epoxy-coated edging No No No No No No
humidiy transfer - + ++/++++ - - +
Without adhesive Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Internal spokes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Fracture-proof surface Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Cleanable ++ ++ + ++ ++ ++
EnventuS AB Flat rotor surface Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
SWEDEN High resistance to
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
aggressive environments No No No Yes Yes Yes
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
Maximum temperature
in °C 70°C 70°C 70°C 80°C 80°C 80°C
Sales & Marketing
Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
Tel +41 52 202 00 44
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
Sales Germany
Enventus
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany
Tel 07933 200-33
Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
1:5
226 of 412
Construction of Casing
The Enventus rotors are available in various casing models:
To be built into Air Handling Unit (AHU)
Casing type CS: Slide-in type casing for air-handling units. Simple
for 400-2450 mm wound rotor construction made from sheet metal. No side panels,
single side purge sector. Delivered mounted.
Casing type CSD: Like casing tyape CS.

for 400-2450 mm wound / sectorised rotor Divided casing. For cases with lack of space e.g.
transfer into building. Delivered dismounted.
Casing typ DS: Slide-in type casing for air-handling units. Divided
for 2450-5000 mm sectorised rotor casing (in two sections) made of aluminium profiles
with galvanised sheet metal plates. Without front
covers. Casing delivered in parts and rotor in sectors
for customer assembly.
For direct connection to Air Handling Unit (AHU) or duct
Casing type C: Casing for direct connection to air-handling unit or

Head office / Production for 400-2450 mm wound rotor duct. Made of aluminium profiles with galvanized
EnventuS AB sheet metal plates. Removable front covers.
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
SE-555 93 Jönköping Delivered mounted.
SWEDEN
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68 Casing typ CD: Like casing type C. Casing for connection to
for 400-2450 mm wound / sectorised rotor air-handling unit or duct. Divided casing made
of aluminium profiles with galvanised sheet
Sales & Marketing metal plates. Removable front covers. Delivered
Enventus GmbH dismounted.
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
Casing typ D: Casing for connection to air-handling unit or duct.
Tel +41 52 202 00 44 for 2450-5000 mm sectorised rotor
Fax +41 52 202 00 88 Divided casing (in two sections) made of galvanised
steel profiles with galvanised sheet metal plates.
Removable front covers. Casing delivered in parts
Sales Germany and rotor in sectors for customer assembly.
Enventus
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30 The standard casing is not Optional for casing types which hole etc. See “Dimensions”
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany insulated, and has a double are direct connected to AHU or Rotor and casing size can be
purge sector (CS-type, single duct are, e.g. inspection-window, customised to suit customer
Tel 07933 200-33
Fax 07933 200-41 purge sector only) and adjustable 50 mm insulation, TET-connection requirements.
brush sealings.
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
2:1
227 of 412
Construction of Casing
Overview
CS CSD DS C CD D
Built into AHU x x x - - -
Directly connected
to AHU or duct - - - x x x
Casing one-piece x - - x - -
Casing divided - x x - x x
Side panels No No No Yes Yes Yes
Optional 50mm insulation No No No Yes Yes Yes
Rotor one-piece x x - x x -
Rotor divided - x x x x Head office / Production

EnventuS AB
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
SWEDEN
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
Sales & Marketing

Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
Tel +41 52 202 00 44
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
Sales Germany
Enventus
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany
Tel 07933 200-33
Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
2:2
228 of 412
Dimensions
Casing type CS / CSD
To be built into AHU
Example of available sizes.

Height (A), width (B) and rotor diameter (D) can be adapted to suit customer requirements.
Size A/B D E X Y Weight

mm mm mm mm mm kg
600 700 600 290 100 30 31

800 900 800 290 100 30 49
950 1050 950 290 100 30 66
1100 1200 1100 290 100 30 85
1200 1300 1200 290 100 30 99
1350 1450 1350 290 100 30 122
1500 1600 1500 290 100 30 147
1700 1800 1700 290 100 30 185
1900 2000 1900 290 100 30 226

Head office / Production 2000 2100 2000 290 100 30 249
EnventuS AB
Hedenstorpsvägen 4 2150 2250 2150 290 100 30 285
SWEDEN
2400 2500 2400 290 100 30 349
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
Dimensions for non-insulated casing without panels. Weight excluding drive unit (see “Drive
equipment”) and packaging.
Sales & Marketing
Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
Tel +41 52 202 00 44
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
X
D
A
Sales Germany
Enventus
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany Y
Tel 07933 200-33
Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com E B
info@enventus.com
2:3
229 of 412
Casing type C
For direct connection to AHU or duct

Height (A), width (B) and rotor diameter (D) can be adapted to suit customer requirements.
SizeA/B D E X Y Weight
mm mm mm mm mm kg
600 820 600 430 50 30 56

8001020 800 430 50 30 80
9501170 950 430 50 50 99
11001320 1100 430 50 50 121
12001420 1200 430 50 50 137
13501570 1350 430 50 50 163
15001720 1500 430 50 50 190
17001920 1700 430 50 50 230
19002120 1900 430 50 50 274
20002220 2000 470 70 70 297
21502370 2150 470 70 70 334

24002620 2400 470 70 70 400
EnventuS AB
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
Dimensions for non-insulated and 50 mm insulated casings. Weight excluding insulation, drive unit (see “Drive SWEDEN
equipment”) and packaging. Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
Sales & Marketing

Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
X
Tel +41 52 202 00 44

D
Fax +41 52 202 00 88

A
Sales Germany
Enventus
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Y Postfach 30
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany
Tel 07933 200-33
E B Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
2:4
230 of 412
Casing type CD
Example of available sizes

Height (F1/F2), width (B) and rotor diameter (D) can be adapted to suit customer requirements.
Size B D E F1/F2 X Y Weight
mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
950 1170 950 430 610/560 50 50 139

1100 1320 1100 430 685/635 50 50 166
1200 1420 1200 430 735/685 50 50 185
1350 1570 1350 430 810/760 50 50 215
1500 1720 1500 430 885/835 50 50 248
1700 1920 1700 430 985/935 50 50 310
1900 2120 1900 430 1085/1035 50 50 362
2000 2220 2000 470 1145/1075 70 70 389
2150 2370 2150 470 1220/1150 70 70 432
2400 2620 2400 470 1345/1275 70 70 511
Dimensions for non-insulated and 50 mm insulated casings. Weight excluding insulation, drive unit
EnventuS AB (see “Drive equipment”) and packaging.
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
SWEDEN
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
Sales & Marketing

Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
F2
CH-8406 Winterthur
D
Switzerland
X
Tel +41 52 202 00 44

Fax +41 52 202 00 88
Sales Germany
Enventus
F1
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30 Y
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany
Tel 07933 200-33
Fax 07933 200-41 E B
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
2:5
231 of 412
Casing type DS
To be built into AHU

SIZE B D E F1/F2 X Y Weight
26502850 2650 430 1465/1385 160 80 629

29003100 2900 430 1590/1510 160 80 738
32003400 3200 430 1740/1660 160 80 857
35003700 3500 430 1890/1810 160 80 1037
38004000 3800 430 2040/1960 160 80 1169
42004400 4200 430 2240/2160 160 80 1356
50005200 5000 470 2640/2560 160 80 1770
Dimensions for non-insulated casing without panels. Weight excluding drive unit (see “Drive
equipment”) and packaging.

EnventuS AB
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
SWEDEN
F2
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60

=
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68

X
Sales & Marketing

Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
=
F1
Tel +41 52 202 00 44

Y Fax +41 52 202 00 88
E B Sales Germany
Enventus
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany
Tel 07933 200-33
Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
2:6
232 of 412
Casing type D

Size B D E F1/F2 X Y weight
2650 2880 2650 430 1480/1400 160 80 664

2900 3130 2900 430 1605/1525 160 80 775
3200 3430 3200 430 1755/1675 160 80 898
3500 3730 3500 430 1905/1825 160 80 1081
3800 4030 3800 430 2055/1975 160 80 1216
4200 4430 4200 430 2255/2175 160 80 1408
5000 5230 5000 470 2655/2575 160 80 1831
Dimensions for non-insulated and 50 mm insulated casings. Casing with side removable panels.
Weight excluding insulation, drive unit (see “Drive equipment”) and packaging.

EnventuS AB
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
SWEDEN
F2
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60

=
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68

X
Sales & Marketing

Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
=
F1
Tel +41 52 202 00 44

Fax +41 52 202 00 88 Y
Sales Germany E B
Enventus
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany
Tel 07933 200-33
Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
2:7
233 of 412

EMX-R15/25/35 / EMS VVX6
EMX-R™ is a series of integra-ted

drive systems specially de-signed
for driving rotary heat exchangers.
The drive system is available in
four sizes, for rotors up to 5500
mm in diameter, and in several
different configurations. The drive
system is based on the switched
reluctance (SR) principle.
MAJOR BENEFITS
• Easy to install - the drive sys- • Short-circuit-proof between the • Integrated electronic motor
tem requires no initial tuning motor phases and between mo- protection eliminates the need
or adjustment tor phases and earth. for separate external motor
protectors.
• Sturdy motor unit as gears are • The soft start reduces mechan-
not necessary (not VVX6). ical wear. • Sealing class IP 54 protects
Head office / Production against dirt and moisture.
EnventuS AB • The motor has optional direc- • IntraSens©, electronic rotor
Hedenstorpsvägen 4 tion of rotation (not VVX6). position detection, guarantees • High efficiency means low
SWEDEN that the motor always maintains operating costs.
• Constant torque over the entire
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60 the rotation speed determined
speed range provides ideal
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68 by the control signal, irrespec-
operating characteristics at
tive of load.
low speeds.
Sales & Marketing
Enventus GmbH DRIVE motor/ SPG25t/40t
Jägerstrasse 2 control unit EMX-P10 EMX-R15 EMX-R25 EMX-R35 VVX6
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
Rotor diameter mm <800 <1530 1531-2530 2531-3530 3531-5500
Tel +41 52 202 00 44
Fax +41 52 202 00 88 Input voltage V 220-240 220-240 220-240 220-240 220-240
Frequency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
Sales Germany Motor power kW 0,025 / 0.04 0,040 0,100 0,160 0,750
Enventus
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH Input current A max. 0,7 0,70 1,30 1,70 max. 7,20
Postfach 30
DE-97993 Creglingen Protection class - IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54
Germany
Tel 07933 200-33 Weight
Fax 07933 200-41 (motor/control unit) kg 2,1/0,4 5,0/1,7 8,0/1,7 11,0/1,7 11,8/6,8
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
3:1
234 of 412

MINIMAX VK
Description of functions
MiniMax (VK-enclosed) is a modern to the input signal from your magnetic transmitter) will stop the
vector-modulated frequency central control. frequency inverter and send an
inverter with all the additional If the input signal is below the alarm signal in the event of belt EnventuS AB
functions necessary for controlling adjusted threshold value, the rotor breakage or similar mechanical Hedenstorpsvägen 4
rotating heat exchangers. will stop. failure. SWEDEN
Recognises most available When the rotor has been still for In the event of excess or
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
control speed reference signals. 30 minutes the cleaning function insufficient voltage or open thermal Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
The speed of the heat exchanger will engage and the rotor will rotate contact, the frequency inverter will
(and its efficiency) is controlled by at 10s per minimum speed. stop and an alarm signal will be
the frequency inverter, so that the The rotation monitor (a magnet given. Sales & Marketing
speed of the rotor is in proportion installed on the rotor plus integral Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
Motor power max 0,37 kW Max. frequency 40-100 Hz Tel +41 52 202 00 44
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
Motor current max 2,2 A Acceleration time 1-30 s
Overload 2 min / 30 min 3,5 A Deceleration time 1-30 s
Connection voltage 1x230 V Ambient temperature Sales Germany
(no condensation) 0-45 °C Enventus
Connection frequency 50-60 H DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Output voltage 3 x 0-230 V Protection class IP 54 Postfach 30
DE-97993 Creglingen
Output frequency 1-100 Hz Weight 1,4 kg Germany
Min. frequency 1-20 Hz Dimension H x W x D 195 x 165 x 67 mm Tel 07933 200-33

Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
3:2
235 of 412

MICROMAX
Description of functions
MicroMax is a modern vector- to the input signal from your magnetic transmitter) will stop the
modulated frequency inverter central control. frequency inverter and send an
with all the additional functions If the input signal is below the alarm signal in the event of belt
necessary for controlling rotating adjusted threshold value, the rotor breakage or similar mechanical
EnventuS AB heat exchangers. will stop. failure.
Hedenstorpsvägen 4 The rotation speed is requlated When the rotor has been still for In the event of excess or insuf-
SWEDEN by a control signal 0-10V. 30 minutes the cleaning function ficient voltage or open thermal
The speed of the heat exchanger will engage and the rotor will rotate contact, the frequency inverter
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68 (and its efficiency) is controlled by at 10s per minimum speed. will stop and an alarm signal will
the frequency inverter, so that the The rotation monitor (a magnet be given.
speed of the rotor is in proportion installed on the rotor plus integral
Sales & Marketing
Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2 Drive motor Micromax Micromax Micromax
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
Controll unit 180 370 750
Tel +41 52 202 00 44 Rotor diameter mm 0-2399 2400-3549 3550-5000
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
Input voltage V 230 230 230
Input frequency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60
Sales Germany
Enventus Motor power kW 0,18 0,37 0,75
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30 Input current A 0,99 1,82 3,2
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany Protection class IP54 IP54 IP54
Tel 07933 200-33
Fax 07933 200-41 Weight (control unit) kg 0,9 1,2 1,2
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
3:3
236 of 412

AP56 / AP63 / AP71 / AP80
• 3-phase induction motor - IEC

standard.
• Isolation class F.
• 4-pole / 1500 rpm.
• Worm gear – Density tested.
• IEC-approved flange for the motor-
B14.
• Mounted on feet.
• Lifetime lubrication - with synthetic
oil.
• Available with thermo contact for
monitoring of winding temperature.

EnventuS AB
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
SWEDEN
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
Sales & Marketing

Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur drive motor AP56 AP63 AP71 AP80
Switzerland
Tel +41 52 202 00 44 Rotor diameter mm 300-1199 1200-1699 1700-2449 2450-5000
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
Input voltage V 3x230/400 3x230/400 3x230/400 3x230/400
Frequency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
Sales Germany
Enventus Motor power kW 0,09 0,18 0,37 0,75
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30 Rated current A 0,40 0,57 1,05 1,90
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany Gear change 7:1 7:1 7:1 7:1
Tel 07933 200-33 Weight kg 4,3 5,9 7,9 12,1
Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
4:1
237 of 412

SPG25 / SPG40
• Single-phase or three-phase AC-

motor with gearbox
• G e a r w i t h l u b r i c a t e d r o l l e r-
bearings
• Assembly of motor and gearbox with
screws mounted through both units,
also to be used when mounting unit
to motor bracket
• Thermostat relay is integrated
• Tachometer option, for variable
speed system

EnventuS AB
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
SWEDEN
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
Sales & Marketing

Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
Tel +41 52 202 00 44
antrieb SPG25 SPG25tacho SPG40K SPG40V Fax +41 52 202 00 88
Input voltage V 230 230 3x400 3x230
Frequency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 Sales Germany

Enventus
Motor power kW 0,025 0,025 0,04 0,04 DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30
DE-97993 Creglingen
Rated current A 0,24 0,24 0,21 0,39 Germany
Tel 07933 200-33
Weight kg 1,89 2,03 3,4 3,4 Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
4:2
238 of 412
Drive equipment - table summary

Variable drive equipment - EMX-R / VVX
Drive motor / SPG25t/40t EMX-R15 EMX-R25 EMX-R35 VVX6
control unit EMX-P10
Rotor diameter mm <800 800-1530 1531-2530 2531-3530 3531-5500

Input voltage V 220-240 3x220-240 3x220-240 3x220-240 3x220-240
Frequency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
Motor power kW 0,025 / 0.04 0,040 0,100 0,160 0,750
Rated current A max. 0,7 0,70 1,30 1,70 max. 7,20
Protection class - IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54
Weight
(motor/control unit) kg 2,1/0,4 5,0/1,7 8,0/1,7 11,0/1,7 11,8/6,8
Variable drive equipment – Minimax / micrimax with motor

Drive motor SpG40v AP56t AP63t AP71t AP80t
Rotor diameter mm <1000 <1500 1500-2399 2400-3549 3550-5000

Control unit Micromax 180/ Micromax 180/ Micromax 180/ Micromax 370/ Micromax 750
Minimax Minimax Minimax Minimax -
Head office / Production Input voltage V 3x230 3x230 3x230 3x230 3x230
EnventuS AB Frequency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
SWEDEN Motor power kW 0,04 0,09 0,18 0,37 0,75
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60 Rated current A 0,39 0,70 0,99 1,82 3,30
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
Protection class IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54
Weight
Sales & Marketing kg 3,4/<2,0 4,3/<2,0 5,9/<2,0 7,9/<2,0 12,1/<2,0
(motor/control unit)
Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland Constant drive equipment
Tel +41 52 202 00 44 Drive Motor SPG25 SPG40K AP56 AP63 AP71 AP80
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
Rotor diameter mm <850 <1000 <1200 1200-1699 1700-2449 2450-5000
Input voltage V 230 3x400 3x230/400 3x230/400 3x230/400 3x230/400
Sales Germany
Enventus Frequency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30 Motor power kW 0,025 0,04 0,09 0,18 0,37 0,75
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany Rated current A 0,24 0,21 0,70/0,40 0,99/0,57 1,82/1,05 3,30/1,90
Tel 07933 200-33
Fax 07933 200-41
Weight kg 1,8 3,4 4,3 5,9 7,9 12,1
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
4:3
239 of 412
How to use the Enventus Capacity

diagram
[1] Select airflow.
[2] Select rotor size

with acceptable
pressure drop (a) and
air speed (b). 4 3
[3] Follow vertical line

along to airflow ratio.
[4] Read out

efficiency.

EnventuS AB
Hedenstorpsvägen 4 a
SWEDEN
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
Sales & Marketing

Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
Tel +41 52 202 00 44
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
Sales Germany
Enventus 2 1
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany
Tel 07933 200-33 b
Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
5:1
240 of 412
Standard well height, 200 mm rotor depth

Capacity
Rotor speed 10 rpm.

EnventuS AB
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
SWEDEN
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
Sales & Marketing

Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
Tel +41 52 202 00 44
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
Sales Germany
Enventus
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany
Tel 07933 200-33
Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
5:2
241 of 412
Calculation programs
We have developed a series of kind of “glue” between the dll file If you have any further questions
calculation programs for simple and your program. This is known regarding calculation, please
selection of a heat exchanger as Enventus Blackbox wrapper. contact us.
model. The main program is Enventus
The series consists of several Calculation. This is a fully-fledged
different programs based on the program containing all the features
same calculation data. you need to select the correct heat
Our calculation engine, Enventus exchanger from our product range.
Blackbox DLL, is used as a base. It Enventus Calculation, together
is an ActiveXX-Dll where we have with this catalogue, is an excellent
collected the formulas necessary source of information.
for calculations. If you cannot use The program is available on
Blackbox DLL, we have a small CD-ROM or as a download from
program that will function as a our web site.

EnventuS AB
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
SWEDEN
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
Sales & Marketing

Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
Tel +41 52 202 00 44
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
Sales Germany
Enventus
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany
Tel 07933 200-33
Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
5:3
242 of 412
Purge air
Due to rotation of the storage This can be prevented with air steam, over the purgezone,
matrix, a part of the exhaust a correctly dimensioned into the exhaust air steam.
air remains in the rotor when it purgezone. The purgezone is
turns to the supply air. Without located on the supply air steam
a purgezone a certain volume (after the rotor) side, at the
of exhaust air will always be point where the rotor storage
carried over to the supply air matrix rotates from the supply
steam.
supply
EnventuS AB
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
SWEDEN
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
exhaust
Sales & Marketing
Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
Tel +41 52 202 00 44
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
Sales Germany
Enventus
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany
Tel 07933 200-33
Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
6:1
243 of 412
Purge air
Enventus purgezones are The criteria to decide about Without information about
individually designed according dimensioning a purgezone are the the pressure difference or the
the pressure difference and the ventilator position and the pressure positioning of the ventilators, a
installation situation of the supply difference (dp) between P1 minus standard purgezone is installed
and exhaust ventilator. P4 in [Pa] (see following table). and sealed with brush sealings.
ventilator positions dp < 200 Pa dp 200-500 Pa dp 500-800 Pa dp > 800 Pa
supply P1 P2
no purge Standard 2.5° angle no purge

zone recom- 5° angle zone recom-
mended mended
P4 P3 exhaust
supply P1 P2
no purge Standard 2.5° angle no purge

zone recom- 5° angle zone recom- Head office / Production
mended mended EnventuS AB
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
P4 P3 exhaust SWEDEN
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
supply P1 P2
no purge Standard 2.5° angle no purge Sales & Marketing

zone recom- 5° angle zone recom- Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
mended mended CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
P4 P3 exhaust Tel +41 52 202 00 44
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
supply P1 P2
Sales Germany
Enventus
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
NO PURGEZONE (backflow through the purgezone) Postfach 30
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany
P4 P3 exhaust Tel 07933 200-33

Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
6:2
244 of 412
Service and maintenance

The environment around a heat exchanger influences its function, efficiency and pressure
drop. The most important parts of the heat exchanger should be checked regularly, especially
if air quality deteriorates. Below you will find some simple checking procedures.
Maintenance of the rotor Maintenance of drive unit
The rotor faces must be inspected regularly for dirt The rotor is driven by motor via a drive belt around
and dust deposits. Even if the air-handling unit has the rotor periphery.
filters, these may be broken or ineffective, allowing Tension of the drive belt must be checked after the
dirty air to bypass the filter. This will dramatically first 100 operating hours.
increase dirt deposits. • Tension can be increased by shortening the belt,
which is joined by means of small fishplates.
If there are dirt and dust deposits on • The motor itself requires no maintenance.
the rotor, these can be easily removed,
Head office / Production using one of the following methods: Maintenance of seals between rotor
EnventuS AB and housing
Hedenstorpsvägen 4 • vacuum cleaner – if there is not too much dirt.
SWEDEN • compressed air – if there is a lot of dirt, but it is Clearance between seals and rotor must be checked
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60 not firmly attached. during inspection and, if necessary, corrected. The
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68 • hot water or solvents if there is a lot of firmly seals require no further maintenance.
attached dirt.
Sales & Marketing The unit can also be equipped with

Enventus GmbH automatic cleaning devices that use
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur compressed air or water:
Switzerland
Tel +41 52 202 00 44 • E-CLEAN 16 High-pressure air (6-8 Bar pressure)
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
Sales Germany
Enventus
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany
Tel 07933 200-33
Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
7:1
245 of 412
Start up
Start up also includes sealing should touch the flow via the purge sector into
the inspection of correct rotor slightly. the supply air flow.
installation and adequate
2. Check free access to the 5. Constant speed drive: Check
electrical connection of the driving motor. electrical connection. Change
energy recovery equipment, the direction of rotation, if
along with a mechanical and 3. Check drive tension. necessary, by interchanging
electrical check. the phases.
4. Check direction of rotation.
1. Check smooth and unrestric- When looking towards the 6. Variable speed drive: See
ted rotor running. If the rotor warm side, the rotor must start-up instructions for the
is blocked by the sealings, rotate from the exhaust air specific control drive.
they have to be adjusted. The

EnventuS AB
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
SWEDEN
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
Sales & Marketing

Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
Tel +41 52 202 00 44
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
Sales Germany
Enventus
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany
Tel 07933 200-33
Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
7:2
246 of 412
Accessories
E-Clean 16 Pneumatic Cleaning Device
Description
E-CLEAN 16 is an automatic
cleaning device working with
compressed air for cleaning heat
recovery wheels from dry and
sticky particle.
E-clean 16 consist of a
compressed air-controlled
cylinder with sledge and
mounted nozzle.

EnventuS AB
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
SWEDEN Control box
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68 The unit is controlled via the
control box with pneumatic
valves.
Sales & Marketing
Aerosoles in the pressurised air
Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2 can be intercept as condensate,
CH-8406 Winterthur but in general shall be avoided.
Switzerland
Tel +41 52 202 00 44
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
Sales Germany
Enventus
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany
Tel 07933 200-33
Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
8:1
247 of 412
Accessories
Mounting Start-up instructions
Mount the cylinder (A) with 1. Adjust air pressure on inlet-air 4. The unit can be used either
sledge (B) along the horizontal to 6-8 barThe air consumption manual - start and stop the
or vertical profile (E or F). The is at this pressure 400 l/min unit with the red lever on the
cylinder must be mounted so for cleaning-air and 2 l/min for magnetic valve (N)
that the complete rotor radius control air. The compressed or
covered by the nuzzle when the air must be free of particles, automatically - connect the
sledge is moving from one side to since it could clog the external signal (230 V) to the
the other. solenoid valve. magnetic valve
Distance between rotor surface
and nozzle shall be 10-15 mm. 2. The tip of the nozzle shall 5. All E-Clean 16 units are being
Mount the control box (D) have a minimum distance tested and approved for
outside the ductwork. of 1cm to the rotor surface. function, prior to shipment. If
Note that the tube to the Check in both final positions. the cleaning does not function
sledge (G) must have a suffi- correctly during start-up,
cient length so that the sledge 3. Sledge-speed is regulated first check all pipe not to be Head office / Production
can move to both ends of the by adjustment screws, one squeezed. EnventuS AB
cylinder. for each direction.When Hedenstorpsvägen 4
Tubes to end of cylinder for SE-555 93 Jönköping
adjusting, start with the SWEDEN
control-air (H) shall be fixed. screws in min. position and
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
open slowly (recommended in Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
Connection steps of 1/4 turns) until right
speed is reached.
Inlet-air (K): max. 8 bar
Sales & Marketing
Cleaning-air (G): Ø 8 mm Enventus GmbH
control-air (H): Ø 6 mm Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
Tel +41 52 202 00 44
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
Sales Germany
Enventus
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany
Tel 07933 200-33
Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
8:2
248 of 412
Accessories

EnventuS AB
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
SWEDEN
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
Sales & Marketing

Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
Tel +41 52 202 00 44
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
Sales Germany
A Cylinder G Cleaning air M Adjustment screw
Enventus
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH B Sledge H1 Control air forwards N Solenoid valve
Postfach 30 C Nozzle H2 Control air backwards O Opening adjustement screw
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany D Control box J Inlet air 6-8bar
Tel 07933 200-33 E Horizontal frame profile K Drainage
Fax 07933 200-41 F Vertical frame profile L Connection 230V
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
8:3
249 of 412
Installation type and motor position
3 4
A B C D
2
1
E F G H
3
EnventuS AB
I J K L
Hedenstorpsvägen 4
2 4
SWEDEN
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
1
Sales & Marketing M N O P
Enventus GmbH
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur
Switzerland
Tel +41 52 202 00 44
Fax +41 52 202 00 88
Sales Germany
Enventus
1-4 Drive unit Purge sector on
front
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30 Exhaust air
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany
Purge sector on
Supply air back
Tel 07933 200-33
Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
9:1
250 of 412
Order key
SpecifiCation
how to read the order key

ENventus - [1] - [2] - [3] - [4] - [5] - [6] - [7] - [8] - [9] - [10]
Rotor material
Well height
Rotor
Rotor diameter
Casing
Rotor depth
Drive equipment
Speed control
Installation type
EXEMPEL: ENventus ST1-N-W-1500-C-200-V-R-B-2 Motor position
Symbols
[1] Rotor material* ST1 - Standard, aluminium, non-hygroscopic
STE1 - Standard, aluminium, hygroscopic
STC1 - epoxy-coated aluminium, non-hygroscopic
STEC1 - aluminium, hygroscopic, epoxy-edging
AK1 - non-corrosive aluminium alloy, non-hygroscopic
AKE1 - non-corrosive aluminium alloy, hygroscopic
AKEC1 - non-corrosive aluminium alloy, hygroscopic, epoxy-edging
HX1 - Standard aluminium, sorptive silica gel coating
HM1 - Standard aluminium, sorptive molecular sieve 3A coating
[2] Well height XL - Extra Low
L - Low
Head office / Production N - Normal
EnventuS AB H - High
Hedenstorpsvägen 4 [3] Rotor W - Wounded rotor
S - Sectorized rotor
SWEDEN
Tel +46 (0)36 37 56 60 [4] Rotor diameter in mm See “Dimensions”
Fax +46 (0)36 37 56 68
[5] Casing CS / CSD - In accordance with ”Dimensions”
C / CD - In accordance with ”Dimensions”
D / DS - In accordance with ”Dimensions”
Sales & Marketing [6] Rotor depth in mm 200 200 mm (Standard)
Enventus GmbH 100 100 mm
Jägerstrasse 2
CH-8406 Winterthur [7] Drive equipment U - Without drive unit
Switzerland V - Variable drive, EMX-R / MicroMax / MiniMax
Tel +41 52 202 00 44
K - Constant drive
Fax +41 52 202 00 88 [8] Speed control R - Yes, stress-free magnetic sensor
O - No
[9] Installation type A, B, C, D, E, F .... P (”Installation type and motor position”)
Sales Germany
[10] Motor position 1, 2, 3, 4 (”Installation type and motor position”)
Enventus
DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
Postfach 30 *Could also be delivered in 100 µm.
DE-97993 Creglingen
Germany
Accessories
Tel 07933 200-33 • Inspection window • Drain pan • Connection plates • Connection flanges • Cleaning system
Fax 07933 200-41
www.enventus.com
info@enventus.com
251 of 412 9:2

SECTION 2.J
HEAT PIPE CATALOGUE
252 of 412
75386 Heatpipes A4 12p Folder.qxd:Layout 1 9/1/08 13:18 Page 2
www.spcoils.co.uk
H E AT P I P E S
DEHUMIDIFICATION & HEAT RECOVERY
ENERGY EFFICIENT SOLUTIONS

I N N O VAT I O N W I T H S T Y L E
253 of 412
ABOUT SPC About SPC

The Company
SPC is a specialist manufacturer and supplier of heat pipes, radiant panels, trench heaters, air curtains, fan
convectors coil heat exchangers and HVAC equipment to the public and private sector.
SPC leads the way in HVAC technology and in responsiveness to customer needs. We thrive on innovation,
on new technologies and new challenges. We stand for irresistible quality, exceptional customer care, and
whole-life value for money.
For more than 25 years, we've applied our ingenuity to the heating, cooling, and dehumidifying of indoor
environments - and to the delivery of HVAC equipment that withstands the grind of daily use. The result is
a range of products that are aesthetic, robust, and economical to run.
But new ideas are never developed in isolation. They come from a service culture that takes pride in
putting customers first. We listen and, if asked, we advise; we offer free site surveys - and we always return
your calls.
Our mission is simple - to become your first-choice heat pipe supplier, and to be the one company that
provides a solution that exactly matches your needs.
KEY FACTS ABOUT SPC:
Our mission is to be your first choice for HVAC equipment

Major supplier to local government and commercial sectors
Unrivalled regional sales and technical support team
Free site check / survey
ISO 9001 and Investor in People
S & P Coil Products Limited reserves the right to amend specification without notice, whilst pursuing a
2 policy of continual improvements in performance and design. 254 of 412
INTRODUCTION
SPC HEAT PIPES for Dehumidification and Heat Recovery
Introduction
HEAT PIPES are essentially a means of transferring high rates
of heat across small temperature gradients, and as such may
be considered thermal "super conductors".
The simplest form of heat pipe is a thermosyphon which

relies on gravity for it's operation, and is hence
uni-directional. This means that heat can only be transferred
from the lower to the upper end of the heat pipe and
not vice versa. HEAT PIPES have, however, been
manufactured which rely on the capillary action of a "wick" to
provide bi-directional operation. The simplicity of the gravity
return heat pipe makes this the preferred solution for a wide
range of heat pipe applications.
The modern day concept of the heat pipe was first proposed
in 1942, but was not developed beyond the patent stage until
the early 1960's. Early applications in both the United States
and United Kingdom were concerned with high temperature
HEAT PIPES for the atomic energy programme. The NASA
space programme in the 1960's promoted further activity
and since then there has been a dramatic increase in the
number and variety of applications of HEAT PIPES, which are
now common place within the aerospace, electronics and air
conditioning industries.
SPC have been supplying heat pipe based heat recovery

systems to the HVAC industry for the last 25 years. As major
manufacturers of coil heat exchangers and associated
equipment, SPC have extensive knowledge and experience of
HVAC heat transfer applications.
Our broad based knowledge of the HVAC industry allows us

to offer the unique benefits of this patented heat pipe system,
providing dramatic savings in energy costs, together with
significant improvements in operational effectiveness.
255 of 412 3
TECHNOLOGY SPC HEAT PIPES for Dehumidification and Heat Recovery

Technology
HEAT PIPES are the most effective passive method of transferring heat available today. In their simplest
form, a sealed tube (usually copper) is evacuated and charged with a working fluid. In the case of HEAT
PIPES for HVAC purposes, refrigerants such as R134A are currently used. Heat transfer occurs without the
need for energy input.
BASIC OPERATION
This diagram shows the basic structure of a heat pipe and

identifies the major steps in the heat pipe process. Heat is
absorbed from the incoming warm air stream in the evaporator
section, boiling the refrigerant. Due to it's elevated vapour
pressure, the vapour moves rapidly to the cooler condenser
section of the heat pipe, carrying with it the absorbed heat.
As the vapour reaches the condensing area of the heat pipe,

heat is released to the cooler air and the vapour condenses.
The liquid returns by gravity to complete the cycle. The entire
heat transfer process occurs with a very small temperature
difference along the pipe.
Apart from air conditioners, HEAT PIPES have been used in

many applications, including the cooling of casting dies, electronic
circuitry, nuclear powered generators, energy conservation,
defrosting applications and in the food industry.
S & P Coil Products reserve the right to amend specification whilst pursuing a policy of continual
4 improvements in performance and design. 256 of 412
DEHUMIDIFICATION
Dehumidification
When applied to HVAC, HEAT PIPES provide significant dehumidification enhancement and improved
indoor air quality. The additional benefit of energy saving occurs in many situations, especially where reheat
is required. Depending on conditions, HEAT PIPES can double the amount of moisture removed by an air
conditioner's cooling coil.
By circuiting HEAT PIPES in sections before and after the cooling coil (as above diagram) heat is removed
from the air stream before it encounters the cooling coil. This passively pre-cooled air means less sensible
cooling is required by the coil, providing more latent capacity, and superior dehumidification ability. The now
"over-cooled" air passes across the re-heat section of the heat pipe, bringing the air temperature to a
comfortable supply condition.
This free reheat is provided by the same heat energy which was absorbed from the incoming air stream. In
the case of fresh air treatment, HEAT PIPES can be used to pre-cool the incoming outside air before it is
cooled and dehumidification by the cooling coil. The heat pipes then reheat the air to the "neutral" supply
temperature.
HEAT PIPES are particularly useful in displacement ventilation systems where air is supplied directly into
the occupied space at low level. When combined with ceiling cooling systems the primary air must be
dehumidified to prevent sweating of the ceiling as well as reheated to a few degrees below the space
temperature. Incorporation of heat pipes allows substantial energy saving to be realised.
257 of 412 5
DEHUMIDIFICATION SPC HEAT PIPES for Dehumidification and Heat Recovery

Dehumidification
HEAT PIPES AS APPLIED TO AIR CONDITIONING
The cooling coil in the standard air conditioner provides both sensible and latent cooling. The following
chart shows how the heat pipe provides pre-cooling before the cooling coil. This then increases the latent
cooling ability of the coil before the heat pipe re-heats the air back up to a comfortable condition.
Using HEAT PIPES will increase the latent cooling capacity at reduced cost.
COOLING WITH HEAT PIPES
BENEFITS AND COST ADVANTAGES
Apart from the above indirect cost savings, HEAT PIPES have no moving parts to break or wear out and
are virtually maintenance free. Because of simplicity in design, HEAT PIPES will most likely outlast the air
conditioning equipment itself.
Because the cooling coil has less work to do, a reduction in size of coil may be achievable. Also the heat
pipe is not using any external energy, so is effectively free to operate. As a result very short pay-backs can
be achieved.
INDOOR AIR QUALITY

Indoor Air Quality
HEALTH BENEFITS
Depending upon environment, HEAT PIPES can increase an air conditioner's moisture removal capability by
50 to 100%. Because many of today's primary indoor air quality concerns are humidity related, the health
benefits of HEAT PIPES are paramount. The unique ability of the HEAT PIPES to perform effective
dehumidification whilst saving energy is a substantial "bottom line" bonus.
Along with the heat pipes ability to remove excess moisture and hence control the humidity level within
the space, the reheat that they generate helps to prevent health problems.
A conventional system cools and dehumidifies air with the resultant air being fed to the ductwork in a
saturated state. As the heat pipe reheats the air its relative humidity is reduced below the level at which
mould, mildew and fungus are encouraged to grow. This ensures that the inside surfaces of the ducting do
not become sources of contamination to the spaces that they serve.
THE EFFECTS OF ROOM HUMIDITY ON HEALTH
259 of 412 7
HEAT RECOVERY SPC HEAT PIPES for Dehumidification and Heat Recovery
Heat Recovery
HEAT PIPES FOR HEAT RECOVERY
With increasing demands for energy efficient buildings, it is essential that energy is not wasted. Utilising a
heat pipe, thermal energy can be recovered from warmer air and added to cooler air. In temperate
climates this permits energy saving to be realised through preheating of the outside air. Conversely, in hot
climates the savings are associated with pre-cooling of the outside air.
HEAT PIPES can be arranged with airstreams side by side using tubes sloping down to the warmer air.
Alternatively the air streams can be stacked with the warmer airstream at the bottom. This coupled with
flexibility of sizing to suit the ductwork or air handling unit makes HEAT PIPES the ideal heat recovery solution.
BASIC COMPARISON INFORMATION
Many types of heat exchangers are available for heat recovery applications. However each type of heat
exchanger has certain advantages and drawbacks:
RUN-AROUND COILS are relatively inexpensive, but require a pump pack and expansion tank to
operate. Run-around loops used in cold climates must be charged with anti-freeze to prevent frost damage.
They are however the best solution for 'separate' air streams.
PLATE TO PLATE heat exchangers are quite effective, but are bulky, expensive and very difficult to clean.
They can trap condensate resulting in the growth of moulds.
HEAT RECOVERY WHEELS are maintenance intensive and prone to cross contamination and do not
effectively drain condensation.
Only HEAT PIPES offer all the benefits combined: no moving parts, high effectiveness, low air-pressure drop,
easy drainage of condensation, no direct energy requirement and zero cross-contamination. They are also
proven to be long lasting and virtually maintenance-free.
Additionally, HEAT PIPES can be treated to withstand corrosive environments such as swimming pools and
some process applications.
SOFTWARE
Controllable Heat Pipes
Whenever HEAT PIPES are used in the treatment of outside air they should be utilised to their full
potential in order to maximise the energy savings that they provide. This is achieved by the use of standard
uncontrolled HEAT PIPES.
In certain specialised applications, however, it may be beneficial to take advantage of the options for
additional control that can be offered. For example, should the SHR of the load that is being treated vary
markedly then the heat pipe performance can be controlled to match the process load to the system load.
The best means of achieving this is via the use of a secondary cooling coil which can be supplied integral
to the heat pipe and acts to offset the reheat.
It should be borne in mind that the additional costs and complexity associated with controllable
HEAT PIPES cannot normally be justified for use with 100% outside air units. In the vast majority of such
cases the heat pipe should be allowed to run wild in order to maximise the moisture removal capacity of
the system with the only control being over the cooling coil.
Please contact SPC for assistance with your enquiries; advice will be given regarding the most suitable
system for your application.
SOFTWARE
A range of self selection software is available free of charge from SPC. These are freely downloadable from
our website www.spcoils.co.uk or on CD-Rom. These include calculations of pay back periods in addition to
unit selection.
APPLICATION NOTES
The use of HEAT PIPES for enhanced dehumidification, heat recovery and displacement ventilation systems
is discussed in detail in SPC's range of Application Notes. Please contact our Technical Sales Team for your
copy, or alternatively download them freely from our website.
CPD PRESENTATION
SPC are able to offer a presentation on HEAT PIPES and their application in the HVAC industry. Please
contact our office for further details.
261 of 412 9
EXAMPLES SPC HEAT PIPES for Dehumidification and Heat Recovery

Examples
ROYAL MIRAGE, DUBAI CONVENTION CENTRE, DUBAI
DHOW PALACE, DUBAI DUBAI BANK
EXHIBITION HALLS, DUBAI EMMAR HQ, DUBAI
EXAMPLES
Examples
GOLF TOWERS, DUBAI EXPRESS BY HOLIDAY INN, DUBAI
KNOWLEDGE VILLAGE, DUBAI LOB BUILDINGS, DUBAI
MADINAT JUMEIRAH, DUBAI MANKHOOL TOWER, DUBAI
263 of 412 11
S & P Coil Products Limited

SPC House, Evington Valley Road, Leicester LE5 5LU
Tel: +44 (0)116 249 0044 Fax: +44 (0)116 249 0033
email: spc@spcoils.co.uk
www.spcoils.co.uk
Dubai Sales Office India Sales Office
Tel: +971- 4-3341178 Tel: +91-9871134081
Fax: +971-4 -3341179 Fax: +91-11-25612281
264 of 412
Ref: HP1 Issue 4
SECTION 3.0
COUNTRY OF ORIGIN CERTIFICATE
265 of 412
266 of 412
SECTION 4.0
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT,
PERFORMANCE COMPARISON
SCHEDULE & EQUIPMENT DATA SHEETS
4.A COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

4.B PERFORMANCE COMPARISON SCHEDULE
4.C AHU / FAHU DATA SHEETS
267 of 412
SECTION 4.a
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
268 of 412
SOUQ AL NAJADAH REDEVELOPMENT – BUILDING B10
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
SECTION 15600 – AIR HANDLING UNIT
Item Specifications Compliance Remarks
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in
manufacture of air handling units with characteristics, sizes, Proposed Trane AHUs that have been supplied
1.1 Comply
capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory satisfactorily in the market for more than 30 years.
use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
Manufacturers of air handling units shall have ISO 9001 Refer to the attached ISO9001 certificate (submittal
1.2 Comply
certification. section 8).
Units should be supplied from manufacturers own factory. Proposed units shall be manufactured in Trane AHU
1.3 Comply
Third party manufactured units will not be permitted. manufacturing facility in Italy.
1.4 Codes and Standard
Proposed AHUs shall be Eurovent certified and
Eurovent Compliance: Design, Rate & Test air handling units in mechanically tested according to EN1886 standards. Refer
a) accordance with Eurovent Standard EN1886 & EN13053, Comply to the attached Eurovent certificate and the Eurovent logo
display certification symbol on units of certified models. in each data sheet for certified performance (submittal
section 8 & 4.C respectively).
Proposed AHUs shall be with better ratings. Refer to
The units should meet as minimum the below Mechanical
b) Comply EN1886 ratings in the first pages of the attached data
Characteristics as per Eurovent
sheets (submittal section 4.C).
269 of 412
Mechanical Characteristics Eurovent Class Mechanical Characteristics Eurovent Class
Casing Strength Class D1M Casing Strength Class D1M
Casing Air Leakage -400Pa Class L3 Casing Air Leakage -400Pa Class L1
Casing Air Leakage +700Pa Class L3 Casing Air Leakage +700Pa Class L1
Filter By Pass Leakage Class F9 Filter By Pass Leakage Class F9
Thermal Transmittance (U) Class T2 Thermal Transmittance (U) Class T2
Thermal bridging factor (Kb) Class TB2 Thermal bridging factor (Kb) Class TB2
Proposed Class G4 efficiency pre-filters and Class F7
efficiency Bag filters as per EN779 standards. Refer to the
c) Classification of Filters as per EN779 Comply
filter section in the attached AHU technical data sheets
(submittal section 4.C).
Proposed Comefri fans shall be AMCA certified. Refer to
AHU Fans performance shall be Tested and Rated in
d) Comply the attached NTHZ series Comefri Fan catalogue page 3
accordance with AMCA 210.
for AMCA seal confirmation (submittal section 2.C).
The AHU Fan Noise data should be in accordance to AMCA
e) Comply -do-
300
The proposed insulation shall be hot-pressure injected PU
foam insulation 40kg/m3 density; sandwiched between
external and internal galvanized steel skin. The insulation
shall not be exposed to air stream/fire hazards. The test
The AHU insulation should have Class 1 Fire reaction as per Comply with performed is for the complete panel fire reaction
f)
BS476: Part 6:1998. Test report to be submitted for review. remarks according to UNI EN 13501-1:2007. Test method UNI EN
ISO 11925-2:2005 and UNI EN 13823:2005. The
classification according to reaction to fire is B – s2, d0.
Refer to the attached panel test report (submittal section
8).
Proposed motor shall be manufactured/tested/rated as
The fan motors offered should be designed and rated as per
g) Comply per BS EN 60034. Refer to the attached motor catalogue
BS EN 60034.
page 6 & 27, for Class IE3 efficiency and IE 60034-30
270 of 412
confirmation (submittal section 2.D).
2.0 SUBMITTALS
Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s technical product data
Refer to the attached AHU technical data sheets for the
for air handling units showing dimensions, weights, capacities,
product data required and the attached IOM manual for
2.1 ratings fan performance with operating point clearly Comply
the installation instruction (submittal sections 4.C, 2.F &
indicated, motor electrical characteristics, gages and finishes
2.G resp.)
of materials, and installation instruction.
Shop drawings shall be provided by the contractor. AHU
Shop Drawings: Submit assembly-type shop drawings showing GA drawings shall be as per the attached AHU technical
2.2 unit dimensions, weight loadings, required clearances, Comply data sheets. Handling and Installation details shall be as
construction details, and field connection details. per the attached IOM manuals (submittal sections 4.C, 2.F
& 2.G resp.)
Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance instructions,
including instructions for lubrication, filter replacement, Contractor shall submit maintenance data. Trane shall
2.3 motor and drive replacement, and spare parts lists. Include Comply provide IOM manuals as required. Refer to the attached
this data, product data, shop drawings, and wiring diagrams in IOM manuals (submittal section 2.F & 2.G)
maintenance manuals.
Contractor shall submit ESP calculations for approval as
per the approved shop drawings. Trane shall reselect the
AHU fan/motor as per the approved calculated ESPs prior
Submit external static pressure calculations based on actual
to ordering. ESPs as per design schedule were considered
2.4 shop drawings for approval by Consultant before final Comply
in the current AHU selections attached. Refer to the
selection of units.
performance comparison schedule and fan/motor section
in the attached AHU technical data sheets (submittal
section 4.B & 4.C resp.)
3.0 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
All of AHU’s sections must be fitted with a perimeter base so Trane CLCF & CCTB units shall be provided with heavy
3.1 Comply
that they can be handled or lifted using a crane – if necessary gauged galvanized steel base frame. CLCF shall be
271 of 412
– as well as for their final positioning. The base must be provided with lifting lugs per section corners and CCTB
equipped with suitable holes, drilled into each corner to with lifting holes. The base frame shall be fully closed
facilitate handling and ensure aeration for bottom panels. externally to prevent stagnant water or dust traps. Refer
to CLCF Catalogue/Guide specifications page 3.
Prior to dispatch each section will be wrapped, using heavy Polythene wrap shall be provided as per Trane’s standard
3.2 gauge polythene sheet to provide protection both during Comply packaging for export shipments. Refer to CLCF IOM page 3
shipment and the erection period. (submittal section 2.F)
Handle air handling units carefully to avoid damage to
Refer to CLCF IOM manual page 8 and CCTA IOM manual
components, enclosures, and finish. Do not install damaged
3.3 Comply page 6 for off-loading & handling instructions (submittal
components; replace and return damaged components to air
section 2.F & 2.G resp.)
handling unit manufacturer.
Store air handling units in clean dry place and protect from Refer to CCTB IOM manual page 6 for storage instructions
3.4 Comply
weather and construction traffic. (submittal section 2.G)
Comply with manufacturer’s rigging and installation Refer to CLCF IOM manual page 8-24 and CCTA IOM
3.5 instructions for unloading air handling units and moving them Comply manual page 6-18 for installation instructions (submittal
to final location. section 2.F & 2.G resp.)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
4.0 Approved Manufacturers

The following manufacturers are approved for use. No
substitutions will be permitted.
1. McQuay
Comply Proposed Trane AHUs made in Italy
2. York
3. Trane
4. Carrier
5.0 CONSTRUCTION
5.1 PROFILES
272 of 412
CCTB for high capacity units shall be provided with heavy
gauge extruded aluminum profile with molded nylon
The frame work should be made from natural anodized corner pieces. CLCF for standard capacity units is
a) extruded aluminum channel together by 3D injection molded Comply constructed from Trane engineered frameless casing
Nylon corner pieces. conforming to Class D1 casing strength as per EN1886
standards. Refer to CLCF Catalogue/Guide specs page 1 for
EN1886 classification (submittal section 2.A)
Proposed Trane CCTB & CLCF AHUs shall be with thermal
For the best minimization of heat lost through AHU, thermal bridging factor of Class TB2 as per EN1886 standard. Refer
b) Comply
break aluminum profile should be provided. to the EN1886 ratings class indicated in the AHU technical
data sheets (submittal section 4.C)
5.2 CASING
Trane CLCF AHU shall be with 50 mm thick double skin
casing while CCTB AHU shall be with 60mm thick double
The unit casing should be of double skinned with 50 mm thick
skin casing for high capacity requirement. Refer to the
a) hot-injected polyurethane without CFC sandwiched between Comply
attached technical data sheets for material details, CLCF
pre-painted steel outer skin and galvanized steel inner skin.
catalogue/guide specs page 2 and CCTB catalogue/specs
guide page 3 (submittal section 4.C, 2.A & 2.B resp.)
The polyurethane foam insulation shall be with 40kg/m3
density and thermal conductivity of 0.022W/m2K which
meets the panel thermal transmittance required of Class
The polyurethane foam insulation should have a density of 40 Comply with
T2 as per EN1886 standard. Refer to the insulation details
kg/m³ and Thermal conductivity of 0.017 W/m°k. remarks
in the attached CLCF catalogue/guide specs page 1 & 3
and CCTB catalogue/specs guide page 2 & 3 (submittal
section 2.A & 2.B resp.)
The casing panel shall be attached to the frame through a self- The casing panel for Trane CCTB units shall be screwed to
locking mechanism represented by a wedge and frame, exerting Comply with the framework while CLCF shall be with Trane engineered
pressure evenly on to the panel and seal/ gasket attached to the remarks frameless casing. The sound absorption values shall be as
frame and hence a better air tight cabinet construction The sound below, however fan selections were optimized to achieve
273 of 412
absorption through the panel shall be according to Eurovent. The the best possible break-out noise levels. Refer to the
sound reduction through the panel shall conform to the below Sound data in the attached AHU technical data sheets and
values casing sound absorption details (submittal section 4.C &
2.H resp.)
Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz
Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz
Comply with 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 CLCF
remarks 8 8 11 12 14 32 36
13 11 12 12 12 32 40 CCTB 8 11 13 16 13 29 34
The panels shall be capable of 2500 Pa of mechanical
The Casing when exposed to 2500 Pa Positive and Negative
Comply resistance. Refer to the attached CLCF catalogue/guide
pressure should not cause any permanent deflection.
specs page 2 (submittal section 2.A)
Access door or service panel shall be supplied with a hinged access
Refer to access door details in CCTB catalogue/guide specs
door with latch. Door shall swing out ward for unit sections under Comply
negative pressure. page 4.
6.0 MIXING BOX

Proposed units are all 100% fresh air units hence mixing
The Mixing Box should be fitted with opposed action dampers on all Not
a) box is not required. Mixing sections can be arranged by
Fresh Air, Exhaust Air and Re circulated air inlets. applicable
the contractor in the duct works whenever required.
The damper blades should be fabricated of aluminium and
b) continuous Thermoplastic Elastomer (TPE) seals should be inserted -do- -do-
in to every damper Blade. The blades should be with airfoil profile.
The rotated rod of handle should be made of brass and handle
c) -do- -do-
should be fabricated of aluminium casting.
Damper drive shall be square shaft and linkage suitable for manual
d) -do- -do-
fixing or mounting of damper actuator.
7.0 FILTER SECTION
Filter cells shall be of standard sizes and shall be easily obtainable Filters sizes shall be standard. Full size shall be 592 x
a) from standard suppliers. The filters shall be sealed against the filter Comply 592mm and half size shall be 592 x 287mm. Refer to the
frame using a permanently elastic gasket to a standard compatible filter sections in the attached AHU technical data sheets
274 of 412
with the filter efficiency. 9submittal section 4.C)
Pressure drop tapings shall be integrated into the frame to allow a
b)
manometer or filter monitor to be fitted.
Filters shall be made from synthetic fibres, A3 Euroclass
Filter materials shall be flame-retardant, incombustible, EN 13501-1. Refer to the filter section in the attached
c) Comply
non-odorous and offer no sustenance to vermin. CLCF catalogue/guide specs page 4 and the attached filter
details (submittal section 2.A & 2.E resp.)
Proposed filter is manufactured, rated and tested as per
EN779 standard and fire rating shall be A3 Euroclass EN
Comply with
d) Filters offered should be UL certified. 13501. Refer to the filter section in the attached CLCF
remarks
catalogue/guide specs page 4 and the attached filter
details (submittal section 2.A & 2.E resp.)
The Pre-filter material shall be synthetic and shall be supported by Proposed pre-filter shall be Class G4 as per EN779
a wire mesh and frame. The filter cells shall be suitable for side standard. Refer to the filter section in the attached AHU
e) Comply
withdrawal on the inspection Side. The filter class should be G3 as technical data sheets and the attached filter details
per EN 779. (submittal section 4.C & 2.E resp.)
Proposed bag filter shall be Class F7 as per EN779
Bag Filters, shall be of standard readily available sizes. The filter standard. Refer to the filter section in the attached AHU
f) Comply
class should be EU-7 as per EN 779. technical data sheets and the attached filter details
(submittal section 4.C & 2.E resp.)
8.0 COOLING COIL
Chilled water cooling coils of capacities as indicated on schedules Cooling coil shall be fabricated from 5/8” dia seamless
shall be fabricated from heavy gauge copper tubing of ½” dia copper tubes mechanically expanded into aluminum fins.
a) expanded into aluminum fins to give a mechanical bond. Headers Comply Headers shall be heavy gauge copper as per Trane’s
shall be made of steel with connection by male pitch thread. standard. Refer to CCTB catalogue / guide specs page 4
Fittings shall include plugged vent and drain taps. (submittal section 2.B)
The Aluminum fins offered should be coated with spray Type Comply with Cooling coil fins shall be epoxy/polyurethane top coated
b)
Herasite coating at the AHU factory remarks at factory for added corrosion protection. Refer to the
275 of 412
attached aluminum fin coating details (submittal section
H)
Coils are tested at 30 bars and rated at 16bars. Refer to
The Standard working pressure for the Cooling coil’s offered should Comply with
c) coil section in the attached CLCF catalogue/guide specs
be 17 bar and leak tested at 24 bar. remarks
page 6 (submittal section 2.A)
Coil casing shall be minimum 1.5mm thick galvanized steel
The Coil frame must be built in pressed galvanised steel with a with epoxy coating for corrosion protection. Refer to coil
d) Comply
minimum Thickness of 1.5 mm section in the attached CLCF catalogue/guide specs page 5
(submittal section 2.A)
The Coil Face Velocity should not exceed 2.54 m/s. If the coil Face All AHU’s were selected with maximum 2.52 m/s coil face
e) Velocity exceeds 2.54 m/s moisture eliminators to be provided Comply velocity. Refer to the coil section in the attached AHU
downstream of the Cooling coil section. technical data sheets (submittal section 4.C)
The Drain pan offered should be fabricated of galvanized steel
Proposed SS304 stainless steel drain pan with minimum
sheet protected with powder coating paint. Beneath the drain pan,
f) Comply 50mm thick PE insulation. Refer to the coil section in the
it should be covered with 10mm PE insulation to prevent any
occurrence of condensation. attached AHU technical data sheets (submittal section 4.C)
9.0 FAN SECTION

Fans shall be double inlet double width centrifugal fan with casing
made of galvanized sheet metal. Fans shall be with either Backward
Proposed double inlet double width centrifugal fan with casing
made of galvanized sheet metal. Fans shall be with either
a) Curved inclined type blades or Backward Curved aerofoil shaped Comply
Backward Curved inclined type blades. The Fan bearing shall be
blades depending on duty and application. The Fan bearing should
provided with a minimum L50 life of 200,000 hours.
be provided with a minimum L50 life of 200,000 hours.
The Fans should be statically and dynamically balanced in Refer to the attached fan catalogue page 4 (submittal
b) Comply
accordance to DIN ISO 1940-1. section 2.C)
The Fan Performance and noise data should be in accordance Refer to the attached AMCA certifications for Comefri as
c) Comply
AMCA Standard 210 & 300 per AMCA website (submittal section 8.0)
d) The Fan should be AMCA certified. Comply -do-
All fans shall be selected for maximum efficiency and in no case less Refer to fan sections in the attached AHU technical data
e) Comply
than 70 percent. sheets (submittal section 4.C)
276 of 412
The Fan motor assembly should be mounted on a sturdy base with Refer to the backward fan details in the attached CLCF
f) suitable high efficiency, spring isolators so that no vibrations are Comply catalogue/guide specs page 6 and CCTB catalogue/guide
transmitted to the AHU frame specs page 5 (submittal section 2.A & 2.B resp.)
The Fan Motor offered should confirm to the below:
1. Three-phase, Squirrel Cage Induction Motor
2. Totally enclosed, externally fan–cooled (method of cooling IC
411)
3. Rating and Performance as per IEC 60034
Refer to the motor section in the attached AHU technical
g) Comply
4. IP55 Protection with Class-F insulation data sheets (submittal section 4.C)
5. Designed to work at continuous running duty (S1) at rated
voltage and Frequency
The fan section must be easily accessible through a wide, hinged

Refer to the fan section / accessories in the attached AHU
h) access door. The Fan section should be provided with a view port Comply
and Bulk Head lamp with external switch. technical data sheets (submittal section 4.C)
Drive screens or Belt Guard should be provided as a standard
i) Comply -do-
fitting.
10.0 ROOF
FAHU-01 & 02 shall be provided with roof canopy. Refer to
All AHU’s mounted externally should be provided with a Weather
a) Comply material details in the attached AHU technical data sheets
Proof Canopy.
(submittal section 4.C)
11.0 Horse Shoe (Wrap Around) Heat Pipes
FAHU-01 & 02 shall be provided horse Shoe heat pipe.
Heat pipes shall be included within the AHU (if indicated) and
Comply Refer to material details in the attached FAHU technical
wrapped around the main cooling coil.
data sheets (submittal section 4.C)
The external fins shall be of aluminium with a minimum Comply with remarks thickness of 0.14mm as per SPC
Comply with
thickness of 0.14mm. Fins shall be of the continuous plate standard. SPC heat pipe catalogue is attached (submittal
remarks
type. section 2.J)
Tubes shall be of refrigeration standard seamless copper C106 Comply This tube thickness is as per SPC standard.
277 of 412
for heat exchanger use. Tube diameter shall be 12mm with a
grooved inner surface and minimum root thickness of the
tube shall be 0.35mm.
Casings shall be from galvanized sheet steel with a minimum
thickness of 1.4mm. The casing shall incorporate tube plates
Comply This casing thickness is as per SPC standard.
and top and bottom plates around both the precool and
reheat heat pipe blocks.
The working fluid shall be refrigerant type classified as ASHRAE
safety group A1. The refrigerant shall be either R22 or R134A. The R134a refrigerant shall be provided. Refer catalogue page
Comply
heat pipe circuits shall be factory charged and hermetically sealed 4 (submittal section 2.J)
with the calculated weight of refrigerant.
There shall be a multitude of loops in the height of the heat pipe
and each loop shall be individually charged. Heat pipes with header
Comply
assemblies containing a single circuit are not suitable as a single
leak will render the entire heat pipe inoperative.
Heat pipe performance shall be independently type tested
and certified in line with the requirements of British
Standards BS 5141 pt1 / European Standards EN 305 & 306 /
American Standards ARI 410 for testing and rating of heat Comply Refer to the attached test reports (submittal section 2.H)
exchangers. All software used to predict the performance of
heat pipes shall be based upon the results of these
independent tests.
The heat pipe should have a third party independent test
report conducted by a certified laboratory from CETIAT Comply Refer to the attached BSRIA test report.
(FRANCE) / BSRIA (UK).
SPC have more than 25 years’ experience in heat pipe
The heat pipe manufacturer shall have minimum 15 years
manufacturing and more than 15 years of existing
experience in manufacturing of heat pipes and must have
Comply installations in the Middle East. Refer to some highlighted
heat pipes commissioned for a minimum period of 10 years in
project references in the catalogue page 3, 10 & 11
the Middle East market.
(submittal section 2.J)
278 of 412
12.0 Rotating Matrix Heat Exchanger (thermal wheel)
Rotary heat recovery unit shall be a complete factory assembled Refer to the attached Rotary heat wheel catalogue
1. Comply
unit consisting of wheel, casing, purge sector, motor drive and etc. (submittal section 2.I)
Refer to the Heat Wheel section in the attached AHU
The unit shall enable both sensible and latent heat transfer
2. Comply technical data sheets and wheel catalogue page 1:1
between two air streams.
(submittal section 4.C and 2.I resp.)
3. The unit shall be tested and rated to ASHRAE Standard 84. Comply
AHU pre-filter and bag filter provided up-stream of the
rotary heat recovery wheel. Refer to the FAHU
4. Filter shall be provided at the intake side of the unit. Comply
drawing/diagram in the attached FAHU data sheets
(submittal section 4.C)
Full FAHU shall be installed by the contractor on a
Two layers of neoprene pads shall be provided at the base of concrete bases where neoprene pads will be provided in
5. Comply
the unit for vibration isolation. between, Rotary heat recovery wheel will be
installed/part of the FAHU.
6. Wheel:
The wheel shall be made of layers of corrugated and intervening Refer to the rotor details in the attached Rotary heat
a. Comply
flat aluminium foil of uniform width to ensure smooth surface. wheel catalogue page 1:2 (submittal section 2.I)
The wheel material shall be bonded together to form a rigid
b. transfer medium forming a multitude of narrow channels in the Comply -do-
axial direction, thus ensuring a laminar flow.
Refer to the Heat Wheel section in the attached AHU
The material shall be of hygroscopic type for transfer of both
c. Comply technical data sheets and wheel catalogue page 1:1
sensible and latent heat.
(submittal section 4.C and 2.I resp.)
The whole motor shall be chemically treated to prevent
d. Comply Proposed standard motor with galvanised coating/casing.
corrosion and ensure high affinity to moisture.
Refer to the Heat Wheel rotor details in the attached
7. The wheel shall be cleanable by compressed air, low Comply
catalogue page 1:2 (submittal section 2.I)
279 of 412
temperature steam or vacuum cleaning without affecting its
latent heat recovery properties.
The transfer media shall be provided in an individually Wheels above 2400 mm diameter will be provided with
segmented arrangement and assembled into a rigid Comply with segmented arrangement. Refer to the Heat Wheel casing
8.
supporting spoke system to allow replacement of the media remarks details in the attached catalogue page 1:2 (submittal
on a segment by segment basis. section 2.I)
9. Casing
Heat wheel motor is mounted inside the heat wheel
Motor shall be mounted in a sturdy hot-dipped galvanised
Comply with casing which will be mounted inside the AHU casing.
a. steel casing with air-tight access door and sealed against
remarks Access door of AHU will be used to reach heat wheel
casing by means of wear resistant and adjustable seal.
motors.
b. The seal shall minimize carry-over to a maximum 0.2%. Comply Carry over is also the function of pressure difference.
Refer to the Heat Wheel casing details in the attached
c. The casing shall be equipped with purging sector. Comply
catalogue page 6:1, 2 (submittal section 2.I)
The casing shall be of corrosion resistant materials suitable for
Wheel casing shall be non-corrosive galvanized steel
d. intended use, and factory finished with epoxy or other Comply
which will be enclosed inside a pre-painted FAHU casing.
approved corrosion resistant coatings.
Wheels and casings shall be relieved of residual stresses
e. Comply
produced in the forming process.
Provide gasketed access doors to permit routine maintenance
f. and inspection of motor and internal components. Equip Comply Access doors shall be part of the FAHU access doors.
housing with drain holes and plug.
10.0 Drive
The wheel shall be belt driven along its perimeter by a Drive motor shall be installed within the weatherproof
a. Comply
constant speed weatherproof motor. FAHU casing.
The motor shall be mounted on a self-adjusting base to
b. Comply
provide correct belt tension.
280 of 412
Not
c. For motors in the air stream, provide TEFC type motors. Heat wheel motor is not mounted in the air stream.
applicable
The motor shall always be rotating when the system is in
d. operation. Speed detector shall be provided to raise an alarm Comply Alarm integration with BMS by others.
in the event when the motor stops running.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
This shall be done by contractor. IOM manual shall be
Install as shown on the drawings, as detailed, and according to AHU
A. Comply provided for reference. Refer to the attached AHU IOM
manufacturer's installation instructions.
manuals (submittal section 2.F & 2.G resp.)
Mount units at appropriate height above floor to insure proper
B. Comply -do-
condensate trap depth and condensate drainage.
Install air handling unit to provide for adequate service access.
C. Coordinate location to ensure air handling unit does not infringe Comply -do-
upon access or service clearances of other equipment.
Upon completion of installation of air handling units, start-up and
operate equipment to demonstrate capability and compliance with
D. Comply -do-
requirements. Field correct malfunctioning components then re-
test to demonstrate compliance.
3.2 PRE-OPERATION MAINTENANCE
Rotate impeller by hand and check for shifting during shipment and
A. Comply provided for reference. Refer to the attached AHU IOM
check all bolts, collars, and other parts for tightness.
3.3 START-UP AND INSTRUCTIONS
A. Check vibration and correct as necessary for air balance work. Comply provided for reference. Refer to the attached AHU IOM
281 of 412
After air balancing is complete and permanent sheaves are in place,
perform necessary field mechanical balancing to meet vibration
B. Comply -do-
tolerance in Section 15070, Mechanical Sound, Vibration & Seismic
Control.
3.4 TESTING, BALANCING AND COMMISSIONING
Testing, Balancing and Commissioning shall be as referred to This shall be done by contractor. IOM manual shall be
A. throughout this Section, and in accordance with Section 15950 Comply provided for reference. Refer to the attached AHU IOM
Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. manuals (submittal section 2.F & 2.G resp.)
The test rig and all necessary blanks for the purpose of sealing the
B. ductwork under test shall be provided, blanks shall be removed Comply -do-
after the test has been approved for each section of the ductwork.
END OF SECTION
282 of 412
SECTION 4.B
PERFORMANCE COMPARISON
SCHEDULE
283 of 412
Project: SOUQ AL NAJADA REDEVELOPMET - BUILDING B10
Subject: TRANE AHU PERFORMANCE COMPARISON SCHEDULE
AIR HANDLING UNITS
FAN CAPACITY COOLING COIL DATA CHILLED WATER COIL DATA

REQUIRED MOTOR AIR ON COOLING AIR OFF COOLING W.E.T W.E.T
AIR FLOW EX.S.P COOLING LOAD FLOW RATE W.I.T. W.I.T.
TRANE AHU LOCATION & POWER COIL COIL . .
REFERENCE
MODEL SERVICE V/PH/HZ QTY.
DBT WBT DBT WBT DBT WBT DBT WBT SENSIBLE SENSIBLE TOTAL TOTAL
PROPOSED (CFM) (CMH) (in.w.g) (Pa.) (KW) (GPM) (kg/hr) °F °F °C °C
(°F) (°F) (°C) (°C) (°F) (°F) (°C) (°C) (TR) (KW) (TR) (KW)
AHU-B10-B1-01 REQUIRED BASEMENT-1 26000 44,210 2.5 625 30 415/3/50 114.8 86 46 30 74.9 72.3 23.8 22.4 91.7 322.4 132.8 466.9 318.7 72,383 44 54 6.67 12.22 1
AHU-B10-B1-01 PROPOSED CCTB 146 BASEMENT-1 44,210 625 22 400/3/50 46 30 23.1 22.8 345.5 466.9 72,257 6.67 12.22 1
AHU-B10-B1-02 REQUIRED BASEMENT-1 26000 44,210 3 750 30 415/3/50 114.8 86 46 30 74.9 72.3 23.8 22.4 91.7 322.4 132.8 466.9 318.7 72,383 44 54 6.67 12.22 1
AHU-B10-B1-03 PROPOSED CLCF 7 BASEMENT-1 18,704 500 11 400/3/50 46 30 22.8 22.8 148.2 197.6 30,581 6.67 12.22 1
AHU-B10-B2-01 REQUIRED BASEMENT-2 27000 45,911 2.5 625 30 415/3/50 114.8 86 46 30 74.9 72.3 23.8 22.4 92.1 323.8 128 450.0 307.2 69,771 44 54 6.67 12.22 1
AHU-B10-B2-02 REQUIRED BASEMENT-2 27000 45,911 3 750 30 415/3/50 114.8 86 46 30 74.9 72.3 23.8 22.4 92.1 323.8 128 450.0 307.2 69,771 44 54 6.67 12.22 1
AHU-B10-B2-03 PROPOSED CLCF 7 BASEMENT-2 18,704 500 11 400/3/50 46 30 23.8 23.4 142.1 187.0 28,940 6.67 12.22 1
AHU-01 REQUIRED MEZZ 11920 20,269 2 500 15 415/3/50 114.8 86 46 30 74.9 72.3 23.8 22.4 21.5 75.6 32 112.5 76.8 17,443 44 54 6.67 12.22 1
AHU-01 PROPOSED CLCF 7.5 MEZZ 20,269 500 11 400/3/50 46 30 23.8 23.3 154.4 208.6 32,276 6.67 12.22 1
NOTES:
1- CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE STATIC PRESSURE CALCULATIONS FOR ALL SUPPLY FANS INSTALLED FOR (AHU) FOR ENGINEERING APPROVAL BEFORE ORDERING THE UNITS . THE REQUIRED FAN AND DRIVE MOTOR HP (KW)SHALL BE PROVIDED WITHOUT
ADDITIONAL COST.
2- ALL THE ABOVE (AHU) SUPPLY & EXHAUST FANS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH STAND BY MOTOR DRIVE WITH THE NECESSARY ELECTRICAL WIRING & CONTROL CONNECTIONS . ALSO THE SUPPLY FANS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH VFD/VSD MOTORS (IF REQUIRED).
3- ALL THE ABOVE (AHU) WILL BE PROVIDED WITH UVC LIGHT INSTALLED AFTER THE COIL.
4- ALL (AHU) SHALL BE SHUT-OFF DURING EMERGENCY/SMOKE VENTILATION SYSTEM OPERATION.
284 of 412
Project: SOUQ AL NAJADA REDEVELOPMET - BUILDING B10
Subject: TRANE FAHU PERFORMANCE COMPARISON SCHEDULE
FRESH AIR HANDLING UNITS
HORSE SHOE HEAT PIPE & COOLING COIL DATA.

EXHAUST AIR CAPACITY
SPECIFIED EXHAUST AIR
HEAT RECOVERY WHEEL PRECOOL HEAT PIPE COOLING COIL REHEAT HEAT PIPE CHILLED WATER COIL DATA SUPPLY FAN CAPACITY
TRANE
REFERENCE
FAHU QTY.
UNIT.
MODEL AIR OFF TOTAL
FRESH AIR FRESH AIR AIR ON PRECOOL HEAT AIR ON COOLING AIR ON PRHEAT HEAT AIR OFF REHEAT
EX.S.P POWER TEMPERATURE PRECOOL AIR OFF COOLING COIL. COOLING FLOW RATE W.I.T. W.E.T. W.I.T. W.E.T. CAPACITY EX.S.P POWER
ON COIL H.R. OFF COIL H.R PIPE. COIL. PIPE. HEAT PIPE.
PROPOSED CFM CMH HEAT PIPE. COIL CAPACITY
IN DPT WPT DPT WPT DPT WPT DPT WPT DPT WPT DPT WPT DPT WPT DPT WPT DPT WPT DPT WPT DPT WPT DPT WPT DPT WPT DPT WPT DPT WPT DPT WPT DPT WPT DPT WPT IN
Pa. KW V/PH/HZ. BTUH. KW (GPM) (kg/hr) (F) (F) (C) (C) CFM CMH Pa. KW V/PH/HZ. PC.
W.G. (F) (F) (C) (C) (F) (F) (C) (C) (F) (F) (C) (C) (F) (F) (C) (C) (F) (F) (C) (C) (F) (F) (C) (C) (F) (F) (C) (C) (F) (F) (C) (C) (F) (F) (C) (C) W.G.
FAHU-01 SPECIFIED - 9,440 16,052 - - - 415/3/50 95 78 35 25.6 115 88.1 46.1 31.2 107.2 83.4 41.8 28.6 107.2 83.4 41.8 28.6 96.6 81.1 62.8 27.3 96.6 81.1 35.9 27.3 53.8 53 12.1 11.7 1588800 466 53.8 53 12.1 11.7 64.4 57.2 18.0 14.0 317.76 72,163 44 54 6.67 12.22 15,535 26,415 3 750 10 415/3/50 1
FAHU-01 PROPOSED CLCF 10.5 16052 750 7.5 400/3/50 35 25.6 46.1 31.2 40.5 29.5 40.5 29.5 34.6 28.2 34.6 28.2 13.5 13.5 466 13.5 13.5 18.0 14.1 72,155 6.67 12.22 26,415 750 18.5 400/3/50 1
FAHU-02 SPECIFIED - 10,400 17,684 - - - 415/3/50 95 78 35 25.6 115 88.1 46.1 31.2 106.3 81.2 41.3 27.3 106.3 82.4 41.3 27.3 95.7 80 35.4 26.7 95.7 80 35.4 26.7 53.8 53.06 12.1 11.7 1440000 422 53.78 53.06 12.1 11.7 84.4 57.2 18.0 14.0 288 65,405 44 54 6.67 12.22 14,835 25,225 3 750 9 415/3/50 1
FAHU-02 PROPOSED CLCF 9 17,684 750 11.0 400/3/50 35 25.6 46.1 31.2 40.2 29.2 40.2 29.2 34.2 28 34.2 28 14.0 14.0 422 14.0 14.0 18.1 14.1 65,342 6.67 12.22 25,225 750 18.5 400/3/50 1
285 of 412
SECTION 4.C
AHU DATA SHEETS
286 of 412
Offer N° 16-0020 Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-
User Carlo J. Abella AHU1050/1000/9783.327
Client SOUQ AL NAJADAH Date 28-02-2016
Project B10 Building City DOHA
Serial number
This proposal is subject to the application of Trane’s General Conditions of Sale, attached hereafter. Any order or
agreement, based on or resulting from this proposal, or subsequent versions of this proposal, will be governed by
these Trane’s General Con
However, this proposal is based upon the following project specific terms:
- Delivery: To be agreed
- Validity of Offer: 30 days
- Payment conditions: To be agreed
- Warranty: Standard Trane
- Supply: Ex factory
- Start up: on request
- Documentation: Standard Trane
- VAT and other taxes: not included
- What not explicitely mentioned: excluded
In case of conflict between the project’s specific terms and Trane’s General Conditions of Sale, the specific terms
shall prevail.
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/9783.327
287 of 412 1/59
28-02-2016
Unit reference Model Qty Unitary price Total list price
AHU-B10-B1-01 CCTB146 1
AHU-B10-B1-02 CCTB146 1
AHU-B10-B1-03 CLCF 7 1
AHU-B10-B2-01 CCTB173 1
AHU-B10-B2-02 CCTB173 1
AHU-B10-B2-03 CLCF 7 1
AHU-01 CLCF 7.5 1
FAHU-01 CLCF 10.5 1
FAHU-02 CLCF 9 1
Total price 9
Your contacts for any question regarding this proposal:
Sales Engineer Customer Support Commercial Manager
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/9783.327
288 of 412 2/59
28-02-2016
Model box mech. classes (EN 1886)
- Casing Strength: D1
- Air Leakage: L1
- Filter Bypass: F9
- Thermal Transmittance: T2
- Thermal Bridging: TB2
TRANE participates in the ECC
programme for Air Handling Units
(AHU); check ongoing validity of
certificate online
www.eurovent-certification.com or
using www.certiflash.com.
SFP 1.6 W/l/s = 1.6 kW/m3/s
calculated using EN BS 13779
standards.
Designed at mid-point filter status, wet
coil condition.
Offer N° 16-0020 Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

Unit reference AHU-B10-B1-01 City DOHA
Project B10 Building
Serial number
SUPPLY AIRFLOW m³/h 44210 RETURN AIRFLOW // m³/h
UNIT TYPE - CCTB146 - Single fan

Profile thickness Aluminum Panel thickness mm: 60
Frame profiles mm: 60 with thermal break Panel internal side Galvanised Steel
Insulation Polyurethane Foam (40 kg/m3) Panel external side Painted Galvanised Steel
Roof Absent Coil conn cabinet Absent
Type of roof Absent Internal profile insulation Absent
Support With baseframe Door type With hinges
Damper class Standard: Class 1 EN1751 Screw and bolts Galvanised Steel (standard)
Drain pan material Stainless Steel AISI 304 Packing type: Plastic Wrapping
Internal frame Galvanised Steel Eyes bolts Absent
Inspection side (supply air Right Connection side (supply Right

flow on back) air flow on back)
Width mm 3555 Height + basement mm 1975 + 100

Length mm 4140 Total weight kg 2099
Section 1 LENGTH: (mm) 1420 Weight :(kg) 1078

Section accessories
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1114.621
289 of 412 3/59
28-02-2016
MATERIAL DIMENSIONS N. EFFICIENCY
Soft Bag Filter Synthetic 592 x 592 x 48 mm 10 class G4 EN779 DP CL(Pa) 89+124
fiber 592 x 287 x 48 mm 5 class F7 EN779 DP MP(Pa) 133+186
Synthetic 592 x 592 x 535 mm 10 Des. Temp. 46.0 °C DP DT(Pa) 177+247
fiber 592 x 287 x 535 mm 5 Vtunnel 1.94 m/s
Filter frame Galvanised Steel
Side removal
With light and switch 230V
With marine window
TUBES Cu/0.4 TYPE 40x34.6 CAPAC. (kW) 466.9 FLUID Water
Cooling coil FINS AlPr/0.12 DIM (mm) 1600x3090 EAT/RH (°C-%) 46.0-32 FLOW. (Kg/h) 72257
FRAME Zn/2.0 ROWS (n) 3 LAT/RH (°C-%) 23.1-97 EWT/LWT 6.67 2.20
(°C) 0
CONN.Ø. 4" F.SPACE (mm) 2 Vcoilface 2.45 DP (kPa) 32.3
VOL. (lt) 105.1 CIRCUITS (n) 60 DP tot/dry (Pa) 115/81
FTA (mm) 3335
Sens./Tot. 0.74
Cu-AlPr-FeZn P40AR 3R-40T-3090A-2.0pa 60C 4"
Custom section UVC Lamp
Components 100 Kg Section length 300 mm

Pressure drop 0 Pa
This component is not part of EUROVENT Certification Program

Section accessories
FAN TYPE Backward curv AIRFLOW 44210 m³/h

Supply Fan SIZE NTHZ800T2L EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE 625 Pa
MATERIAL Galvanised Ste TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE 1058 Pa
PROTECTION Galvanised Steel RPM 1091 rpm
PULLEY F60 ABSORBED POWER 17.0 kW
BELT DRIVE EFFICIENCY STATIC/TOTAL 76/83 %
FAN DICHARGE VELOCITY: 12.1 m/s
FAN DICHARGE DIMENSION: L 1007 mm - H 1007 mm
In duct sound power: (dBA) 92.5
Octave in duct power level
F [Hz] 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Supply [dB] 85 87 92 89 88 82 76 68
SL585*450-DM1850*1120
GR2-2*6-2*8-2*6-2*8
With protection on drive (second door)

With inspection window
With stand-by motor (pulleys mounted-belts supplied)
Spring insulators
With flexible connection on fan dicharge
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1114.621
290 of 412 4/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/A
PROTECTION IP 55 RPM 1470
Motor IE-2 INSULATION CLASS F POWER SUPPLY 400V/3ph/50Hz
(EFF1) POLES N. 4 STARTING TYPE Star-Delta
INSTALLED POWER 22 kW RATED AMPS (A) 42.3
PULLEY F48 MAX AMPS (A) 317.3
MOTOR 50 Hz POWER INPUT: (kW) 20.23
SFPv (SFPe): (W/l/s) 1.6
Motor thermal protection PTC
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1114.621
291 of 412 5/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/A
Add elements IE3 MOTOR x 2 x 22kW
AHU sound levels Octave band (dB/Hz)

Tot. dB(A) 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Sound power level supply inlet 88 67 83 76 87 85 68 56 47
Sound power level supply outlet 93 81 89 96 89 88 81 73 66
Sound power level return inlet
Sound power level return outlet
Airborne sound power 69 63 73 64 64 46 37 31
- before installing the unit, read the IOM

- make the electrical wiring following the drawing inside of the motor power box or on motor label
- to avoid electrical motors overload, do not start the unit without filters or other component or without ducts or with
door open
- the unit has been designed with the required external static pressure and considering a status of filters: with plant
pressure drop less then the required, with different status of filters and without proper control, the airflow and the
sound power will be more than the indicated
- the cross flow recuperator has been designed in order to resist to the indicated differential pressure between the
plates. Do not exceed this value enslaving properly dampers or other interception devices. RHW and PHE are not
airtight devices and leakage between flows always occurs. Exact value can depends on static pressure and unit
configuration; to avoid contamination, the pressures on the fresh air side shall be higher than on the return air side
- performance data of the heat recuperator are considered for counterflow of air; in case both flows are in same
direction, performance data could be substantially different from those
- unit is designed for a maximum air temperature of 55°C
- depending on supply air temperature and outdoor condition, condensate on profiles can occur
- if water temperature entering the coil is below 1°C, freezing of coil fins can occur
- link the fan working to intercepting devices, as dampers or similar, avoiding fan working with those devices closed
- filter frame “side removable” could cause filter bypass due to not perfect airtight between filter cells
- if unit is provide of roof in kit, it will be provide separately, to mount on site by customer
- standard painted panel skin colour RAL9002
- if the door lenght is < 360 mm, also if selected, the inspection window will not be provided
- in some cases the inspection window could be partially occluded by components or components frame
- calculate sound pressure levels are indicative only. It corresponds to: free filed hemispheric sound radiation from the
unit casing, the inlet and outlet opening. Other sources, acoustic character of the room, air flow noise, duct connection
and vibration can influence the sound pressure in dependence. In practise, therefore measured values on site may be
different from the calculation ones
- unit has been designed in wet condition
- unit weight does not include water/refrigerant and control (if provided)
- tolerance on sound levels are: - airborne level : +/-3 Db; duct level : +/-5 Db @ 63-125 Hz
and +/-3 Db @ 250-8000 Hz
- due to the gasket between sections, the total length of the unit will be around mm.5+ longer for each break point
- dimensions of CLCF unit could be increase by mm.4 due to the plastic profile
- in case unit is provided of flat roof, it will be mm.20 out all around the unit
- in case unit is provided of sloped roof, it will be mm.100 out all around the unit
- due to bigger heater and bends, the steam coil finned area will be light reduced respect what indicated, with
consequent increase of the air velocity thought it
This technical sheet and the attached drawing is the only document reporting the air handling unit construction
features, also if not in conformity with offer or other requests/documents sent to us, including mechanical
specifications, technical description or similar.
For general construction features not indicated in it, refer to available documentation.
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1114.621
292 of 412 6/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/A
ErP compliance
Considering that: The European directive 2009/125/EC defines Ecodesign requirements and relating regulations for different products;
The product on this data sheet may be not a non-residential ventilation unit (as defined by EU 1253/2014); The product could result
“Not Compliant” to EU 1253/2014; A not compliance is allowed, in case of a ventilation unit is covered by the exemptions, as stated in
regulation No. EU 1253/2014 and later official interpretations; In some cases it may be possible that the conformity is only given after
the installation of the product into a complete system (it means that only the complete system is a compliant “ventilation unit” as
defined by the regulation); The product on this datasheet is a customized product and the selection and production is done according to
the Customer requirements; The Manufacturer is not informed about the exact scope and use of the product and Manufacturer is not
aware if an exemption can be applied as defined by EU 1253/2014;
Manufacturer assumes that an exception to this Regulation has be checked by the Customer and that, ordering this product, the client
accept the following clauses: The product is sold by Manufacturer as “out of scope” of the regulation EU 1253/2014; A declaration of
conformity and CE marking according the regulation EU 1253/2014 by TRANE is not possible for that reason; It is obligation of the
Customer to check the need of conformity of the installed product in the whole plant to European or national legislation (in this case the
obligation given by the relevant legislation has to be fulfilled by the installer of the product).
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1114.621
293 of 412 7/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/A
1007 197
1975
2075
771
100
1420 2720
4140
1274
1007
3555
1274
B10 Building
AHU-B10-B1-01
CCTB146
294 of 412
DO NOT SCALE Carlo J. Abella 28-02-2016
- Air Leakage: L1
- Filter Bypass: F9
certificate online
SFP 1.8 W/l/s = 1.8 kW/m3/s
standards.
coil condition.
Offer N° 16-0020 Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

Serial number

Profile thickness Aluminum Panel thickness mm: 60
Frame profiles mm: 60 with thermal break Panel internal side Galvanised Steel
Insulation Polyurethane Foam (40 kg/m3) Panel external side Painted Galvanised Steel
Roof Absent Coil conn cabinet Absent
Type of roof Absent Internal profile insulation Absent



Section accessories
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1164.057
295 of 412 9/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/B
Side removal
With marine window
(°C) 0
FTA (mm) 3335
Sens./Tot. 0.74
Custom section UVC Lamp Section

Pressure drop 0 Pa

Section accessories

F [Hz] 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Supply [dB] 86 88 93 90 89 83 77 69
SL585*450-DM1850*1120
GR2-2*6-2*8-2*6-2*8

Spring insulators
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1164.057
296 of 412 10/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/B
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1164.057
297 of 412 11/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/B
Add elements IE3 motor 2 x 30kW

Tot. dB(A) 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

door open
and +/-3 Db @ 250-8000 Hz
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1164.057
298 of 412 12/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/B
ErP compliance
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1164.057
299 of 412 13/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/B
1007 197
1975
2075
771
100
1420 2720
4140
1274
1007
3555
1274
B10 Building
AHU-B10-B1-02
CCTB146
300 of 412
- Air Leakage: L1
- Filter Bypass: F9
certificate online
SFP 1.4 W/l/s = 1.4 kW/m3/s
standards.
coil condition.
Offer N° 16-0020 Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

Serial number
UNIT TYPE - CLCF 7 - Comfort

Insulation Polyurethane Foam (40 kg/m3) Panel thickness mm: 50
Roof Absent Panel internal side Galvanised Steel
Type of roof Absent Panel external side Painted Galvanised Steel
Absent/No Roof Coil conn cabinet Absent
Internal frame Galvanised Steel Eyes bolts Present


Section accessories
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/521.549
301 of 412 15/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/C
Side removal
With marine window
(°C) 0
CONN.Ø. 2 1/2" F.SPACE (mm) 2 Vcoilface 2.44 DP (kPa) 15.7
FTA (mm) 2075
Sens./Tot. 0.75
Cu-AlPr-FeZn P40AR 3R-29T-1870A-2.0pa 43C 2 1/2"
Custom section UVC Section

Pressure drop 0 Pa

Section accessories

PULLEY 170 3G SPA - F40 ABSORBED POWER 6.4 kW
BELT DRIVE A102 EFFICIENCY STATIC/TOTAL 70/78 %
F [Hz] 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Supply [dB] 86 84 91 87 87 83 78 69
SL490*410-DM1300*730
GR2-1*6-1*7-1*6-1*8

Spring insulators
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/521.549
302 of 412 16/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/C
PULLEY 200 3G SPA - F42 MAX AMPS (A) 152.5
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/521.549
303 of 412 17/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/C

Tot. dB(A) 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

door open
and +/-3 Db @ 250-8000 Hz
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/521.549
304 of 412 18/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/C
ErP compliance
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/521.549
305 of 412 19/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/C
171
638
1314
1414
505
100
1575 2010
3585
793
2224
638
793
B10 Building
AHU-B10-B1-03
CLCF 7
306 of 412
- Air Leakage: L1
- Filter Bypass: F9
certificate online
SFP 1.5 W/l/s = 1.5 kW/m3/s
standards.
coil condition.
Offer N° 16-0020 Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

Serial number



Section accessories
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1145.769
307 of 412 21/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/D
fiber class F7 EN779 DP MP(Pa) 111+152
fiber Vtunnel 1.95 m/s
Side removal
With marine window
(°C) 0
CONN.Ø. 4" F.SPACE (mm) 2.5 Vcoilface 2.45 DP (kPa) 26.6
FTA (mm) 3135
Sens./Tot. 0.78

Pressure drop 0 Pa

Section accessories

F [Hz] 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Supply [dB] 86 88 93 90 89 83 77 69
SL585*450-DM1850*1120
GR2-2*6-2*8-2*6-2*8

Spring insulators
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1145.769
308 of 412 22/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/D
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1145.769
309 of 412 23/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/D

Tot. dB(A) 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

door open
and +/-3 Db @ 250-8000 Hz
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1145.769
310 of 412 24/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/D
ErP compliance
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1145.769
311 of 412 25/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/D
1007 377
2155
2255
771
100
1420 2720
4140
1174
1007
3355
1174
B10 Building
AHU-B10-B2-01
CCTB173
312 of 412
- Air Leakage: L1
- Filter Bypass: F9
certificate online
SFP 1.7 W/l/s = 1.7 kW/m3/s
standards.
coil condition.
Offer N° 16-0020 Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

Serial number



Section accessories
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1253.398
313 of 412 27/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/E
Side removal
With marine window
(°C) 0
CONN.Ø. 4" F.SPACE (mm) 2.5 Vcoilface 2.45 DP (kPa) 26.6
FTA (mm) 3135
Sens./Tot. 0.78

Pressure drop 0 Pa

Section accessories

Supply Fan SIZE NTHZ800T2 EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE 750 Pa
F [Hz] 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Supply [dB] 86 88 93 90 89 83 77 69
SL585*450-DM1850*1120
GR2-2*6-2*8-2*6-2*8

Spring insulators
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1253.398
314 of 412 28/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/E
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1253.398
315 of 412 29/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/E

Tot. dB(A) 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

door open
and +/-3 Db @ 250-8000 Hz
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1253.398
316 of 412 30/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/E
ErP compliance
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1253.398
317 of 412 31/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/E
1007 377
2155
2255
771
100
1420 2720
4140
1174
1007
3355
1174
B10 Building
AHU-B10-B2-02
CCTB173
318 of 412
- Air Leakage: L1
- Filter Bypass: F9
certificate online
SFP 1.4 W/l/s = 1.4 kW/m3/s
standards.
coil condition.
Offer N° 16-0020 Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

Serial number



Section accessories
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/521.225
319 of 412 33/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/F
Side removal
With marine window
(°C) 0
CONN.Ø. 2 1/2" F.SPACE (mm) 2.5 Vcoilface 2.44 DP (kPa) 40.1
FTA (mm) 2075
Sens./Tot. 0.76

Pressure drop 0 Pa

Section accessories

F [Hz] 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Supply [dB] 86 84 91 87 87 83 78 69
SL490*410-DM1300*730
GR2-1*6-1*7-1*6-1*8

Spring insulators
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/521.225
320 of 412 34/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/F
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/521.225
321 of 412 35/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/F

Tot. dB(A) 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

door open
and +/-3 Db @ 250-8000 Hz
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/521.225
322 of 412 36/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/F
ErP compliance
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/521.225
323 of 412 37/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/F
171
638
1314
1414
505
100
1575 2010
3585
793
2224
638
793
B10 Building
AHU-B10-B2-03
CLCF 7
324 of 412
- Air Leakage: L1
- Filter Bypass: F9
certificate online
SFP 1.3 W/l/s = 1.3 kW/m3/s
standards.
coil condition.
Offer N° 16-0020 Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

Unit reference AHU-01 City DOHA
Serial number
UNIT TYPE - CLCF 7.5 - Comfort



Section accessories
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/557.611
325 of 412 39/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/G
Side removal
With marine window
(°C) 0
CONN.Ø. 2 1/2" F.SPACE (mm) 2 Vcoilface 2.49 DP (kPa) 31.8
FTA (mm) 1775
Sens./Tot. 0.74

Pressure drop 0 Pa

Section accessories

F [Hz] 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Supply [dB] 88 86 90 85 85 78 72 65
SL490*410-DM1390*830
GR2-1*7-2*6-1*7-2*6

With safety door microswitch
Spring insulators
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/557.611
326 of 412 40/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/G
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/557.611
327 of 412 41/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/G

Tot. dB(A) 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

door open
and +/-3 Db @ 250-8000 Hz
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/557.611
328 of 412 42/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/G
ErP compliance
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/557.611
329 of 412 43/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/G
359
715
1614
1714
540
100
1575 2100
3675
604
1923
715
604
B10 Building
AHU-01
CLCF 7.5
330 of 412
- Air Leakage: L1
- Filter Bypass: F9
certificate online
SFP 3.2 W/l/s = 3.2 kW/m3/s
standards.
coil condition.
Offer N° 16-0020 Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

Unit reference FAHU-01 City DOHA
Serial number
SUPPLY AIRFLOW m³/h 26415 RETURN AIRFLOW 16052 m³/h
UNIT TYPE - CLCF 10.5 - Comfort

Roof Galvanised metal sheet Panel internal side Galvanised Steel
Type of roof Factory mounted Panel external side Painted Galvanised Steel
Flat Coil conn cabinet Absent
Width mm 2224 Height + basement mm 1920 + 100 + 1920 + 100


Section accessories
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1726.868
331 of 412 45/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/H
Side removal
With marine window
EMPTY SECTION LENGTH: (mm) 800

Section accessories

Section accessories

Return Fan SIZE NTHZ500T2L EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE 750 Pa
F [Hz] 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Supply [dB] 83 84 89 85 85 80 74 66
SL430*290-DM1240*730
GR2-1*6-1*6-1*6-1*7

Spring insulators
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1726.868
332 of 412 46/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/H
INSTALLED POWER 7.5 kW RATED AMPS (A) 15.3

Section accessories
Heat Recovery Type Wheel External air flow m³/h 26415

Material Aluminum Eat/UR - (Lat/UR):(°C) 46.1/35.0(40.6/45.0)
Th. * diam. (mm) 290*1850 Exhaust air flow m³/h 16052
N°1 SH1-N-W-1850-CS-200-K-O-A1-1 Eat/UR - (Lat/UR):(°C) 35.0/48.0(43.8/32.0)
Motor 3 x 400V DP ex.air - DP fresh air (Pa) 151 - 272
Ricirculation factor % 0.00 Capacity (Kw) 71.32
Class of recovery 0 Eff.(Ashrae/EN) 82 / 50 %
Eff. (EN balanced) 50.00 %
Without variable frequency driver (input 400V/3ph/50Hz)
Opening only - Exhaust air
Opening only - Fresh air
Recuperator could have been designed only for partial air flow / not design for total air flow.
The heat recovery section is divided in n. 2 modules.The heat exchanger could be provided separately

Synthetic filter Synthetic class DP CL(Pa) 0
fiber DP MP(Pa) 0
Des. Temp. 34.6 °C DP DT(Pa) 0
Vtunnel 1.90 m/s

Section accessories
Custom section HPD Pre-cool Section

Pressure drop 40 Pa
With drain pan


Section accessories
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1726.868
333 of 412 47/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/H
(°C) 0
FTA (mm) 2115
Sens./Tot. 0.41
Custom section HPD Reheat Section

Pressure drop 40 Pa

Section accessories

F [Hz] 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Supply [dB] 84 85 91 89 89 83 78 69
SL490*410-DM1500*910
GR2-1*8-2*6-2*6-2*8

Spring insulators


Section accessories
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1726.868
334 of 412 48/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/H
Synthetic filter Synthetic 592 x 592 x 48 mm 9 class G4 EN779 DP CL(Pa) 37
fiber 287 x 592 x 48 mm 3 DP MP(Pa) 55
Vtunnel 1.15 m/s
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1726.868
335 of 412 49/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/H
Add elements Supply fan IE3 motor 2 x 18.5kW
Exhaust fan IE3 motor 2 x 7.5kW

Tot. dB(A) 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Sound power level return inlet 85 68 78 84 85 81 73 72 58
Sound power level return outlet 89 79 86 93 85 85 79 71 64

door open
and +/-3 Db @ 250-8000 Hz
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1726.868
336 of 412 50/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/H
ErP compliance
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1726.868
337 of 412 51/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/H
1890 255
2020
4040
462
801
1920
657
100
1535 800 560 200 890 2210
6195
711
2224
801
712
B10 Building
FAHU-01
CLCF 10.5
338 of 412
- Air Leakage: L1
- Filter Bypass: F9
certificate online
SFP 3.6 W/l/s = 3.6 kW/m3/s
standards.
coil condition.
Offer N° 16-0020 Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

Unit reference FAHU-02 City DOHA
Serial number
SUPPLY AIRFLOW m³/h 25225 RETURN AIRFLOW 17684 m³/h

Roof Galvanised metal sheet Panel internal side Galvanised Steel
Type of roof Factory mounted Panel external side Painted Galvanised Steel
Flat Coil conn cabinet Absent
Width mm 1923 Height + basement mm 1920 + 100 + 1920 + 100


Section accessories
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1778.229
339 of 412 53/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/I
Side removal
With marine window

Section accessories

Return Fan SIZE NTHZ500T2L EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE 750 Pa
F [Hz] 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Supply [dB] 84 85 90 86 86 81 75 67
SL490*410-DM1300*730
GR2-1*6-1*7-1*6-1*8

Spring insulators

CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1778.229
340 of 412 54/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/I
Section accessories
Heat Recovery Type Wheel External air flow m³/h 25225

Material Aluminum Eat/UR - (Lat/UR):(°C) 46.1/35.0(40.2/45.0)
Th. * diam. (mm) 290*1800 Exhaust air flow m³/h 17684
N°1 SH1-N-W-1800-CS-200-K-O-A1-1 Eat/UR - (Lat/UR):(°C) 35.0/48.0(43.2/33.0)
Motor 3 x 400V DP ex.air - DP fresh air (Pa) 178 - 275
Ricirculation factor % 0.00 Capacity (Kw) 74.83
Class of recovery 0 Eff.(Ashrae/EN) 76 / 53 %
Eff. (EN balanced) 53.00 %
Without variable frequency driver (input 400V/3ph/50Hz)
Opening only - Exhaust air
Opening only - Fresh air
Recuperator could have been designed only for partial air flow / not design for total air flow.
The heat recovery section is divided in n. 2 modules.The heat exchanger could be provided separately
Cross dimensions of recovery section will be larger than the AHU

Synthetic filter Synthetic class DP CL(Pa) 0
fiber DP MP(Pa) 0
Vtunnel 2.11 m/s

Section accessories
Custom section HPD Pre-cool Section

Pressure drop 60 Pa
With drain pan


Section accessories
(°C) 0
FTA (mm) 1815
Sens./Tot. 0.41
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1778.229
341 of 412 55/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/I
Custom section HPD Reheat Section

Pressure drop 60 Pa

Section accessories

Supply Fan SIZE NTHZ630T2 EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE 750 Pa
F [Hz] 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Supply [dB] 93 95 93 89 89 83 77 69
SL490*410-DM1500*910
GR2-1*8-2*6-1*8-2*7

Spring insulators


Section accessories

Synthetic filter Synthetic 592 x 592 x 48 mm 9 class G4 EN779 DP CL(Pa) 51
fiber DP MP(Pa) 76
Vtunnel 1.48 m/s
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1778.229
342 of 412 56/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/I
Add elements Supply fan IE3 motor 2 x 18.5kW
Exhaust fan IE3 motor 2 x 11kW

Tot. dB(A) 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Sound power level return inlet 87 70 80 86 86 82 74 73 59
Sound power level return outlet 90 80 87 94 86 86 80 72 65

door open
and +/-3 Db @ 250-8000 Hz
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1778.229
343 of 412 57/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/I
ErP compliance
CLCFWin Rel. 3.3.1.22 01-10-2015-

AHU1050/1000/1778.229
344 of 412 58/59
28-02-2016-Offer N°16-0020/I
2010 255
2020
4040
462
801
1920
657
100
2335 560 200 890 2210
6195
561
1923
801
561
B10 Building
FAHU-02
CLCF 9
345 of 412
SPC HEAT PIPES FZC
Horseshoe Heat Pipe Schedule
ITEM NUMBER 1 2
ITEM REFERENCE FAHU-01 FAHU-02
VERSION NUMBER Version 9.3
GENERAL
Air Flow Rate (m³/s) 7.34 7.01
Face Height (mm) 1845 1559
Face Width (mm) 1760 1760
Air Velocity (m/s) 2.26 2.55
Fin Material Aluminium Vinyl Coated 0.14 Aluminium Vinyl Coated 0.14
Casing Material Galvanised Sheet Galvanised Sheet
CAPACITY
Pre Cool Saving (KW) 54.3 52.4
Cooling Coil Duty (KW) 503.4 469.9
Reheat Saving (KW) 54.3 52.4
CONDITIONS
Air On Precool DB/WB(ºC) / RH(%) 40.5 / 29.5 / 45 40.2 / 29.2 / 45
Air Off Precool DB/WB(ºC) / RH(%) 34.6 / 28.2 / 62 34.2 / 27.9 / 62
Air On Reheat DB/WB(ºC) / RH(%) 12.1 / 11.7 / 95 12.1 / 11.7 / 95
Air Off Reheat DB/WB(ºC) / RH(%) 18.0 / 14.1 / 65 18.1 / 14.1 / 64
HEATPIPE
Fin Coating None None
Working Fluid R134A R134A
Heatpipe Type Horseshoe Horseshoe
Pressure Drop (Pa) 71 96
Size (Height x Width x Depth) 1895 x 1940 x 510 1609 x 1940 x 510
Weight (kg) 150 131
Qty 1 1
Page 3 of 3 Ref: 023876/16 R5
346 of 412
SECTION 5.0
PREVIOUS PROJECT APPROVALS

(PARTIAL COPIES)
347 of 412
- Refer to attached sheet for comments
DFC - 3100 MALL MAIN CONTRACT - 796/09
SFA
A Mostafa Wahab Carl
Carlos
os Bocalig
B
11-02-2015
348 of 412
Comments:
1- Trane acceptable as manufacturer for AHUs / FAHUs subject to origin from Italy
2- Filters for these units shall be provided according to specifications
3- Capacities of AHUs serving north food court have been revised according to RFI No 3300-JV-RFI-MH-
0155 Dtd 04-02-2015; revised and highlighted schedule for these units is attached for reference. Reselect
the units accordingly and resubmit for approval
4- Two units serving management office Ref AHU-MO/Z4-01 and AHU-MO/Z4-02 shall be deleted from
schedule according to client's instructions
5- Refer attached commented schedule for final selection of units
6- Height of all units at roof shall be coordinated with height of parapet / facade and contractor shall
confirm before ordering that none of the units are higher than corresponding parapet / facade height and
contractor to arrange a workshop regarding this issue involving architect
7- Attached documents have two catalogues for motors (Simotop & Delphi), confirm which motor will used
for these units
8- Provide complete spare parts list for these units
9- Provide test certificates along with delivery of material
10- Provide country of origin certificate along with delivery of material
11- Warranty for these units shall be provided according to specs
12- Assembling of any AHU / FAHU if required at site shall be done under supervision of Trane's
Engineer
13- Some proposed AHU / FAHU kW rating is not matching with IFC and shall be acceptable without
additional claim to client
14-
14- All AHUs
Refer selectionfor
to submittal shall comply
further with GSAS requirements
comments
15- Provide drift eliminators for all units where coil face velocity is exceeding 2.5 m/s
16- Refer to submittal for further comments
349 of 412
350 of 412
351 of 412
352 of 412
353 of 412
354 of 412
355 of 412
356 of 412
357 of 412
358 of 412
359 of 412
360 of 412
361 of 412
SECTION 6.0
PROJECT REFERENCE LIST (PARTIAL)
362 of 412
TRANE Air Handling Units from Italy (CCTA/CCTB/CLCF)- Partial Installation List in
Qatar
YEAR PROJECT NAME CONTRACTOR QTY MODEL
2015 General Postal Corp Main Bldg Gulf Integrated Group 24 CLCF
2015 West Bay Villa Sogolec 5 CLCF/CCTB
2015 Al Rayyan Villa Al Huda Engg Works 1 CLCF
2015 MEP Refurbishment of Group Bldg @C-Ring Best Trading 1 CLCF
2015 Supreme Command AlTamez 4 CCTB
2015 Al Jassasiya South How Radiant Engg 38 CLCF
2015 ABM Military College Pkg--3 Simulation Bldg Electro Mech Engg 3 CLCF/CCTA
2015 Workers Hospital Voltas 16 CCTB
2015 Doha Festival City Voltas - Al Futtain Joint Venture (VAFE) 125 CLCF
2015 Premier Inn - Doha Lightning 1 CCTA
2015 Premier Inn - Doha Lightning 7 CLCF
2014 HOD Phase3 (large FCUs) Conspel 5 CCTA
2014 Renovation of Sheraton Hotel Structural Qatar 11 CCTA
2014 2 Health Centres @ Karaama & Ghuwairiya HBK 4 CLCF
2014 Private Villa Palace Torch Engineering & Trading 4 CCTA
2013 Qatar Foundation Research & Development Anel MEP 9 CCTA
2013 Qatar Foundation Research & Development Anel MEP 43 CCTA
2013 Al Jazeera Arabic Channel Extension Qatar Electro Mechanical Group 5 CCTA
2013 MKH Office Tower Al Moayyed 3 CLCF
2013 MKH Office Tower Al Moayyed 2 CCTB
363 of 412 PAGE - 1 OF 3

Qatar
2012 NDIA Car Rebtal Facility Hitachi Plant 3 CCTB
2012 MV2 - Meeza Data Centre (AHUs) Hastie 2 CCTB
2012 Shooting Range Hamton International WLL 1 CCTA
2012 Nakilat Erhama Bin Jaber Al Jalahma Ship Yard Ph Al Moayyed Air Conditioning W.L.L 6 CLCF
2011 Family Kitchen at Al Wajba Hamad Bin Khalid Engineering Services WLL 4 CCTA
2011 Shooting Range Hamton International WLL 13 CCTA
2011 MV3- Meeza Data Centre Harinsa Contracting Co. Qatar WLL 1 CCTB
2010 Medical Factory Natali Engg 11 CCTA
2009 Qatalum Crane Workshop Astaldi Arabia Ltd 6 CCTA
2009 HMC - Replacement Continental Cooling 14 CCTA
2009 Al Marmar Palace TAKYEEF ELECTROMECHANICAL WLL 2 CCTA
2009 Al Marmar Palace TAKYEEF ELECTROMECHANICAL WLL 18 CCTA
2008 Al Amal Hospital Continental Cooling Company 2 CCTA
2008 Dolphin Energy SS50 Continental Cooling Company 4 CCTA
2008 Qatalum Firelink 4 CCTA
2008 Diwan Amiri NECC 23 CCTA
2007 Qatar Gas 3 and 4 Consolidated Contractors LLC 52 CCTA
2007 Ras Gas Train Consolidated Contractors LLC 1 CCTA
2007 Hamad Medical Centre Continental Cooling Co WLL 19 CCTA
2007 Ras Laffan Lng Co Consolidated Contractors LLC 1 CCTA
2007 Common Laboratory Project - Ras laffan The Qatari Modern Maintenance 4 CCTA
2007 Al Khaleej Consolidated contractors international 16 CCTA
2007 Ras Gas 7 Consolidated contractors international 18 CCTA
364 of 412 PAGE - 2 OF 3

Qatar
2007 QGX II Addl Units Consolidated contractors international 2 CCTA
2007 Ras Gas 6 Consolidated contractors international 30 CCTA
2006 Hamad Medical City - Ministry of Public Health Consolidated contractors international 22 CCTA
2006 20 Bldgs for QGXII Development Consolidated contractors international 42 CCTA
2005 Dolphin Project Taisei Corporation 72 CCTA
775
365 of 412 PAGE - 3 OF 3

SECTION 7.0
COMPANY PROFILE
366 of 412
Trane Commercial Systems
The Global Leader in Commercial HVAC
367 of 412
Advancing the Quality of Life
We advance the quality of life by

creating and sustaining safe,
comfortable and efficient
environments addressing the world’s
growing critical needs for
• Clean and comfortable air

• Secure homes and buildings
• Safe and fresh food
• Energy efficiency
• Sustainable business practices
© 2013 Trane - All rights reserved
CPM-CMS001-E4_0613
A world of sustainable progress and enduring results 2
368 of 412
Ingersoll Rand Overview
• A $14 billion diversified industrial company
• Publicly-held; NYSE:IR
• Operations in every major geographic region
• Strategic brands are #1 or #2 in their markets
• Products and services for commercial,
industrial and residential markets
CPM-CMS001-E4_0613
369 of 412
Our Businesses and Brands
Climate Industrial Residential Security
Solutions Technologies Solutions Technologies
A broad portfolio Products, services and Security and climate Security products that
of HVACR systems solutions that enhance control products that make environments
and services customers’ energy deliver safety, comfort safe, secure and
efficiency, productivity and efficiency to productive.
and operations. homeowners
$7.4B $2.9B $2.1B $1.6B

annual revenue annual revenue annual revenue annual revenue
CPM-CMS001-E4_0613
370 of 412
Ingersoll Rand Revenue Profile
Revenue by Geography
6%
12%
14%
21%
53% 16% 64%
14%
North America
Europe, Middle East
Asia
Latin America
2012 Revenue: $14.0B

CPM-CMS001-E4_0613
371 of 412
100 Years of Focusing on Building Life
When you have a 100-year legacy of partnership, it’s easy to predict how Trane will
work with you in the future. Just as we work with you now to deliver innovative
products, systems and services that meet your needs, our partnership will continue
going forward to develop innovative solutions that address your growing concerns
about the environment, energy efficiency and sustainability. Research in renewable
energy technologies, advancements in energy management services, and best
practices in energy conservation today will define the future of energy use for
generations to come. At Trane, we see more than a building. We see opportunities to
build life, and lead the industry for the next 100 years.
CPM-CMS001-E4_0613
372 of 412
A History of Innovations
1885 1958
1938 Trane settles
James Trane
launches a plumbing
Turbovac: in Europe 1984
business First hermetic 1978 Trane
centrifugal unit Trane enters acquired by
Energy American
Management, Standard Inc.
Controls and
1923 BAS business
The convector
radiator replaces
cast iron radiators
1913 1931 2008

James & his son Trane’s Trane is acquired
1925 first air
Reuben incorporated by
the Trane Company Trane conditioning
Graduate unit was
Engineer promoted: 1982
Training the Trane 1950s
Trane unitary or Trane
Program Unit Cooler. acquires the TODAY
self contained
air conditioning central air Trane has 700+
units for conditioning LEED Accredited
CPM-CMS001-E4_0613
commercial use department of Professionals

General
Electric
7
373 of 412
Trane is a Global Leader
• 25,000 employees in 60 countries

• 24 manufacturing locations on 4 continents
• 400 business locations in more than 100 countries
• Over 250 service locations
• Over 4,300 factory-trained and certified service
professionals
• Over 3,000 engineers including 700+ LEED* accredited
engineers worldwide
• Global presence organized in 4 regions:
North America, Latin America, EMEIA, and Asia Pacific.
* Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design (LEED) is a green building certification system ensuring that a building was designed and built using strategies intended
to improve performance in metrics such as energy savings, water efficiency, CO2 emissions reduction, and improved indoor environmental quality.
CPM-CMS001-E4_0613
Industry leadership 8
374 of 412
What we deliver
Trane offers reliable, state-of-the-art energy-efficient systems that deliver comfort
for commercial buildings and homes.
Proven Expertise Innovation Customer Focus
Skilled, resourceful people Leadership in energy Customers see us as

efficient technology trusted advisors
Quality Value Choice

Commitment to outstanding Working to deliver the Comprehensive products,

quality lowest total cost of systems & services
CPM-CMS001-E4_0613
ownership
375 of 412
Total Lifecycle Solutions
Construct and Renovate and

Design Install Operate Modernize
CPM-CMS001-E4_0613
Making buildings better life 10
376 of 412
Strong local presence
• 130 sales and service locations in

Trane EMEIA
• Over 1,000 of the best trained
sales engineers and service
technicians in the industry
• Consistent local support:
engineering expertise, application
assistance, service, parts and
financial solutions.
• Trane offices provide the working
knowledge of local business
practices and building codes.
CPM-CMS001-E4_0613
Industry leadership 11
377 of 412
Customer driven solutions
Chillers Airside Unitary Building Controls
• Water cooled • Air Handling Units • Rooftop units • Tracer™ controllers
centrifugal • Fan coils • Ducted and ductless • Factory or field
• Air and water cooled • Cassettes split systems mounted controls
Screw • Variable Air Volume • Precision air • Integrated Comfort™
• Air and water cooled conditioners systems
Scroll
Integrated Systems Leadership
Services and Parts Energy Solutions

• Elite Start™ • Systems optimization
• Trane Select™ Contracts • Energy retrofit services
• Trane Controls Services • Performance contracts
• Trane Care™ Services

CPM-CMS001-E4_0613
• Trane Intelligent Services
Systems and services for comprehensive solutions 12
378 of 412
An integrated solutions partner
Rooftop HVAC systems:
Water chillers, heat pumps,
fresh air control
Environmental comfort: Tenant interface:
Lighting and sunblind control Setpoint and room conditions
information
Workstation: Open space comfort:

Building Management Chilled beams with factory
System, operation and mounted controls, fan coils
diagnosis with factory mounted
controls
Hot water plant:

Boiler plant control
Interoperability:
Access control system
monitoring Energy metering and
monitoring
CPM-CMS001-E4_0613
Meeting customers’ needs 13
379 of 412
Understanding your business
needs
Lodging and Office
Retail buildings Industry Healthcare
Institutional Life Sciences Data Centers

CPM-CMS001-E4_0613
Application expert 14
380 of 412
World Class Quality
Trane is committed to providing reliable products and services through continuous
attention to safety and quality from equipment design and over the life-time of systems:
Factory certification
Golbey and Charmes: ISO 9001 – ISO14001
Continuous process improvement

• DFT (Demand Flow® Technology) assures the integrity and efficiency of production
and on-time shipments
• Six Sigma quality tools allow our business processes to be faster, safer, more
accurate and more effective
• RIE (Rapid Improvement Events) to continuously improve factory layout and productivity
Product certifications
• CE mark
• Eurovent
EHS values
• We comply with Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) standards in all our processes
• We develop solutions that reduce energy consumption and soften the environmental impact
• We set world-class EHS goals that drive proactive programs and performance.
CPM-CMS001-E4_0613
Continuous improvement 15
381 of 412
Operational excellence
PQP (Product Quality Plan)
• Air condenser coil “tank” test
• Two stage high pressure test
• Vacuum test
• Refrigerant leak test
• Setting of controls
• Final Eurovent certified performance test
100% of units are tested before shipment
Customer witnessed testing

Specific tests are conducted in Trane Eurovent certified test
loop for air cooled and water-cooled chillers with a capacity
up to 1500kW.
During theses tests, all operating parameters are recorded

by laboratory grade data acquisition systems. Chiller test
results are provided in a report to the customer.
CPM-CMS001-E4_0613
A reliable and trusted provider 16
382 of 412
Our progress continues with you
Leader in Leader in
Comfort Leader in Safety Leader in
Energy Efficiency Industry
Thank you for your visit

For more information visit our websites: - ingersollrand.com

- trane.com
CPM-CMS001-E4_0613
- engineer.trane.com
17
383 of 412
CPM-CMS001-E4_0613
18
384 of 412
385 of 412
386 of 412
387 of 412
388 of 412
SECTION 8.0
CERTIFICATES
8.A EUROVENT CERTIFICATE

8.B CE CERTIFICATE
8.C ISO9001 CERTIFICATE
8.D FAN AMCA CERTIFICATE (WEB PRINTED)
389 of 412
Eurovent Certita Certification S.A.S. - 48/50, rue de la victoire - 75009 PARIS FRANCE
R.C.S. PARIS 513 133 637 - NAF 7120B
Accreditation #5-0517 Products and Services Certification

according to NF EN ISO/CEI 17065:2012 - Scope available on
www.cofrac.fr.
COFRAC is signatory of EA MLA, list of EA members is available in
http://www.european-accreditation.org/ea-members
Certification Diploma N° : 13.11.001

Eurovent Certita Certification certifies that
Air Handling Units
from
SOCIETE TRANE SAS

Located at
BP 6 - 1 rue des Ameriques
88191 Golbey Cedex, France
Range
CLCF
Software for calculation of performances
CLCLF WIN 4.0 Rel.3.1.1.18
Trade name
TRANE
have been assessed according the requirements of following standard

OM-5-2015
The list of certified products is displayed at :

http://www.eurovent-certification.com
Manufacturing places
Termoli, Italy
SOCIETE TRANE SAS

is authorised to use the EUROVENT CERTIFIED PERFORMANCE mark
in accordance with the rules specified in the Operational Manual
OM-5-2015
Erick MELQUIOND Approval date : 2013/11/19

President Re-checked on : 2015/09/22
Valid until : 2016/03/31
390 of 412
Claris version: Prod 5.0.2b (14/09/2015)
Eurovent Certita Certification S.A.S. - 48/50, rue de la victoire - 75009 PARIS FRANCE
R.C.S. PARIS 513 133 637 - NAF 7120B
Accreditation #5-0517 Products and Services Certification

according to NF EN ISO/CEI 17065:2012 - Scope available on
www.cofrac.fr.
COFRAC is signatory of EA MLA, list of EA members is available in
http://www.european-accreditation.org/ea-members
Certification Diploma N° : 03.12.047

Eurovent Certita Certification certifies that
Air Handling Units
from
SOCIETE TRANE SAS

Located at
BP 6 - 1 rue des Ameriques
88191 Golbey Cedex, France
Range
CCTA
Software for calculation of performances
CLCLF WIN 4.0 Rel.3.1.1.18
Trade name
TRANE
have been assessed according the requirements of following standard

OM-5-2015
The list of certified products is displayed at :

http://www.eurovent-certification.com
Manufacturing places
Termoli, Italy
SOCIETE TRANE SAS

is authorised to use the EUROVENT CERTIFIED PERFORMANCE mark
in accordance with the rules specified in the Operational Manual
OM-5-2015
Erick MELQUIOND Approval date : 2003/12/08

President Re-checked on : 2015/12/09
Valid until : 2016/03/31
391 of 412
Claris version: Prod 5.0.2b (19/11/2015)
Déclaration du fabricant - Interdiction de mise en service
Declaration by the manufacturer - Prohibition to put into service
Herstellererklärung - Verbot der inbetriebnahme
Dichiarazione del fabbricante - Divieto di messa in servizio
Declaración "CE" del fabricante - Prohibición de puesta en servicio
Verklaring van fabrikant - Verbod van ingebruikstelling
Erklæring fra fabrikanten
Produsenterklæring - Forbud mot å sette i drift
Tillverkardeklaration - Förbud att ta i bruk
Valmistajan antama vakuutus - Käyttöönottokielto
ÄÞëùóç ôïõ êáôáóêåõáóôïý - Áðáãüñåõóç ãéá èÝóç óå ÷ñÞóç
(Directive 98/37/CE, 4.2, Ann. II, B)
SOCIETE TRANE, 1, rue des Amériques, 88190 GOLBEY (France)
déclare ci-après que : herewith declares that : erklärt hiermit daß : dichiara che : declaramos que el
producto : verklaart hiermede dat : erklærer herved at : herved erklæres at : försäkrar härmed att :
vakuuttaa, että : ðéï êÜôù äçëþíåé üôé:
Machine/machinery/maschine/modello/marca/merk/maskinen/merke/m
ärke/merkki/ ìç÷áíÞìáôá : TRANE CCTA
Type / Typ / Tipo / Tipo / Type / Tyypi / Type / Type / Tipo / Typ / Typ /
Typ / Tipus / Tύπου / Tip / Tip / Tip / SR / Tip / Tüüp / Tipas / Tips /
N° de série/ serial number/ serienummer/numero di serie/ numero de
serie/serienummer/ serienummer/ serienummer/tillverkningsnummer/
sarjanumero jne/ áñéèìüò óåéñÜò ðáñáãùãÞò :
• est prévue pour être incorporée dans une machine ou être assemblée avec d'autres machines pour constituer une machine
couverte par la directive 98/37/CE modifiée.
is intended to be incorporated into machinery or to be assembled with other machinery to constitute machinery covered by
Directive 98/37/EC as amended.
vorgesehen ist zum Einbau in eine Maschine oder mit anderen Maschinen zu einer Maschine im Sinne der Richtlinie
98/37/EWG inklusive deren Aenderungen zusammengefügt wird.
è costruito per essere incorporato in una macchina o per essere assemblato con altri macchinari per costituire una macchina
considerata dalla Direttiva 98/37/CE, com modificata.
será incorporada a una máquina o unida con otras máquinas para forma una máquina a la que se aplica la directiva CE
98/37/CE, incluidas las modificaciones de la misma.
ertoe bestems is als onderdeel te worden ingebouwd in een machine of met andere machines te worden samengebouwd tot een
machine waarop Richtlijn 98/37/EG, zoals laatstelijk gewijzigd, van toapassing is.
er tænkt inkorporeret i maskiner eller samles med andre maskindele til indsættelse i maskiner dækket af Maskindirektivet
98/37/EC, med ædring.
er plantagt innarbeidet/montert sammen med andre maskiner til sammensatt/-bygt maskiner og er dekket av det utvidede
Direktiv 98/37/EC.
är avsedd att bli inmonterad i en större maskin eller byggas ihop med en annan maskin, som tillsammans kommer att utgöra en
maskin som omfattas av Direktiv 98/37/EC, inklusive tillägg.
on tarkoitettu koneen rakenteelliseksi osaksi tai liitettäväksi toiseen koneeseen niin, että ne yhdessä muodostavat direktiivin
98/37/ETY ja siihen liittyvien muutosten tarkoittaman koneen.
ðñüêåéôáé íá óõãêñïôçèïýí óå ìç÷áíÞìáôá Þ íá óõíáñìïëïãçèïýí ìå Üëëá ìç÷áíÞìáôá ãéá íá áðïôåëÝóïõí
ìç÷áíÞìáôá ðïõ êáëýðôïíôáé áðï ôçí Ïäçãßá 98/37/EC, üðùò ôñïðïðïéÞèçêå.
• est également conforme aux dispositions des directives CEE suivantes :
is in conformity with the provisions of the following other EEC directives :
konform ist mit den einschlägigen Bestimmungen folgender weiterer EG-Richtlinien :
è conforme alle condizioni delle seguenti altre direttive CE :
está, además, en conformidad con las exigencias de las siguientes directivas de la CE :
voldoet aan de bepalingen van de volgende andere EEG-richtlijnen :
er i overnsstemmelse med fØlgende EU-direktiver :
er i samswar med bestemmelsene i fØlgende Øvrige EEC direktiver :
är tillverkad i överensstämmelse med följande andra EEC direktiv :
täyttää seuraavien ETY:n muiden direktiivien määräykset :
åíáñìïíßæïíôáé ìå ôá Üñèñá ôùí áêïëïýèùí Ýôåñùí ïäçãéþí ôçò Å.Å :
89/336/CEE - 2006/95/CE
392 of 412
Et déclare par ailleurs qu'il est interdit de mettre la machine en service avant que la machine dans laquelle elle sera incorporée
ou dont elle constitue une partie ait été considérée et déclarée conforme aux dispositions de la Directive 98/37/CE et aux
législations nationales la transposant, c'est-à-dire formant un ensemble incluant la machine concernée par la présente
déclaration.
And furthermore declares that is not allowed to put the machinery into service until the machinery into which it is to be
incorporated or of which it is to be a component has been found and declared to be in conformity with the provisions of
Directive 98/37/EC and with national implementing legislation, i.e. as a whole, including the machinery referred to in this
declaration.
Des weiteren erklären wir, daß die Inbetriebnahme solange untersagt ist, bis die Maschine oder Anlage, in welche diese
Maschine eingebaut wird oder von welcher sie eine Komponente darstellt, als Ganzes (d.h. inklusive die Maschine, für welche
diese Erklärung ausgestellt wurde) den Bestimmungen der Richtlinie 98/37/EWG sowie dem entsprechenden nationalen
Rechtserlass zur Umsetzung der Richtlinie ins nationale Recht entspricht, und die entsprechende Konformitätserklärung
ausgestellt ist.
E inoltre dichiara che non è consentito mettere in servizio il macchinario fino a che la macchina in cui sarà incorporata o di
cui diverrà componente sia stata identificata e ne sia stata dichiarata la conformità alle condizioni della Direttiva 98/37/CE
ed alla legislazione nazionale che la traspone, vale a dire fino a che il macchinario di cui alla presente dichiarazione non
formi un corpo unico con la macchina finale.
Además declaramos que la puesta en servicio de esta máquina será prohibida hasta que la máquina en la que va a ser
incorporada o de la cual forma un componente, sea conforme a las disposiciones de la directiva 98/37/CE y a la
correspondiente transposición a la ley lacional, y que la correspondiente declaración de conformidad sea elaborada.
En verklaart voorts dat het eenieder verboden is de onderhavige machine in gebruik te stellen voordat de machine waarin de
onderhavide machine wordt ingebouwd of waarvan deze deel zal uitmaken als geheel, d.w.z. met inbegrip van de onderhavige
machine, in overeenstemming met de bepalingen van Richtlijn 98/37/EG, en met de nationale wetgeving ter uitvoering van
deze richtlijn is bevonded en verklaard.
Og endvidere erklæres forbud mod ibrugtagning, inden den maskine, hvori den skal inkorporeres, er blevet erklæret i
overensstemmelse med alle relevante bestemmelser, f.eks. som en helhed, inklusive Maskindirektivet, som der er referet til i
denne erklæring.
Og videre erklæres at det ikke er tillatt ä sette maskinen i drift fØr maskinen, som den skal være en del av/monteres inn i, et
samsvar med bestemmelsene i Forskrift om Maskiner samt i Direktiv 98/37/EC. Dette gjelder ogsä maskinen som det er
referert til i denne erklæringen.
Och försäkrar dessutom att maskiner inte fär tas i bruk förrän den maskin, som den skall monteras i eller utgör en del av, har
befunnits vara och sälunda deklarerats i enlighet med Direktiv 98/37/EC och med motsvarande nationella lagstiftning, d.v.s.
sammantaget, inklusiv den maskin, som avses i denna deklaration.
Ja lisäksi ilmoittaa, että konetta ei saa ottaa käyttöön ennen kuin se kone, johon se on tarkoitettu liitettäväksi tai jonka osaksi
se on tarkoitettu, on saatettu ja vakuutettu direktivin 98/37/ETY ja sen voimaansaattvavien kansallisten määräysten
mukaiseksi; ts. koskien koko konetta mukaan lukien myös tässä vakuutuksessa mainittu kone.
Êáé åðé ðëÝïí äçëþíåé üôé, äåí åðéôñÝðåôáé íá ôßèåôáé ôï ìç÷Üíçìá óå ëåéôïõñãßá, Ýùò üôïõ ôï ìç÷Üíçìá ôï
ïðïßï ðñüêåéôáé íá óõãêñïôçèåß Þ ôïõ ïðïßïõ áðïôåëåß åîÜñôçìá âñÝèçêå êáé äçëþèçêå ïôé åíáñìïíßæåôáé ìå ôá
Üñèñá ôçò Ïäçãßáò 98/37/EC êáé ìå ôçí åèíéêÞ íïìïèåóßá ðïõ ôçí åöáñìüæåé, äçë. óáí óýíïëï ðåñéëáìâáíïìÝíïõ ôïõ
ìç÷áíÞìáôïò ðïõ áíáöÝñåôáé óôçí äÞëùóç áõôÞ.
Issued at Golbey
Laurent LEGIN
Director of Environment & Governmental Affairs
CEINCO-12.09.01
393 of 412
394 of 412
395 of 412
Company Name Search http://www.amca.org/certified/search/company_products.aspx?cid=981&...
Certified Product Search

By Company Name >> Comefri S.p.A. >> Centrifugal Fans - Residential, Commercial, & Industrial
Model ATZAF FF Double Inlet Centrifugal Fans with Airfoil Backward Curved Blades
Models:
ATZAF 12-12FF R , ATZAF 12-12FF T1 , ATZAF 12-12FF T2 , ATZAF 15-15FF R , ATZAF
15-15FF T1 , ATZAF 15-15FF T2 , ATZAF 18-18FF R , ATZAF 18-18FF T1 , ATZAF 18-18FF T2
, ATZAF 20-20FF R , ATZAF 20-20FF T1 , ATZAF 20-20FF T2 , ATZAF 22-22FF R , ATZAF
22-22FF T1 , ATZAF 22-22FF T2 , ATZAF 25-25FF R , ATZAF 25-25FF T1 , ATZAF 25-25FF T2
, ATZAF 28-28FF R , ATZAF 28-28FF T1 , ATZAF 28-28FF T2 , ATZAF 32-32FF T1 , ATZAF
32-32FF T2 , ATZAF 36-36FF T1 , ATZAF 36-36FF T2 , ATZAF 40-40FF T1 , ATZAF 40-40FF
T2 , ATZAF 44-44FF T1 , ATZAF 44-44FF T2 , ATZAF 49-49FF T1 , ATZAF 49-49FF T2
Catalogs:
Aeolus Plus Full 1.0.3 (Electronic), July 2006
C-0069 (Print), December 2005
Certification date:
February 16, 2006
Model NPL High Efficiency Free Wheels Backward Curved Blades Plenum Fan
Models:
NPL 1000 , NPL 1120 , NPL 1250 , NPL 1400 , NPL 200 , NPL 225 , NPL 250 , NPL 280 , NPL
315 , NPL 355 , NPL 400 , NPL 450 , NPL 500 , NPL 560 , NPL 630 , NPL 710 , NPL 800 , NPL
900
Catalogs:
Aeolus Plus 1.0.7 #6 (Electronic), October 2010
C-0090 (Print), March 2012
Certification date:
October 20, 2010
Model NTHZ Double Inlet Centrifugal Fans with Backward Curved Blades
Models:
NTHZ 1000 T1 , NTHZ 1000 T2 , NTHZ 1000 T2L , NTHZ 1120 T1 , NTHZ 1120 T2 , NTHZ
1250 T1 , NTHZ 1250 T2 , NTHZ 315 B , NTHZ 315 T1 , NTHZ 315 T2 , NTHZ 355 B , NTHZ
355 T1 , NTHZ 355 T2 , NTHZ 400 B , NTHZ 400 T1 , NTHZ 400 T2 , NTHZ 400 TL2 , NTHZ
450 B , NTHZ 450 T1 , NTHZ 450 T2 , NTHZ 450 T2L , NTHZ 500 B , NTHZ 500 T1 , NTHZ
500 T2 , NTHZ 500 T2L , NTHZ 560 B , NTHZ 560 T1 , NTHZ 560 T2 , NTHZ 560 T2L , NTHZ
630 B , NTHZ 630 T1 , NTHZ 630 T2 , NTHZ 630 T2L , NTHZ 710 B , NTHZ 710 T1 , NTHZ
710 T2 , NTHZ 710 T2L , NTHZ 800 T1 , NTHZ 800 T2 , NTHZ 800 T2L , NTHZ 900 T1 ,
NTHZ 900 T2 , NTHZ 900 T2L
Catalogs:
Certification date:
August 7, 2006
Model TZAF FF Double Inlet Centrifugal Fans with Airfoil Backward Curved Blades
Models:
TZAF 1000FF T1 , TZAF 1000FF T2 , TZAF 1000FF T2L , TZAF 1120FF T1 , TZAF 1120FF T2
, TZAF 1250FF T1 , TZAF 1250FF T2 , TZAF 315FF B , TZAF 315FF T1 , TZAF 315FF T2 ,
TZAF 355FF B , TZAF 355FF T1 , TZAF 355FF T2 , TZAF 400FF B , TZAF 400FF T1 , TZAF
400FF T2 , TZAF 400FF T2L , TZAF 450FF B , TZAF 450FF T1 , TZAF 450FF T2 , TZAF
450FF T2L , TZAF 500FF B , TZAF 500FF T1 , TZAF 500FF T2 , TZAF 500FF T2L , TZAF
560FF B , TZAF 560FF T1 , TZAF 560FF T2 , TZAF 560FF T2L , TZAF 630FF B , TZAF 630FF
T1 , TZAF 630FF T2 , TZAF 630FF T2L , TZAF 710FF B , TZAF 710FF T1 , TZAF 710FF T2 ,
TZAF 710FF T2L , TZAF 800FF T1 , TZAF 800FF T2 , TZAF 800FF T2L , TZAF 900FF T1 ,
TZAF 900FF T2 , TZAF 900FF T2L
396 of 412
1 of 2 1/20/2013 1:15 PM
Company Name Search http://www.amca.org/certified/search/company_products.aspx?cid=981&...
Catalogs:
Certification date:
August 7, 2006
Model VTZ Double Inlet Centrifugal Fans with Backward Curved Blades
Models:
VTZ 1000 T1 , VTZ 315 B , VTZ 315 T1 , VTZ 355 B , VTZ 355 T1 , VTZ 400 B , VTZ 400 T1 ,
VTZ 450 B , VTZ 450 T1 , VTZ 500 B , VTZ 500 T1 , VTZ 560 B , VTZ 560 T1 , VTZ 630 B ,
VTZ 630 T1 , VTZ 710 B , VTZ 710 T1 , VTZ 800 T1 , VTZ 900 T1
Catalogs:
Certification date:
August 7, 2006
NPA High Efficiency Free Wheels with Airfoil Blades for Plenum Fan
Models:
NPA 1000 , NPA 1120 , NPA 1250 , NPA 1400 , NPA 1600 , NPA 250 , NPA 280 , NPA 315 , NPA
355 , NPA 400 , NPA 450 , NPA 500 , NPA 560 , NPA 630 , NPA 710 , NPA 800 , NPA 900
Catalogs:
Aeolus Plus 1.0.7 #6 (Electronic), October 2010
C-0090 (Print), March 2012
Certification date:
October 20, 2010
397 of 412
2 of 2 1/20/2013 1:15 PM
SECTION 9.0
WARRANTY CERTIFICATE (DRAFT)
398 of 412
399 of 412
SECTION 10.0
LIST OF RECOMMENDED SPARES

(2 YEARS)
400 of 412
SPARES PARTS LIST FOR AHUs - SOUQ AL NAJADA REDEVELOPMENT - BUILDING B10
Reference Quantity Component Category

AHU-B10-B1-01
CCTB 146 10 8RTE 2323/03 592x592x535 F7 - RP-F54E 592x592x535 F7 Bag filter
5 8RTE 2323/03 287x592x535 F7 - RP-F54E 287x592x535 F8 Bag filter
10 MQZ 592x592x48 G4 - PFO/S 592x592x48 G4 Syntetic Filter
1 4p 22.0 Kw IE3 Con PTC Electric motor
1 240 3G SPA - F60 Pulley
3 A154 Belt

AHU-B10-B1-02
3 A154 Belt

AHU-B10-B1-03
CLCF 7 6 8RTE 2323/03 592x592x535 F7 - RP-F54E 592x592x535 F7 Bag filter
3 A102 Belt

AHU-B10-B2-01
3 A154 Belt

AHU-B10-B2-02
3 A154 Belt
401 of 412
AHU-B10-B2-03
3 A102 Belt

AHU-01
CLCF 7.5 6 8RTE 2323/03 592x592x535 F7 - RP-F54E 592x592x535 F7 Bag filter
4 A100 Belt

FAHU-01
CLCF 10.5 9 8RTE 2323/03 592x592x535 F7 - RP-F54E 592x592x535 F7 Bag filter
4 A90 Belt
4 A124 Belt

FAHU-02
3 A102 Belt
4 A124 Belt
402 of 412
SECTION 11
AHU/FAHU GA DRAWINGS
403 of 412
1007 197
1975
2075
771
100
1420 2720
4140
1274
1007
3555
1274
B10 Building
AHU-B10-B1-01
CCTB146
404 of 412
1007 197
1975
2075
771
100
1420 2720
4140
1274
1007
3555
1274
B10 Building
AHU-B10-B1-02
CCTB146
405 of 412
171
638
1314
1414
505
100
1575 2010
3585
793
2224
638
793
B10 Building
AHU-B10-B1-03
CLCF 7
406 of 412
1007 377
2155
2255
771
100
1420 2720
4140
1174
1007
3355
1174
B10 Building
AHU-B10-B2-01
CCTB173
407 of 412
1007 377
2155
2255
771
100
1420 2720
4140
1174
1007
3355
1174
B10 Building
AHU-B10-B2-02
CCTB173
408 of 412
171
638
1314
1414
505
100
1575 2010
3585
793
2224
638
793
B10 Building
AHU-B10-B2-03
CLCF 7
409 of 412
359
715
1614
1714
540
100
1575 2100
3675
604
1923
715
604
B10 Building
AHU-01
CLCF 7.5
410 of 412
1890 255
2020
4040
462
801
1920
657
100
1535 800 560 200 890 2210
6195
711
2224
801
712
B10 Building
FAHU-01
CLCF 10.5
411 of 412
2010 255
2020
4040
462
801
1920
657
100
2335 560 200 890 2210
6195
561
1923
801
561
B10 Building
FAHU-02
CLCF 9
412 of 412

FG

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

FG

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

TECHNICAL SUBMITTAL

TRANE CLCF / CCTB AIR HANDLING UNITS

Project : Souq Al Najada Redevelopment – B10 Building

TRANE QATAR L.L.C

PREVIOUS PROJECT APPROVALS (PARTIAL COPIES) 5

PROJECT REFERENCE LIST (PARTIAL) 6

DRAFT WARRANTY CERTIFICATE 9

LIST OF RECOMMENDED SPARES (2 YEARS) 10

DRAWINGS / SKETCH / DIAGRAMS (GA DRAWINGS) 11

1.A AHU AND FAHU SCHEDULE

AHU / FAHU PROJECT SCHEDULE

AHU / FAHU PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS

SECION 15600 - AIR HANDLING UNIT

1.4 Codes and Standard

Mechanical Characteristics Eurovent Class

c) Classification of Filters as per EN 779

e) The AHU Fan Noise data should be in accordance to AMCA 300

submitted for review

Tenderer’s Stamp and Initials ............................................................... Date: ....................... ….

3.0 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

4.0 Approved Manufacturers

Refer to project vendor list.

Tenderer’s Stamp and Initials ............................................................... Date: ....................... ….

6.0 MIXING BOX

7.0 FILTER SECTION

Tenderer’s Stamp and Initials ............................................................... Date: ....................... ….

c) Filter materials shall be flame-retardant, incombustible, non-odorous and offer no sustenance to

d) Filters offered should be UL certified

8.0 COOLING COIL

9.0 FAN SECTION

Tenderer’s Stamp and Initials ............................................................... Date: ....................... ….

d) The Fan should be AMCA certified.

g) The Fan Motor offered should confirm to the below

1 Three-phase, Squirrel Cage Induction Motor

11.0 Horse Shoe (Wrap Around) Heat Pipes

Tenderer’s Stamp and Initials ............................................................... Date: ....................... ….

render the entire heat pipe inoperative.

12.0 Rotating Matrix Heat Exchanger (thermal wheel)

3. The unit shall be tested and rated to ASHRAE Standard 84.

4. Filter shall be provided at the intake side of the unit.

8. The transfer media shall be provided in an individually segmented arrangement and

Tenderer’s Stamp and Initials ............................................................... Date: ....................... ….

segment by segment basis.

a. Motor shall be mounted in a sturdy hot-dipped galvanised steel casing with

b. The seal shall minimize carry-over to a maximum 0.2%.

c. The casing shall be equipped with purging sector.

e. Wheels and casings shall be relieved of residual stresses produced in the

f. Provide gasketed access doors to permit routine maintenance and

a. The wheel shall be belt driven along its perimeter by a constant

b. The motor shall be mounted on a self-adjusting base to provide

c. For motors in the air stream, provide TEFC type motors.

d. The motor shall always be rotating when the system is in operation.

Tenderer’s Stamp and Initials ............................................................... Date: ....................... ….

3.2 PRE-OPERATION MAINTENANCE

3.3 START-UP AND INSTRUCTIONS

A. Check vibration and correct as necessary for air balance work.

3.4 TESTING, BALANCING AND COMMISSIONING

END OF SECTION 15600

Tenderer’s Stamp and Initials ............................................................... Date: ....................... ….

PRODUCT CATALOGUES & IOM

CLCF AHU CATALOGUE

Superior performance The CLCF Climate Changer for comfort

Eurovent-certified casing mechanical characteristics Values Eurovent Class*